# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Red Hat
# This file is distributed under the same license as the sssd-docs package.
#
# Translators:
# Fabien Archambault <marbolangos@gmail.com>, 2012
# Jérôme Fenal <jfenal@gmail.com>, 2012-2014
# jhrozek <jhrozek@redhat.com>, 2014
# Fabien Archambault <marbolangos@gmail.com>, 2012
# sgallagh <sgallagh@redhat.com>, 2012
# sgallagh <sgallagh@redhat.com>, 2012
# Jérôme Fenal <jfenal@gmail.com>, 2015. #zanata
# Jean-Baptiste Holcroft <jean-baptiste@holcroft.fr>, 2016. #zanata
# Jérôme Fenal <jfenal@gmail.com>, 2016. #zanata
# Ludek Janda <ljanda@redhat.com>, 2020. #zanata
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sssd-docs 2.3.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: sssd-devel@redhat.com\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-16 13:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-07-22 07:49-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Copied by Zanata <copied-by-zanata@zanata.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/sssd/language/"
"fr/)\n"
"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Zanata 4.6.2\n"

#. type: Content of: <reference><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:8 sssd-ldap.5.xml:5 pam_sss.8.xml:5 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:5
#: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:5 sssd-simple.5.xml:5 sss-certmap.5.xml:5
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:5 sssd-ad.5.xml:5 sssd-sudo.5.xml:5 sssd.8.xml:5
#: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:5 sss_override.8.xml:5 sssd-krb5.5.xml:5
#: sss_cache.8.xml:5 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:5 sss_seed.8.xml:5 sssd-ifp.5.xml:5
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:5 sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:5
#: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:5 idmap_sss.8.xml:5 sssctl.8.xml:5
#: sssd-files.5.xml:5 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:5 sssd-kcm.8.xml:5
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:5 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:5
#: sssd_krb5_localauth_plugin.8.xml:5
msgid "SSSD Manual pages"
msgstr "Pages de manuel de SSSD"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:13 sssd.conf.5.xml:19
msgid "sssd.conf"
msgstr "sssd.conf"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:14 sssd-ldap.5.xml:11 sssd-simple.5.xml:11
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:11 sssd-ipa.5.xml:11 sssd-ad.5.xml:11 sssd-sudo.5.xml:11
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:11 sssd-ifp.5.xml:11 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:27
#: sssd-files.5.xml:11 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:11 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:11
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:11
msgid "5"
msgstr "5"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><refmiscinfo>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:15 sssd-ldap.5.xml:12 sssd-simple.5.xml:12
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:12 sssd-ipa.5.xml:12 sssd-ad.5.xml:12 sssd-sudo.5.xml:12
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:12 sssd-ifp.5.xml:12 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:28
#: sssd-files.5.xml:12 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:12 sssd-kcm.8.xml:12
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:12 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:12
msgid "File Formats and Conventions"
msgstr "Formats de fichier et conventions"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:20
msgid "the configuration file for SSSD"
msgstr "Le fichier de configuration pour SSSD"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:24
msgid "FILE FORMAT"
msgstr "FORMAT DE FICHIER"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:32
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<replaceable>[section]</replaceable>\n"
"<replaceable>key</replaceable> = <replaceable>value</replaceable>\n"
"<replaceable>key2</replaceable> = <replaceable>value2,value3</replaceable>\n"
"            "
msgstr ""
"<replaceable>[section]</replaceable>\n"
"<replaceable>key</replaceable> = <replaceable>value</replaceable>\n"
"<replaceable>key2</replaceable> = <replaceable>value2,value3</replaceable>\n"
"            "

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:27
msgid ""
"The file has an ini-style syntax and consists of sections and parameters. A "
"section begins with the name of the section in square brackets and continues "
"until the next section begins. An example of section with single and multi-"
"valued parameters: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
"Ce fichier utilise la syntaxe de style « .ini » et est constituée de "
"sections et de paramètres. Une section commence par le nom de la section "
"entre crochets et continue jusqu'à la section suivante. Un exemple de "
"section avec des paramètres mono et multi-valués : <placeholder "
"type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:39
msgid ""
"The data types used are string (no quotes needed), integer and bool (with "
"values of <quote>TRUE/FALSE</quote>)."
msgstr ""
"Les types de données utilisées sont des chaînes (pas de guillemets "
"nécessaires), des entiers et des booléens (ayant pour valeur <quote>TRUE/"
"FALSE</quote>)."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:44
msgid ""
"A comment line starts with a hash sign (<quote>#</quote>) or a semicolon "
"(<quote>;</quote>).  Inline comments are not supported."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:50
msgid ""
"All sections can have an optional <replaceable>description</replaceable> "
"parameter. Its function is only as a label for the section."
msgstr ""
"Toutes les sections peuvent avoir un paramètre facultatif de "
"<replaceable>description</replaceable>. Sa fonction ne sert qu'à nommer la "
"section."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:56
msgid ""
"<filename>sssd.conf</filename> must be a regular file, owned by root and "
"only root may read from or write to the file."
msgstr ""
"<filename>sssd.conf</filename> doit être un fichier normal, appartenant à "
"root, et seul root doit pouvoir écrire et lire ce fichier."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:62
msgid "CONFIGURATION SNIPPETS FROM INCLUDE DIRECTORY"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:65
msgid ""
"The configuration file <filename>sssd.conf</filename> will include "
"configuration snippets using the include directory <filename>conf.d</"
"filename>. This feature is available if SSSD was compiled with libini "
"version 1.3.0 or later."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:72
msgid ""
"Any file placed in <filename>conf.d</filename> that ends in "
"<quote><filename>.conf</filename></quote> and does not begin with a dot "
"(<quote>.</quote>) will be used together with <filename>sssd.conf</filename> "
"to configure SSSD."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:80
msgid ""
"The configuration snippets from <filename>conf.d</filename> have higher "
"priority than <filename>sssd.conf</filename> and will override "
"<filename>sssd.conf</filename> when conflicts occur. If several snippets are "
"present in <filename>conf.d</filename>, then they are included in "
"alphabetical order (based on locale).  Files included later have higher "
"priority. Numerical prefixes (<filename>01_snippet.conf</filename>, "
"<filename>02_snippet.conf</filename> etc.) can help visualize the priority "
"(higher number means higher priority)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:94
msgid ""
"The snippet files require the same owner and permissions as <filename>sssd."
"conf</filename>. Which are by default root:root and 0600."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:101
msgid "GENERAL OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPTIONS GÉNÉRALES"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:103
msgid "Following options are usable in more than one configuration sections."
msgstr ""
"Les options qui suivent peuvent être utilisées dans plus d'une section de "
"configuration."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:107
msgid "Options usable in all sections"
msgstr "Options utilisables dans toutes les sections"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:111
msgid "debug_level (integer)"
msgstr "debug_level (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:115
msgid "debug (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:118
msgid ""
"SSSD 1.14 and later also includes the <replaceable>debug</replaceable> alias "
"for <replaceable>debug_level</replaceable> as a convenience feature. If both "
"are specified, the value of <replaceable>debug_level</replaceable> will be "
"used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:128
msgid "debug_timestamps (bool)"
msgstr "debug_timestamps (booléen)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:131
msgid ""
"Add a timestamp to the debug messages.  If journald is enabled for SSSD "
"debug logging this option is ignored."
msgstr ""
"Ajoute un horodatage aux messages de débogage. Si journald est activé pour "
"la journalisation de débogage de SSSD, cette option sera ignorée."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:136 sssd.conf.5.xml:173 sssd.conf.5.xml:358
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:714 sssd.conf.5.xml:729 sssd.conf.5.xml:952
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1070 sssd.conf.5.xml:2198 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1073
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1176 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1245 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1752
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1817 sssd-ipa.5.xml:347 sssd-ad.5.xml:252 sssd-ad.5.xml:366
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1200 sssd-ad.5.xml:1353 sssd-krb5.5.xml:358
msgid "Default: true"
msgstr "Par défaut : true"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:141
msgid "debug_microseconds (bool)"
msgstr "debug_microseconds (booléen)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:144
msgid ""
"Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages.  If journald is enabled "
"for SSSD debug logging this option is ignored."
msgstr ""
"Ajouter les microsecondes à l'horodatage dans les messages de débogage. Si "
"journald est activé pour la journalisation de débogage de SSSD, cette option "
"sera ignorée."

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:149 sssd.conf.5.xml:652 sssd.conf.5.xml:949
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2101 sssd.conf.5.xml:2168 sssd.conf.5.xml:4244
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:313 sssd-ldap.5.xml:919 sssd-ldap.5.xml:938
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1148 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1601 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1841
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:152 sssd-ipa.5.xml:254 sssd-ipa.5.xml:662 sssd-ad.5.xml:1106
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:268 sssd-krb5.5.xml:330 sssd-krb5.5.xml:432
#: include/krb5_options.xml:163
msgid "Default: false"
msgstr "Par défaut : false"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:154
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "debug_microseconds (bool)"
msgid "debug_backtrace_enabled (bool)"
msgstr "debug_microseconds (booléen)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:157
msgid "Enable debug backtrace."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:160
msgid ""
"In case SSSD is run with debug_level less than 9, everything is logged to a "
"ring buffer in memory and flushed to a log file on any error up to and "
"including `min(0x0040, debug_level)` (i.e. if debug_level is explicitly set "
"to 0 or 1 then only those error levels will trigger backtrace, otherwise up "
"to 2)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:169
msgid ""
"Feature is only supported for `logger == files` (i.e.  setting doesn't have "
"effect for other logger types)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?)
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:109 sssd.conf.5.xml:184 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1658
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1864 sss-certmap.5.xml:645 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:82
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:143 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:236 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:274
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:330 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:40
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:661 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:803
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:892 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:989
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1047 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1205
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1250 include/autofs_attributes.xml:1
#: include/krb5_options.xml:1
msgid "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:182
msgid "Options usable in SERVICE and DOMAIN sections"
msgstr "Options utilisables dans les sections SERVICE et DOMAIN"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:186
msgid "timeout (integer)"
msgstr "timeout (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:189
msgid ""
"Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service. This is used to "
"ensure that the process is alive and capable of answering requests. Note "
"that after three missed heartbeats the process will terminate itself."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:196 sssd.conf.5.xml:1290 sssd.conf.5.xml:1767
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4260 sssd-ldap.5.xml:766 include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:270
msgid "Default: 10"
msgstr "Par défaut : 10"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:206
msgid "SPECIAL SECTIONS"
msgstr "SECTIONS SPÉCIALES"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:209
msgid "The [sssd] section"
msgstr "La section [sssd]"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:218
msgid "Section parameters"
msgstr "Paramètres de sections"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:220
msgid "config_file_version (integer)"
msgstr "config_file_version (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:223
msgid ""
"Indicates what is the syntax of the config file. SSSD 0.6.0 and later use "
"version 2."
msgstr ""
"Indique la syntaxe du fichier de configuration. Pour SSSD 0.6.0 ou "
"supérieure utiliser la version 2."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:229
msgid "services"
msgstr "services"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:232
msgid ""
"Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts.  "
"<phrase condition=\"have_systemd\"> The services' list is optional on "
"platforms where systemd is supported, as they will either be socket or D-Bus "
"activated when needed.  </phrase>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:241
msgid ""
"Supported services: nss, pam <phrase condition=\"with_sudo\">, sudo</phrase> "
"<phrase condition=\"with_autofs\">, autofs</phrase> <phrase "
"condition=\"with_ssh\">, ssh</phrase> <phrase "
"condition=\"with_pac_responder\">, pac</phrase> <phrase "
"condition=\"with_ifp\">, ifp</phrase>"
msgstr ""
"Les services pris en charge : nss, pam <phrase condition=\"with_sudo\">, "
"sudo</phrase> <phrase condition=\"with_autofs\"> ,autofs</phrase> <phrase "
"condition=\"with_ssh\">, ssh</phrase> <phrase "
"condition=\"with_pac_responder\">, pac</phrase> <phrase "
"condition=\"with_ifp\">, ifp</phrase>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:249
msgid ""
"<phrase condition=\"have_systemd\"> By default, all services are disabled "
"and the administrator must enable the ones allowed to be used by executing: "
"\"systemctl enable sssd-@service@.socket\".  </phrase>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:258 sssd.conf.5.xml:784
msgid "reconnection_retries (integer)"
msgstr "reconnection_retries (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:261 sssd.conf.5.xml:787
msgid ""
"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data "
"Provider crash or restart before they give up"
msgstr ""
"Nombre d'essais de reconnection ou de redémarrage que les services doivent "
"effectuer dans le cas d'un plantage du fournisseur de données avant "
"d'abandonner"

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:266 sssd.conf.5.xml:792 sssd.conf.5.xml:3716
#: include/failover.xml:100
msgid "Default: 3"
msgstr "Par défaut : 3"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:271
msgid "domains"
msgstr "domaines"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:274
msgid ""
"A domain is a database containing user information. SSSD can use more "
"domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't "
"start.  This parameter describes the list of domains in the order you want "
"them to be queried.  A domain name is recommended to contain only "
"alphanumeric ASCII characters, dashes, dots and underscores. '/' character "
"is forbidden."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:287 sssd.conf.5.xml:3548
msgid "re_expression (string)"
msgstr "re_expression (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:290
msgid ""
"Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing "
"user name and domain into these components."
msgstr ""
"L'expression régulière par défaut qui décrit la manière d'analyser la chaîne "
"contenant le nom d'utilisateur et de domaine dans ces composants."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:295
msgid ""
"Each domain can have an individual regular expression configured. For some "
"ID providers there are also default regular expressions. See DOMAIN SECTIONS "
"for more info on these regular expressions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:304 sssd.conf.5.xml:3605
msgid "full_name_format (string)"
msgstr "full_name_format (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:307 sssd.conf.5.xml:3608
msgid ""
"A <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>printf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>3</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry>-compatible format that describes how to compose a "
"fully qualified name from user name and domain name components."
msgstr ""
"Un format compatible avec<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>printf</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </citerefentry> décrivant comment "
"composer un domaine pleinement qualifé à partir des noms d'utilisateur et de "
"domaine."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:318 sssd.conf.5.xml:3619
msgid "%1$s"
msgstr "%1$s"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:319 sssd.conf.5.xml:3620
msgid "user name"
msgstr "nom d'utilisateur"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:322 sssd.conf.5.xml:3623
msgid "%2$s"
msgstr "%2$s"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:325 sssd.conf.5.xml:3626
msgid "domain name as specified in the SSSD config file."
msgstr ""
"nom de domaine tel qu'indiqué dans le fichier de configuration de SSSD."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:331 sssd.conf.5.xml:3632
msgid "%3$s"
msgstr "%3$s"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:334 sssd.conf.5.xml:3635
msgid ""
"domain flat name. Mostly usable for Active Directory domains, both directly "
"configured or discovered via IPA trusts."
msgstr ""
"nom de domaine à plat. Utilisable principalement pour les domaines Active "
"Directory, configurés directement ou découverts via les relations "
"d'approbation IPA."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:315 sssd.conf.5.xml:3616
msgid ""
"The following expansions are supported: <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" "
"id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
"Les expansions suivantes sont prises en charge : <placeholder "
"type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:344
msgid ""
"Each domain can have an individual format string configured.  See DOMAIN "
"SECTIONS for more info on this option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:350
msgid "monitor_resolv_conf (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:353
msgid ""
"Controls if SSSD should monitor the state of resolv.conf to identify when it "
"needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:363
msgid "try_inotify (boolean)"
msgstr "try_inotify (booléen)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:366
msgid ""
"By default, SSSD will attempt to use inotify to monitor configuration files "
"changes and will fall back to polling every five seconds if inotify cannot "
"be used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:372
msgid ""
"There are some limited situations where it is preferred that we should skip "
"even trying to use inotify. In these rare cases, this option should be set "
"to 'false'"
msgstr ""
"Il existe quelques cas spécifiques où l'utilisation de inotify n'est pas "
"conseillée. Dans ces rares cas, cette option devrait être définie à « false »"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:378
msgid ""
"Default: true on platforms where inotify is supported. False on other "
"platforms."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut : true sur les plates-formes où inotify est pris en charge. False "
"sur les autres plates-formes."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:382
msgid ""
"Note: this option will have no effect on platforms where inotify is "
"unavailable. On these platforms, polling will always be used."
msgstr ""
"Note : cette option n'aura aucun effet sur les plateformes où inotify n'est "
"pas disponible. Sur celles-ci, l'interrogation régulière sera toujours "
"utilisée."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:389
msgid "krb5_rcache_dir (string)"
msgstr "krb5_rcache_dir (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:392
msgid ""
"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache "
"files."
msgstr ""
"Répertoire du système de fichiers où SSSD doit stocker les fichiers de cache "
"de rejeu Kerberos."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:396
msgid ""
"This option accepts a special value __LIBKRB5_DEFAULTS__ that will instruct "
"SSSD to let libkrb5 decide the appropriate location for the replay cache."
msgstr ""
"Cette option accepte une valeur spéciale __LIBKRB5_DEFAULTS__ qui indiquera "
"à SSSD de laisser libkrb5 décider l'emplacement approprié pour le cache de "
"relecture."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:402
msgid ""
"Default: Distribution-specific and specified at build-time. "
"(__LIBKRB5_DEFAULTS__ if not configured)"
msgstr ""
"Par défaut : paramètre spécifique à la distribution et spécifié au moment de "
"la construction du logiciel. (__LIBKRB5_DEFAULTS__ si non configuré)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:409
msgid "user (string)"
msgstr "user (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:412
msgid ""
"The user to drop the privileges to where appropriate to avoid running as the "
"root user.  Currently the only supported value is '&sssd_user_name;'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:419
msgid ""
"This option does not work when running socket-activated services, as the "
"user set up to run the processes is set up during compilation time.  The way "
"to override the systemd unit files is by creating the appropriate files in /"
"etc/systemd/system/.  Keep in mind that any change in the socket user, group "
"or permissions may result in a non-usable SSSD. The same may occur in case "
"of changes of the user running the NSS responder."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:433
msgid "Default: not set, process will run as root"
msgstr "Par défaut : non défini, le processus tourne en tant que root"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:438
msgid "default_domain_suffix (string)"
msgstr "default_domain_suffix (string)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:441
msgid ""
"This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a "
"domain name component. The main use case is environments where the primary "
"domain is intended for managing host policies and all users are located in a "
"trusted domain.  The option allows those users to log in just with their "
"user name without giving a domain name as well."
msgstr ""
"Cette chaîne servira comme nom de domaine par défaut pour tous les noms sans "
"composant de nom de domaine. Les principaux cas d'utilisation sont les "
"environnements où le domaine principal va permettre de gérer les politiques "
"de systèmes ainsi que tous les utilisateur provenant d'un domaine approuvé. "
"L'option permet à ces utilisateurs de se connecter sans fournir un nom de "
"domaine."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:451
msgid ""
"Please note that if this option is set all users from the primary domain "
"have to use their fully qualified name, e.g. user@domain.name, to log in. "
"Setting this option changes default of use_fully_qualified_names to True. It "
"is not allowed to use this option together with use_fully_qualified_names "
"set to False.  <phrase condition=\"with_files_provider\"> One exception from "
"this rule are domains with <quote>id_provider=files</quote> that always try "
"to match the behaviour of nss_files and therefore their output is not "
"qualified even when the default_domain_suffix option is used.  </phrase>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:468 sssd-ldap.5.xml:877 sssd-ldap.5.xml:889
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:982 sssd-ad.5.xml:920 sssd-ad.5.xml:995 sssd-krb5.5.xml:468
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:470 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:978
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:211 include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:222
#: include/krb5_options.xml:148
msgid "Default: not set"
msgstr "Par défaut : non défini"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:473
msgid "override_space (string)"
msgstr "override_space (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:476
msgid ""
"This parameter will replace spaces (space bar)  with the given character for "
"user and group names.  e.g. (_). User name &quot;john doe&quot; will be "
"&quot;john_doe&quot; This feature was added to help compatibility with shell "
"scripts that have difficulty handling spaces, due to the default field "
"separator in the shell."
msgstr ""
"Ce paramètre remplace les espaces avec le caractère indiqués pour les noms "
"d'utilisateurs et de groupes, par ex. (_). Ainsi, le nom &quot;john "
"doe&quot; deviendra &quot;john_doe&quot;. Cette fonctionnalité a été ajoutée "
"pour aider à la compatibilité avec les scripts shells qui ont des "
"difficultés à gérer les espaces, du fait que l'espace est le séparateur par "
"défaut de l'interpréteur de commande."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:485
msgid ""
"Please note it is a configuration error to use a replacement character that "
"might be used in user or group names. If a name contains the replacement "
"character SSSD tries to return the unmodified name but in general the result "
"of a lookup is undefined."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:493
msgid "Default: not set (spaces will not be replaced)"
msgstr "Par défaut : non défini (les espaces ne seront pas remplacées)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:498
msgid "certificate_verification (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:506
msgid "no_ocsp"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:508
msgid ""
"Disables Online Certificate Status Protocol (OCSP) checks. This might be "
"needed if the OCSP servers defined in the certificate are not reachable from "
"the client."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:516
msgid "soft_ocsp"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:518
msgid ""
"If a connection cannot be established to an OCSP responder the OCSP check is "
"skipped.  This option should be used to allow authentication when the system "
"is offline and the OCSP responder cannot be reached."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:528
msgid "ocsp_dgst"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:530
msgid ""
"Digest (hash) function used to create the certificate ID for the OCSP "
"request. Allowed values are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:534
msgid "sha1"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:535
msgid "sha256"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:536
msgid "sha384"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:537
msgid "sha512"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:540
msgid "Default: sha1 (to allow compatibility with RFC5019-compliant responder)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:546
msgid "no_verification"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:548
msgid ""
"Disables verification completely.  This option should only be used for "
"testing."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:554
msgid "partial_chain"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:556
msgid ""
"Allow verification to succeed even if a <replaceable>complete</replaceable> "
"chain cannot be built to a self-signed trust-anchor, provided it is possible "
"to construct a chain to a trusted certificate that might not be self-signed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:565
msgid "ocsp_default_responder=URL"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:567
msgid ""
"Sets the OCSP default responder which should be used instead of the one "
"mentioned in the certificate. URL must be replaced with the URL of the OCSP "
"default responder e.g.  http://example.com:80/ocsp."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:577
msgid "ocsp_default_responder_signing_cert=NAME"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:579
msgid ""
"This option is currently ignored. All needed certificates must be available "
"in the PEM file given by pam_cert_db_path."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:587
msgid "crl_file=/PATH/TO/CRL/FILE"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:589
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Please refer to the <quote>dns_discovery_domain</quote> parameter in the "
#| "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
#| "manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for more details."
msgid ""
"Use the Certificate Revocation List (CRL) from the given file during the "
"verification of the certificate. The CRL must be given in PEM format, see "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>crl</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1ssl</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""
"Se reporter au paramètre <quote>dns_discovery_domain</quote> dans la page de "
"manuel <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> pour plus de détails."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:602
msgid "soft_crl"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:605
msgid ""
"If a Certificate Revocation List (CRL)  is expired ignore the CRL checks for "
"the related certificates. This option should be used to allow authentication "
"when the system is offline and the CRL cannot be renewed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:501
msgid ""
"With this parameter the certificate verification can be tuned with a comma "
"separated list of options. Supported options are: <placeholder "
"type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:616
msgid "Unknown options are reported but ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:619
msgid "Default: not set, i.e. do not restrict certificate verification"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:625
msgid "disable_netlink (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:628
msgid ""
"SSSD hooks into the netlink interface to monitor changes to routes, "
"addresses, links and trigger certain actions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:633
msgid ""
"The SSSD state changes caused by netlink events may be undesirable and can "
"be disabled by setting this option to 'true'"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:638
msgid "Default: false (netlink changes are detected)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:643
msgid "enable_files_domain (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:646
msgid ""
"When this option is enabled, SSSD prepends an implicit domain with "
"<quote>id_provider=files</quote> before any explicitly configured domains."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:657
msgid "domain_resolution_order"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:660
msgid ""
"Comma separated list of domains and subdomains representing the lookup order "
"that will be followed.  The list doesn't have to include all possible "
"domains as the missing domains will be looked up based on the order they're "
"presented in the <quote>domains</quote> configuration option.  The "
"subdomains which are not listed as part of <quote>lookup_order</quote> will "
"be looked up in a random order for each parent domain."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:672
msgid ""
"Please, note that when this option is set the output format of all commands "
"is always fully-qualified even when using short names for input <phrase "
"condition=\"with_files_provider\"> , for all users but the ones managed by "
"the files provider </phrase>.  In case the administrator wants the output "
"not fully-qualified, the full_name_format option can be used as shown below: "
"<quote>full_name_format=%1$s</quote> However, keep in mind that during "
"login, login applications often canonicalize the username by calling "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>getpwnam</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>3</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> which, if a shortname is returned for a qualified "
"input (while trying to reach a user which exists in multiple domains) might "
"re-route the login attempt into the domain which uses shortnames, making "
"this workaround totally not recommended in cases where usernames may overlap "
"between domains."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:700 sssd.conf.5.xml:1791 sssd.conf.5.xml:4310
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:187 sssd-ad.5.xml:327 sssd-ad.5.xml:341
msgid "Default: Not set"
msgstr "Par défaut : non défini"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:705
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ipa_server_mode (boolean)"
msgid "implicit_pac_responder (boolean)"
msgstr "ipa_server_mode (booléen)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:708
msgid ""
"The PAC responder is enabled automatically for the IPA and AD provider to "
"evaluate and check the PAC. If it has to be disabled set this option to "
"'false'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:719
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ad_enable_gc (boolean)"
msgid "core_dumpable (boolean)"
msgstr "ad_enable_gc (booléen)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:722
msgid ""
"This option can be used for general system hardening: setting it to 'false' "
"forbids core dumps for all SSSD processes to avoid leaking plain text "
"passwords. See man page prctl:PR_SET_DUMPABLE for details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:734
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ldap_user_certificate (string)"
msgid "passkey_verification (string)"
msgstr "ldap_user_certificate (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:742
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ldap_user_certificate (string)"
msgid "user_verification (boolean)"
msgstr "ldap_user_certificate (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:744
msgid ""
"Enable or disable the user verification (i.e. PIN, fingerprint)  during "
"authentication. If enabled, the PIN will always be requested."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:750
msgid ""
"The default is that the key settings decide what to do. In the IPA or "
"kerberos pre-authentication case, this value will be overwritten by the "
"server."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:737
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The following expansions are supported: <placeholder "
#| "type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgid ""
"With this parameter the passkey verification can be tuned with a comma "
"separated list of options. Supported options are: <placeholder "
"type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
"Les expansions suivantes sont prises en charge : <placeholder "
"type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:211
msgid ""
"Individual pieces of SSSD functionality are provided by special SSSD "
"services that are started and stopped together with SSSD.  The services are "
"managed by a special service frequently called <quote>monitor</quote>. The "
"<quote>[sssd]</quote> section is used to configure the monitor as well as "
"some other important options like the identity domains.  <placeholder "
"type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
"Les fonctionnalités propres à SSSD sont fournies par des services "
"spécifiques SSSD, qui sont démarrés et arrêtés en même temps que SSSD. Les "
"services sont gérés par un service spécifique souvent appelé le "
"<quote>moniteur</quote>. La section <quote>[sssd]</quote> est utilisée pour "
"configurer le moniteur ainsi que certaines options importantes comme "
"l'identité des domaines. <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:769
msgid "SERVICES SECTIONS"
msgstr "SECTIONS DE SERVICES"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:771
msgid ""
"Settings that can be used to configure different services are described in "
"this section. They should reside in the [<replaceable>$NAME</replaceable>] "
"section, for example, for NSS service, the section would be <quote>[nss]</"
"quote>"
msgstr ""
"Les options utilisables pour configurer les différents services sont "
"décrites dans cette section. Ils doivent être situés dans la section "
"[<replaceable>$NAME</replaceable>], par exemple pour le service NSS, la "
"section doit être <quote>[nss]</quote>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:778
msgid "General service configuration options"
msgstr "Options générales de configuration de service"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:780
msgid "These options can be used to configure any service."
msgstr "Ces options peuvent être utilisées pour configurer les services."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:797
msgid "fd_limit"
msgstr "fd_limit"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:800
msgid ""
"This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be "
"opened at one time by this SSSD process. On systems where SSSD is granted "
"the CAP_SYS_RESOURCE capability, this will be an absolute setting. On "
"systems without this capability, the resulting value will be the lower value "
"of this or the limits.conf \"hard\" limit."
msgstr ""
"Cette option spécifie le nombre maximal de descripteurs de fichiers qui "
"peuvent être ouverts en même temps par ce processus SSSD. Sur les systèmes "
"où SSSD se voit accorder la capacité CAP_SYS_RESOURCE, ce sera une limite "
"absolue. Sur les systèmes sans cette capacité, la valeur résultante sera la "
"valeur inférieure  ou la limite « hard » de limits.conf."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:809
msgid "Default: 8192 (or limits.conf \"hard\" limit)"
msgstr "Par défault : 8192 (ou la limite « hard » de limits.conf)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:814
msgid "client_idle_timeout"
msgstr "client_idle_timeout"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:817
msgid ""
"This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process "
"can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it. This value is "
"limited in order to avoid resource exhaustion on the system. The timeout "
"can't be shorter than 10 seconds. If a lower value is configured, it will be "
"adjusted to 10 seconds."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:826
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Default: 300"
msgid "Default: 60, KCM: 300"
msgstr "Par défaut : 300"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:831
msgid "offline_timeout (integer)"
msgstr "offline_timeout (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:834
msgid ""
"When SSSD switches to offline mode the amount of time before it tries to go "
"back online will increase based upon the time spent disconnected.  By "
"default SSSD uses incremental behaviour to calculate delay in between "
"retries.  So, the wait time for a given retry will be longer than the wait "
"time for the previous ones.  After each unsuccessful attempt to go online, "
"the new interval is recalculated by the following:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:845 sssd.conf.5.xml:901
msgid ""
"new_delay = Minimum(old_delay * 2, offline_timeout_max) + random[0..."
"offline_timeout_random_offset]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:848
msgid ""
"The offline_timeout default value is 60.  The offline_timeout_max default "
"value is 3600.  The offline_timeout_random_offset default value is 30.  The "
"end result is amount of seconds before next retry."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:854
msgid ""
"Note that the maximum length of each interval is defined by "
"offline_timeout_max (apart of random part)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:858 sssd.conf.5.xml:1201 sssd.conf.5.xml:1584
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1880 sssd-ldap.5.xml:495
msgid "Default: 60"
msgstr "Par défaut : 60"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:863
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "offline_timeout (integer)"
msgid "offline_timeout_max (integer)"
msgstr "offline_timeout (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:866
msgid ""
"Controls by how much the time between attempts to go online can be "
"incremented following unsuccessful attempts to go online."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:871
msgid "A value of 0 disables the incrementing behaviour."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:874
msgid ""
"The value of this parameter should be set in correlation to offline_timeout "
"parameter value."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:878
msgid ""
"With offline_timeout set to 60 (default value) there is no point in setting "
"offlinet_timeout_max to less than 120 as it will saturate instantly. General "
"rule here should be to set offline_timeout_max to at least 4 times "
"offline_timeout."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:884
msgid ""
"Although a value between 0 and offline_timeout may be specified, it has the "
"effect of overriding the offline_timeout value so is of little use."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:889
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Default: 300"
msgid "Default: 3600"
msgstr "Par défaut : 300"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:894
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "offline_timeout + random_offset"
msgid "offline_timeout_random_offset (integer)"
msgstr "offline_timeout + random_offset"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:897
msgid ""
"When SSSD is in offline mode it keeps probing backend servers in specified "
"time intervals:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:904
msgid ""
"This parameter controls the value of the random offset used for the above "
"equation. Final random_offset value will be random number in range:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:909
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "offline_timeout + random_offset"
msgid "[0 - offline_timeout_random_offset]"
msgstr "offline_timeout + random_offset"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:912
msgid "A value of 0 disables the random offset addition."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:915
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Default: 300"
msgid "Default: 30"
msgstr "Par défaut : 300"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:920
msgid "responder_idle_timeout"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:923
msgid ""
"This option specifies the number of seconds that an SSSD responder process "
"can be up without being used. This value is limited in order to avoid "
"resource exhaustion on the system.  The minimum acceptable value for this "
"option is 60 seconds.  Setting this option to 0 (zero) means that no timeout "
"will be set up to the responder.  This option only has effect when SSSD is "
"built with systemd support and when services are either socket or D-Bus "
"activated."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:937 sssd.conf.5.xml:1214 sssd.conf.5.xml:2322
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:332
msgid "Default: 300"
msgstr "Par défaut : 300"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:942
msgid "cache_first"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:945
msgid ""
"This option specifies whether the responder should query all caches before "
"querying the Data Providers."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:960
msgid "NSS configuration options"
msgstr "Options de configuration NSS"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:962
msgid ""
"These options can be used to configure the Name Service Switch (NSS) service."
msgstr ""
"Ces options peuvent être utilisées pour configurer le service Name Service "
"Switch (NSS)."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:967
msgid "enum_cache_timeout (integer)"
msgstr "enum_cache_timeout (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:970
msgid ""
"How many seconds should nss_sss cache enumerations (requests for info about "
"all users)"
msgstr ""
"La durée en secondes pendant laquelle nss_sss doit mettre en cache les "
"énumérations (requêtes sur les informations de tous les utilisateurs)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:974
msgid "Default: 120"
msgstr "Par défaut : 120"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:979
msgid "entry_cache_nowait_percentage (integer)"
msgstr "entry_cache_nowait_percentage (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:982
msgid ""
"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background "
"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value "
"for the domain."
msgstr ""
"La valeur du cache peut être définie pour mettre à jour automatiquement les "
"entrées en arrière plan si la requête ne dépasse pas un pourcentage de la "
"valeur de entry_cache_timeout pour le domaine."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:988
msgid ""
"For example, if the domain's entry_cache_timeout is set to 30s and "
"entry_cache_nowait_percentage is set to 50 (percent), entries that come in "
"after 15 seconds past the last cache update will be returned immediately, "
"but the SSSD will go and update the cache on its own, so that future "
"requests will not need to block waiting for a cache update."
msgstr ""
"Par exemple, si la valeur entry_cache_timeout du domaine est à 30 secondes "
"et que entry_cache_nowait_percentage est à 50 (%), les entrées qui veulent "
"mettre à jour le cache après 15 secondes seront renvoyées immédiatement, "
"mais SSSD continuera et mettra à jour le cache de lui-même. Ainsi, les "
"prochaines requêtes ne seront pas bloquées en attendant une mise à jour du "
"cache."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:998
msgid ""
"Valid values for this option are 0-99 and represent a percentage of the "
"entry_cache_timeout for each domain. For performance reasons, this "
"percentage will never reduce the nowait timeout to less than 10 seconds.  (0 "
"disables this feature)"
msgstr ""
"Les valeurs autorisées pour cette option vont de 0 à 99 et représentent un "
"pourcentage de la valeur entry_cache_timeout pour chaque domaine. Pour des "
"raisons de performance, ce pourcentage ne réduira jamais le délai d'attente "
"de non réponse à moins de 10 secondes (0 pour désactiver l'option)."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1006 sssd.conf.5.xml:2122
msgid "Default: 50"
msgstr "Par défaut : 50"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1011
msgid "entry_negative_timeout (integer)"
msgstr "entry_negative_timeout (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1014
msgid ""
"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits "
"(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones)  "
"before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
"Spécifie le temps, en secondes, pendant lequel nss_sss doit mettre en cache "
"les résultats négatifs du cache (c'est-à-dire les requêtes pour les bases de "
"données invalides, comme celles qui n'existent pas) avant de faire à nouveau "
"appel au moteur."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1020 sssd.conf.5.xml:1779 sssd.conf.5.xml:2146
msgid "Default: 15"
msgstr "Par défaut : 15"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1025
msgid "local_negative_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1028
msgid ""
"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should keep local users and groups in "
"negative cache before trying to look it up in the back end again. Setting "
"the option to 0 disables this feature."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1034
msgid "Default: 14400 (4 hours)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1039
msgid "filter_users, filter_groups (string)"
msgstr "filter_users, filter_groups (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1042
msgid ""
"Exclude certain users or groups from being fetched from the sss NSS "
"database. This is particularly useful for system accounts. This option can "
"also be set per-domain or include fully-qualified names to filter only users "
"from the particular domain or by a user principal name (UPN)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1050
msgid ""
"NOTE: The filter_groups option doesn't affect inheritance of nested group "
"members, since filtering happens after they are propagated for returning via "
"NSS. E.g. a group having a member group filtered out will still have the "
"member users of the latter listed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1058
msgid "Default: root"
msgstr "Par défaut : root"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1063
msgid "filter_users_in_groups (bool)"
msgstr "filter_users_in_groups (booléen)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1066
msgid ""
"If you want filtered user still be group members set this option to false."
msgstr ""
"Mettre cette option à « false » si les utilisateurs filtrés doivent rester "
"membres de groupes."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1077
msgid "fallback_homedir (string)"
msgstr "fallback_homedir (string)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1080
msgid ""
"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified "
"explicitly by the domain's data provider."
msgstr ""
"Définir un modèle par défaut pour un répertoire utilisateur si aucun n'est "
"explicitement spécifié par le fournisseur de données du domaine."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1085
msgid ""
"The available values for this option are the same as for override_homedir."
msgstr ""
"Les valeurs disponibles pour cette option sont les mêmes que pour "
"override_homedir."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1091
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"fallback_homedir = /home/%u\n"
"                            "
msgstr ""
"fallback_homedir = /home/%u\n"
"                            "

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1089 sssd.conf.5.xml:1651 sssd.conf.5.xml:1670
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1747 sssd-krb5.5.xml:451 include/override_homedir.xml:66
msgid "example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr "exemple : <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1095
msgid "Default: not set (no substitution for unset home directories)"
msgstr ""
"Par défaut : non défini (aucune substitution pour les répertoires d'accueil "
"non définis)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1101
msgid "override_shell (string)"
msgstr "override_shell (string)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1104
msgid ""
"Override the login shell for all users. This option supersedes any other "
"shell options if it takes effect and can be set either in the [nss] section "
"or per-domain."
msgstr ""
"Écrase l'interpréteur de commande à utiliser pour tous les utilisateurs. "
"Cette option prend le pas sur toutes les autres options d'interpréteur de "
"commande si elle est en action, et peut être indiquée au choix soit dans la "
"section [nss], soit par domaine."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1110
msgid "Default: not set (SSSD will use the value retrieved from LDAP)"
msgstr "Par défaut : indéfini (SSSD utilisera la valeur récupérée de LDAP)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1116
msgid "allowed_shells (string)"
msgstr "allowed_shells (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1119
msgid ""
"Restrict user shell to one of the listed values. The order of evaluation is:"
msgstr ""
"Restreindre l'interpréteur de commandes de l'utilisateur à l'une des valeurs "
"indiquées. L'ordre d'évaluation est :"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1122
msgid "1. If the shell is present in <quote>/etc/shells</quote>, it is used."
msgstr ""
"1. Si l'interpréteur de commandes est présent dans <quote>/etc/shells</"
"quote>, il est utilisé."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1126
msgid ""
"2. If the shell is in the allowed_shells list but not in <quote>/etc/shells</"
"quote>, use the value of the shell_fallback parameter."
msgstr ""
"2. Si l'interpréteur de commandes est dans la liste « allowed_shells » mais "
"n'est pas dans <quote>/etc/shells</quote>, la valeur de repli de « "
"shell_fallback » sera utilisée."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1131
msgid ""
"3. If the shell is not in the allowed_shells list and not in <quote>/etc/"
"shells</quote>, a nologin shell is used."
msgstr ""
"3. Si l'interpréteur de commandes n'est ni dans la liste « allowed_shells » "
"ni dans <quote>/etc/shells</quote>, une connexion sans shell est utilisée."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1136
msgid "The wildcard (*) can be used to allow any shell."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1139
msgid ""
"The (*) is useful if you want to use shell_fallback in case that user's "
"shell is not in <quote>/etc/shells</quote> and maintaining list of all "
"allowed shells in allowed_shells would be to much overhead."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1146
msgid "An empty string for shell is passed as-is to libc."
msgstr ""
"Une chaîne vide pour l'interpréteur de commandes est passée telle quelle est "
"à la libc."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1149
msgid ""
"The <quote>/etc/shells</quote> is only read on SSSD start up, which means "
"that a restart of the SSSD is required in case a new shell is installed."
msgstr ""
"Le fichier <quote>/etc/shells</quote> n'est lu qu'au démarrage de SSSD. Un "
"redémarrage de SSSD est nécessaire si un nouvel interpréteur de commandes "
"est installé."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1153
msgid "Default: Not set. The user shell is automatically used."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut : non défini. L'interpréteur de commandes de l'utilisateur est "
"utilisé automatiquement."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1158
msgid "vetoed_shells (string)"
msgstr "vetoed_shells (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1161
msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
msgstr ""
"Remplace toutes les occurences de ces interpréteurs de commandes par "
"l'interpréteur de commandes par défaut"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1166
msgid "shell_fallback (string)"
msgstr "shell_fallback (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1169
msgid ""
"The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
msgstr ""
"L'interpréteur de commandes par défaut à utiliser si un interpréteur de "
"commandes autorisé n'est pas installé sur la machine."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1173
msgid "Default: /bin/sh"
msgstr "Par défaut : /bin/sh"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1178
msgid "default_shell"
msgstr "default_shell"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1181
msgid ""
"The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup. "
"This option can be specified globally in the [nss] section or per-domain."
msgstr ""
"L'interpréteur de commande par défaut à utiliser si le fournisseur n'en "
"renvoie pas un lors de la recherche. Cette option peut être indiquée au "
"choix soit dans la section [nss], soit par domaine."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1187
msgid ""
"Default: not set (Return NULL if no shell is specified and rely on libc to "
"substitute something sensible when necessary, usually /bin/sh)"
msgstr ""
"Par défaut : non défini (retourne NULL si aucun shell n'est spécifié et "
"s'appuyer sur la libc pour remplacer par quelque chose de sensé lorsque "
"nécessaire, habituellement /bin/sh)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1194 sssd.conf.5.xml:1577
msgid "get_domains_timeout (int)"
msgstr "get_domains_timeout (int)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1197 sssd.conf.5.xml:1580
msgid ""
"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be "
"considered valid."
msgstr ""
"Spécifie la durée en secondes pendant laquelle la liste de sous-domaines est "
"jugée valide."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1206
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "enum_cache_timeout (integer)"
msgid "memcache_timeout (integer)"
msgstr "enum_cache_timeout (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1209
msgid ""
"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be "
"valid. Setting this option to zero will disable the in-memory cache."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1217
msgid ""
"WARNING: Disabling the in-memory cache will have significant negative impact "
"on SSSD's performance and should only be used for testing."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1223 sssd.conf.5.xml:1248 sssd.conf.5.xml:1273
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1298 sssd.conf.5.xml:1325
msgid ""
"NOTE: If the environment variable SSS_NSS_USE_MEMCACHE is set to \"NO\", "
"client applications will not use the fast in-memory cache."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1231
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "enum_cache_timeout (integer)"
msgid "memcache_size_passwd (integer)"
msgstr "enum_cache_timeout (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1234
msgid ""
"Size (in megabytes) of the data table allocated inside fast in-memory cache "
"for passwd requests.  Setting the size to 0 will disable the passwd in-"
"memory cache."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1240 sssd.conf.5.xml:2971 sssd-ldap.5.xml:549
msgid "Default: 8"
msgstr "Par défaut : 8"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1243 sssd.conf.5.xml:1268 sssd.conf.5.xml:1293
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1320
msgid ""
"WARNING: Disabled or too small in-memory cache can have significant negative "
"impact on SSSD's performance."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1256
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "enum_cache_timeout (integer)"
msgid "memcache_size_group (integer)"
msgstr "enum_cache_timeout (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1259
msgid ""
"Size (in megabytes) of the data table allocated inside fast in-memory cache "
"for group requests.  Setting the size to 0 will disable the group in-memory "
"cache."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1265 sssd.conf.5.xml:1317 sssd.conf.5.xml:3737
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:474 sssd-ldap.5.xml:526 include/failover.xml:116
#: include/krb5_options.xml:11
msgid "Default: 6"
msgstr "Par défaut : 6"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1281
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "enum_cache_timeout (integer)"
msgid "memcache_size_initgroups (integer)"
msgstr "enum_cache_timeout (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1284
msgid ""
"Size (in megabytes) of the data table allocated inside fast in-memory cache "
"for initgroups requests.  Setting the size to 0 will disable the initgroups "
"in-memory cache."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1306
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "enum_cache_timeout (integer)"
msgid "memcache_size_sid (integer)"
msgstr "enum_cache_timeout (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1309
msgid ""
"Size (in megabytes) of the data table allocated inside fast in-memory cache "
"for SID related requests.  Only SID-by-ID and ID-by-SID requests are "
"currently cached in fast in-memory cache.  Setting the size to 0 will "
"disable the SID in-memory cache."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1333 sssd-ifp.5.xml:90
msgid "user_attributes (string)"
msgstr "user_attributes (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1336
msgid ""
"Some of the additional NSS responder requests can return more attributes "
"than just the POSIX ones defined by the NSS interface. The list of "
"attributes is controlled by this option. It is handled the same way as the "
"<quote>user_attributes</quote> option of the InfoPipe responder (see "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ifp</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details) but with no default values."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1349
msgid ""
"To make configuration more easy the NSS responder will check the InfoPipe "
"option if it is not set for the NSS responder."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1354
msgid "Default: not set, fallback to InfoPipe option"
msgstr "Par défaut : non défini, repli sur l'option InfoPipe"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1359
msgid "pwfield (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1362
msgid ""
"The value that NSS operations that return users or groups will return for "
"the <quote>password</quote> field."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1367
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Default: <quote>permit</quote>"
msgid "Default: <quote>*</quote>"
msgstr "Par défaut : <quote>permit</quote>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1370
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "This option can also be set per-domain."
msgid ""
"Note: This option can also be set per-domain which overwrites the value in "
"[nss] section."
msgstr "Cette option peut aussi être définie pour chaque domaine."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1374
msgid ""
"Default: <quote>not set</quote> (remote domains), <phrase "
"condition=\"with_files_provider\"> <quote>x</quote> (the files domain), </"
"phrase> <quote>x</quote> (proxy domain with nss_files and sssd-shadowutils "
"target)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1386
msgid "PAM configuration options"
msgstr "Options de configuration de PAM"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1388
msgid ""
"These options can be used to configure the Pluggable Authentication Module "
"(PAM) service."
msgstr ""
"Ces options permettent de configurer le service Pluggable Authentication "
"Module (PAM)."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1393
msgid "offline_credentials_expiration (integer)"
msgstr "offline_credentials_expiration (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1396
msgid ""
"If the authentication provider is offline, how long should we allow cached "
"logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
msgstr ""
"Si le fournisseur d'authentification est déconnecté, combien de temps "
"autoriser les connexions à partir du cache (en jours depuis la dernière "
"connexion réussie)."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1401 sssd.conf.5.xml:1414
msgid "Default: 0 (No limit)"
msgstr "Par défaut : 0 (pas de limite)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1407
msgid "offline_failed_login_attempts (integer)"
msgstr "offline_failed_login_attempts (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1410
msgid ""
"If the authentication provider is offline, how many failed login attempts "
"are allowed."
msgstr ""
"Si le fournisseur d'authentification est déconnecté, combien de connexions "
"échouées sont autorisées."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1420
msgid "offline_failed_login_delay (integer)"
msgstr "offline_failed_login_delay (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1423
msgid ""
"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts "
"has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
msgstr ""
"Le temps en minutes à attendre après avoir atteint "
"offline_failed_login_attempts avant qu'une nouvelle tentative de connexion "
"soit possible."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1428
msgid ""
"If set to 0 the user cannot authenticate offline if "
"offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached. Only a successful online "
"authentication can enable offline authentication again."
msgstr ""
"Si la valeur est à 0, l'utilisateur ne peut s'authentifier en mode "
"déconnecté si offline_failed_login_attempts est atteint. Seulement une "
"connexion réussie en ligne peut réactiver l'authentification."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1434 sssd.conf.5.xml:1544
msgid "Default: 5"
msgstr "Par défaut : 5"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1440
msgid "pam_verbosity (integer)"
msgstr "pam_verbosity (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1443
msgid ""
"Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication. "
"The higher the number to more messages are displayed."
msgstr ""
"Contrôle le type de messages affichés à l'utilisateur pendant le processus "
"d'authentification. Plus le nombre est grand, plus le nombre de messages "
"affichés sera important."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1448
msgid "Currently sssd supports the following values:"
msgstr "Actuellement sssd supporte les valeurs suivantes :"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1451
msgid "<emphasis>0</emphasis>: do not show any message"
msgstr "<emphasis>0</emphasis> : ne pas afficher de message"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1454
msgid "<emphasis>1</emphasis>: show only important messages"
msgstr "<emphasis>1</emphasis> : afficher seulement les messages importants"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1458
msgid "<emphasis>2</emphasis>: show informational messages"
msgstr "<emphasis>2</emphasis> : afficher les messages d'information"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1461
msgid "<emphasis>3</emphasis>: show all messages and debug information"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>3</emphasis> : afficher tous les messages et informations de "
"débogage"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1465 sssd.8.xml:63
msgid "Default: 1"
msgstr "Par défaut : 1"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1471
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ad_access_filter (string)"
msgid "pam_response_filter (string)"
msgstr "ad_access_filter (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1474
msgid ""
"A comma separated list of strings which allows to remove (filter) data sent "
"by the PAM responder to pam_sss PAM module. There are different kind of "
"responses sent to pam_sss e.g. messages displayed to the user or environment "
"variables which should be set by pam_sss."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1482
msgid ""
"While messages already can be controlled with the help of the pam_verbosity "
"option this option allows to filter out other kind of responses as well."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1489
msgid "ENV"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1490
msgid "Do not send any environment variables to any service."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1493
msgid "ENV:var_name"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1494
msgid "Do not send environment variable var_name to any service."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1498
msgid "ENV:var_name:service"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1499
msgid "Do not send environment variable var_name to service."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1487
msgid ""
"Currently the following filters are supported: <placeholder "
"type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1506
msgid ""
"The list of strings can either be the list of filters which would set this "
"list of filters and overwrite the defaults. Or each element of the list can "
"be prefixed by a '+' or '-' character which would add the filter to the "
"existing default or remove it from the defaults, respectively. Please note "
"that either all list elements must have a '+' or '-' prefix or none. It is "
"considered as an error to mix both styles."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1517
msgid "Default: ENV:KRB5CCNAME:sudo, ENV:KRB5CCNAME:sudo-i"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1520
msgid ""
"Example: -ENV:KRB5CCNAME:sudo-i will remove the filter from the default list"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1527
msgid "pam_id_timeout (integer)"
msgstr "pam_id_timeout (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1530
msgid ""
"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to "
"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to "
"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
msgstr ""
"Lors de chaque requête PAM quand SSSD est en mode connecté, SSSD tentera de "
"mettre à jour immédiatement les informations d'identité mises en cache pour "
"l'utilisateur de manière à s'assurer que l'authentification se fasse avec "
"les dernières informations."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1536
msgid ""
"A complete PAM conversation may perform multiple PAM requests, such as "
"account management and session opening. This option controls (on a per-"
"client-application basis) how long (in seconds) we can cache the identity "
"information to avoid excessive round-trips to the identity provider."
msgstr ""
"Une conversation PAM complète peut effectuer plusieurs requêtes PAM, comme "
"la gestion de compte et l'ouverture de session. Cette option contrôle (par "
"client et par application) la durée (en secondes) de mise en cache des "
"informations d'identité afin d'éviter de nombreux aller-retour avec le "
"fournisseur d'identité."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1550
msgid "pam_pwd_expiration_warning (integer)"
msgstr "pam_pwd_expiration_warning (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1553 sssd.conf.5.xml:2995
msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
msgstr "Afficher une alerte N jours avant l'expiration du mot de passe."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1556
msgid ""
"Please note that the backend server has to provide information about the "
"expiration time of the password.  If this information is missing, sssd "
"cannot display a warning."
msgstr ""
"Noter que le moteur du service doit fournir des informations à propos du "
"délai d'expiration du mot de passe. Si cette information est manquante, sssd "
"ne peut afficher de message d'alerte."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1562 sssd.conf.5.xml:2998
msgid ""
"If zero is set, then this filter is not applied, i.e. if the expiration "
"warning was received from backend server, it will automatically be displayed."
msgstr ""
"Si la valeur est zéro, ce filtre n'est pas appliqué, c'est-à-dire que si "
"l'avertissement d'expiration est reçu de la part du moteur du serveur, il "
"sera automatiquement affiché."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1567
msgid ""
"This setting can be overridden by setting <emphasis>pwd_expiration_warning</"
"emphasis> for a particular domain."
msgstr ""
"Ce paramètre peut être surchargé par le paramètre "
"<emphasis>pwd_expiration_warning</emphasis> pour un domaine particulier."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1572 sssd.conf.5.xml:4003 sssd-ldap.5.xml:607 sssd.8.xml:79
msgid "Default: 0"
msgstr "Par défaut : 0"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1589
msgid "pam_trusted_users (string)"
msgstr "pam_trusted_users (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1592
msgid ""
"Specifies the comma-separated list of UID values or user names that are "
"allowed to run PAM conversations against trusted domains.  Users not "
"included in this list can only access domains marked as public with "
"<quote>pam_public_domains</quote>.  User names are resolved to UIDs at "
"startup."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1602
msgid "Default: All users are considered trusted by default"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1606
msgid ""
"Please note that UID 0 is always allowed to access the PAM responder even in "
"case it is not in the pam_trusted_users list."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1613
msgid "pam_public_domains (string)"
msgstr "pam_public_domains (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1616
msgid ""
"Specifies the comma-separated list of domain names that are accessible even "
"to untrusted users."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1620
msgid "Two special values for pam_public_domains option are defined:"
msgstr ""
"Deux valeurs spéciales pour l'option pam_public_domains sont définies :"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1624
msgid ""
"all (Untrusted users are allowed to access all domains in PAM responder.)"
msgstr ""
"all (tous les utilisateurs non dignes de confiance sont autorisés à accéder "
"à tous les domaines PAM dans le répondeur.)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1628
msgid ""
"none (Untrusted users are not allowed to access any domains PAM in "
"responder.)"
msgstr ""
"none (les utilisateurs non dignes de confiance, Untrusted, ne sont pas "
"autorisés à accéder à un des domaines PAM dans le répondeur.)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1632 sssd.conf.5.xml:1657 sssd.conf.5.xml:1676
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1913 sssd.conf.5.xml:2733 sssd.conf.5.xml:3932
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1209
msgid "Default: none"
msgstr "Par défaut : aucun"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1637
msgid "pam_account_expired_message (string)"
msgstr "pam_account_expired_message (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1640
msgid ""
"Allows a custom expiration message to be set, replacing the default "
"'Permission denied' message."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1645
msgid ""
"Note: Please be aware that message is only printed for the SSH service "
"unless pam_verbosity is set to 3 (show all messages and debug information)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1653
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"pam_account_expired_message = Account expired, please contact help desk.\n"
"                            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1662
msgid "pam_account_locked_message (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1665
msgid ""
"Allows a custom lockout message to be set, replacing the default 'Permission "
"denied' message."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1672
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"pam_account_locked_message = Account locked, please contact help desk.\n"
"                            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1681
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ldap_chpass_update_last_change (bool)"
msgid "pam_passkey_auth (bool)"
msgstr "ldap_chpass_update_last_change (bool)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1684
msgid "Enable passkey device based authentication."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1687 sssd.conf.5.xml:1999 sssd-ad.5.xml:1271
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:76 sssd-files.5.xml:145
msgid "Default: True"
msgstr "Par défaut : True"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1692
msgid "passkey_debug_libfido2 (bool)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1695
msgid "Enable libfido2 library debug messages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1698 sssd.conf.5.xml:1712 sssd-ldap.5.xml:672
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:693 sssd-ldap.5.xml:789 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1295
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:505 sssd-ad.5.xml:581 sssd-ad.5.xml:1126 sssd-ad.5.xml:1175
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:250
msgid "Default: False"
msgstr "Par défaut : False"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1703
msgid "pam_cert_auth (bool)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1706
msgid ""
"Enable certificate based Smartcard authentication.  Since this requires "
"additional communication with the Smartcard which will delay the "
"authentication process this option is disabled by default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1717
msgid "pam_cert_db_path (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1720
msgid "The path to the certificate database."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1723 sssd.conf.5.xml:2248 sssd.conf.5.xml:4424
msgid "Default:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1725 sssd.conf.5.xml:2250
msgid ""
"/etc/sssd/pki/sssd_auth_ca_db.pem (path to a file with trusted CA "
"certificates in PEM format)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1735
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ldap_user_certificate (string)"
msgid "pam_cert_verification (string)"
msgstr "ldap_user_certificate (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1738
msgid ""
"With this parameter the PAM certificate verification can be tuned with a "
"comma separated list of options that override the "
"<quote>certificate_verification</quote> value in <quote>[sssd]</quote> "
"section.  Supported options are the same of <quote>certificate_verification</"
"quote>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1749
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid ""
#| "subdomain_inherit = ldap_purge_cache_timeout\n"
#| "                            "
msgid ""
"pam_cert_verification = partial_chain\n"
"                            "
msgstr ""
"subdomain_inherit = ldap_purge_cache_timeout\n"
"                            "

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1753
msgid ""
"Default: not set, i.e. use default <quote>certificate_verification</quote> "
"option defined in <quote>[sssd]</quote> section."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1760
msgid "p11_child_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1763
msgid "How many seconds will pam_sss wait for p11_child to finish."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1772
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "pam_id_timeout (integer)"
msgid "passkey_child_timeout (integer)"
msgstr "pam_id_timeout (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1775
msgid ""
"How many seconds will the PAM responder wait for passkey_child to finish."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1784
msgid "pam_app_services (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1787
msgid ""
"Which PAM services are permitted to contact domains of type "
"<quote>application</quote>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1796
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ad_gpo_map_service (string)"
msgid "pam_p11_allowed_services (string)"
msgstr "ad_gpo_map_service (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1799
msgid ""
"A comma-separated list of PAM service names for which it will be allowed to "
"use Smartcards."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1814
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"pam_p11_allowed_services = +my_pam_service, -login\n"
"                            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1803
msgid ""
"It is possible to add another PAM service name to the default set by using "
"<quote>+service_name</quote> or to explicitly remove a PAM service name from "
"the default set by using <quote>-service_name</quote>. For example, in order "
"to replace a default PAM service name for authentication with Smartcards (e."
"g. <quote>login</quote>) with a custom PAM service name (e.g. "
"<quote>my_pam_service</quote>), you would use the following configuration: "
"<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1818 sssd-ad.5.xml:644 sssd-ad.5.xml:753 sssd-ad.5.xml:811
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:869 sssd-ad.5.xml:947
msgid "Default: the default set of PAM service names includes:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1823 sssd-ad.5.xml:648
msgid "login"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1828 sssd-ad.5.xml:653
msgid "su"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1833 sssd-ad.5.xml:658
msgid "su-l"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1838 sssd-ad.5.xml:673
msgid "gdm-smartcard"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1843 sssd-ad.5.xml:668
msgid "gdm-password"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1848 sssd-ad.5.xml:678
msgid "kdm"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1853 sssd-ad.5.xml:956
msgid "sudo"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1858 sssd-ad.5.xml:961
msgid "sudo-i"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1863
msgid "gnome-screensaver"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1871
msgid "p11_wait_for_card_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1874
msgid ""
"If Smartcard authentication is required how many extra seconds in addition "
"to p11_child_timeout should the PAM responder wait until a Smartcard is "
"inserted."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1885
msgid "p11_uri (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1888
msgid ""
"PKCS#11 URI (see RFC-7512 for details) which can be used to restrict the "
"selection of devices used for Smartcard authentication. By default SSSD's "
"p11_child will search for a PKCS#11 slot (reader)  where the 'removable' "
"flags is set and read the certificates from the inserted token from the "
"first slot found. If multiple readers are connected p11_uri can be used to "
"tell p11_child to use a specific reader."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1901
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"p11_uri = pkcs11:slot-description=My%20Smartcard%20Reader\n"
"                            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1905
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"p11_uri = pkcs11:library-description=OpenSC%20smartcard%20framework;slot-id=2\n"
"                            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1899
msgid ""
"Example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> or <placeholder "
"type=\"programlisting\" id=\"1\"/> To find suitable URI please check the "
"debug output of p11_child. As an alternative the GnuTLS utility 'p11tool' "
"with e.g. the '--list-all' will show PKCS#11 URIs as well."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1918
msgid "pam_initgroups_scheme"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1926
msgid "always"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1927
msgid ""
"Always do an online lookup, please note that pam_id_timeout still applies"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1931
msgid "no_session"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1932
msgid ""
"Only do an online lookup if there is no active session of the user, i.e. if "
"the user is currently not logged in"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1937
msgid "never"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1938
msgid ""
"Never force an online lookup, use the data from the cache as long as they "
"are not expired"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1921
msgid ""
"The PAM responder can force an online lookup to get the current group "
"memberships of the user trying to log in. This option controls when this "
"should be done and the following values are allowed: <placeholder "
"type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1945
msgid "Default: no_session"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1950 sssd.conf.5.xml:4363
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ad_gpo_map_service (string)"
msgid "pam_gssapi_services"
msgstr "ad_gpo_map_service (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1953
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
msgid ""
"Comma separated list of PAM services that are allowed to try GSSAPI "
"authentication using pam_sss_gss.so module."
msgstr ""
"Liste séparée par des virgules d'utilisateurs autorisés à se connecter."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1958
msgid ""
"To disable GSSAPI authentication, set this option to <quote>-</quote> (dash)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1962 sssd.conf.5.xml:1993 sssd.conf.5.xml:2031
msgid ""
"Note: This option can also be set per-domain which overwrites the value in "
"[pam] section. It can also be set for trusted domain which overwrites the "
"value in the domain section."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1970
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid ""
#| "fallback_homedir = /home/%u\n"
#| "                            "
msgid ""
"pam_gssapi_services = sudo, sudo-i\n"
"                            "
msgstr ""
"fallback_homedir = /home/%u\n"
"                            "

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1968 sssd.conf.5.xml:3926
msgid "Example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr "Exemple : <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1974
msgid "Default: - (GSSAPI authentication is disabled)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1979 sssd.conf.5.xml:4364
msgid "pam_gssapi_check_upn"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1982
msgid ""
"If True, SSSD will require that the Kerberos user principal that "
"successfully authenticated through GSSAPI can be associated with the user "
"who is being authenticated. Authentication will fail if the check fails."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1989
msgid ""
"If False, every user that is able to obtained required service ticket will "
"be authenticated."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2004
msgid "pam_gssapi_indicators_map"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2007
msgid ""
"Comma separated list of authentication indicators required to be present in "
"a Kerberos ticket to access a PAM service that is allowed to try GSSAPI "
"authentication using pam_sss_gss.so module."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2013
msgid ""
"Each element of the list can be either an authentication indicator name or a "
"pair <quote>service:indicator</quote>. Indicators not prefixed with the PAM "
"service name will be required to access any PAM service configured to be "
"used with <option>pam_gssapi_services</option>. A resulting list of "
"indicators per PAM service is then checked against indicators in the "
"Kerberos ticket during authentication by pam_sss_gss.so. Any indicator from "
"the ticket that matches the resulting list of indicators for the PAM service "
"would grant access. If none of the indicators in the list match, access will "
"be denied. If the resulting list of indicators for the PAM service is empty, "
"the check will not prevent the access."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2026
msgid ""
"To disable GSSAPI authentication indicator check, set this option to <quote>-"
"</quote> (dash). To disable the check for a specific PAM service, add "
"<quote>service:-</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2037
msgid ""
"Following authentication indicators are supported by IPA Kerberos "
"deployments:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2040
msgid ""
"pkinit -- pre-authentication using X.509 certificates -- whether stored in "
"files or on smart cards."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2043
msgid ""
"hardened -- SPAKE pre-authentication or any pre-authentication wrapped in a "
"FAST channel."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2046
msgid "radius -- pre-authentication with the help of a RADIUS server."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2049
msgid ""
"otp -- pre-authentication using integrated two-factor authentication (2FA or "
"one-time password, OTP) in IPA."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2052
msgid "idp -- pre-authentication using external identity provider."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2062
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"pam_gssapi_indicators_map = sudo:pkinit, sudo-i:pkinit\n"
"                            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2057
msgid ""
"Example: to require access to SUDO services only for users which obtained "
"their Kerberos tickets with a X.509 certificate pre-authentication (PKINIT), "
"set <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2066
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Default: not set (no substitution for unset home directories)"
msgid "Default: not set (use of authentication indicators is not required)"
msgstr ""
"Par défaut : non défini (aucune substitution pour les répertoires d'accueil "
"non définis)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2074
msgid "SUDO configuration options"
msgstr "Options de configuration de SUDO"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2076
msgid ""
"These options can be used to configure the sudo service.  The detailed "
"instructions for configuration of <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sudo</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> to work with "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> "
"</citerefentry> are in the manual page <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
"sudo</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
"Ces options peuvent être utilisées pour configurer le service sudo.  Les "
"directives de configuration de <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sudo</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> dans <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> "
"sont détaillées dans la page de manuel <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
"sudo</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2093
msgid "sudo_timed (bool)"
msgstr "sudo_timed (booléen)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2096
msgid ""
"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes "
"that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
msgstr ""
"Évaluation ou non des attributs sudoNotBefore et sudoNotAfter qui utilisent  "
"les entrées sudoers sensibles au temps."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2108
msgid "sudo_threshold (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2111
msgid ""
"Maximum number of expired rules that can be refreshed at once. If number of "
"expired rules is below threshold, those rules are refreshed with "
"<quote>rules refresh</quote> mechanism. If the threshold is exceeded a "
"<quote>full refresh</quote> of sudo rules is triggered instead. This "
"threshold number also applies to IPA sudo command and command group searches."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2130
msgid "AUTOFS configuration options"
msgstr "Options de configuration AUTOFS"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2132
msgid "These options can be used to configure the autofs service."
msgstr "Ces options peuvent être utilisées pour configurer le service autofs."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2136
msgid "autofs_negative_timeout (integer)"
msgstr "autofs_negative_timeout (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2139
msgid ""
"Specifies for how many seconds should the autofs responder negative cache "
"hits (that is, queries for invalid map entries, like nonexistent ones) "
"before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
"Spécifie le délai en secondes pendant lequel le répondeur autofs stocke les "
"réponses négatives (autrement dit, les requêtes pour les entrées de mappage "
"non valide, comme celles qui n'existent pas) avant de demander à nouveau au "
"moteur."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2155
msgid "SSH configuration options"
msgstr "Options de configuration SSH"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2157
msgid "These options can be used to configure the SSH service."
msgstr ""
"Les options suivantes peuvent être utilisées pour configurer le service SSH."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2161
msgid "ssh_hash_known_hosts (bool)"
msgstr "ssh_hash_known_hosts (bool)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2164
msgid ""
"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts "
"file."
msgstr ""
"Condenser ou non les noms de systèmes et adresses du fichier known_hosts"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2173
msgid "ssh_known_hosts_timeout (integer)"
msgstr "ssh_known_hosts_timeout (integer)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2176
msgid ""
"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its "
"host keys were requested."
msgstr ""
"La durée en secondes pendant laquelle conserver un système dans le fichier "
"known_hosts géré après que ses clés de système ont été demandés."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2180
msgid "Default: 180"
msgstr "Par défaut : 180"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2185
msgid "ssh_use_certificate_keys (bool)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2188
msgid ""
"If set to true the <command>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</command> will return ssh "
"keys derived from the public key of X.509 certificates stored in the user "
"entry as well. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2203
msgid "ssh_use_certificate_matching_rules (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2206
msgid ""
"By default the ssh responder will use all available certificate matching "
"rules to filter the certificates so that ssh keys are only derived from the "
"matching ones. With this option the used rules can be restricted with a "
"comma separated list of mapping and matching rule names. All other rules "
"will be ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2215
msgid ""
"There are two special key words 'all_rules' and 'no_rules' which will enable "
"all or no rules, respectively. The latter means that no certificates will be "
"filtered out and ssh keys will be generated from all valid certificates."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2222
msgid ""
"If no rules are configured using 'all_rules' will enable a default rule "
"which enables all certificates suitable for client authentication.  This is "
"the same behavior as for the PAM responder if certificate authentication is "
"enabled."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2229
msgid ""
"A non-existing rule name is considered an error.  If as a result no rule is "
"selected all certificates will be ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2234
msgid ""
"Default: not set, equivalent to 'all_rules', all found rules or the default "
"rule are used"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2240
msgid "ca_db (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2243
msgid ""
"Path to a storage of trusted CA certificates. The option is used to validate "
"user certificates before deriving public ssh keys from them."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2263
msgid "PAC responder configuration options"
msgstr "Options de configuration du répondeur PAC"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2265
msgid ""
"The PAC responder works together with the authorization data plugin for MIT "
"Kerberos sssd_pac_plugin.so and a sub-domain provider. The plugin sends the "
"PAC data during a GSSAPI authentication to the PAC responder. The sub-domain "
"provider collects domain SID and ID ranges of the domain the client is "
"joined to and of remote trusted domains from the local domain controller. If "
"the PAC is decoded and evaluated some of the following operations are done:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2274
msgid ""
"If the remote user does not exist in the cache, it is created. The UID is "
"determined with the help of the SID, trusted domains will have UPGs and the "
"GID will have the same value as the UID. The home directory is set based on "
"the subdomain_homedir parameter. The shell will be empty by default, i.e. "
"the system defaults are used, but can be overwritten with the default_shell "
"parameter."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2282
msgid ""
"If there are SIDs of groups from domains sssd knows about, the user will be "
"added to those groups."
msgstr ""
"S'il y a des SID de groupes des domaines connus de sssd, l'utilisateur sera "
"ajouté à ces groupes."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2288
msgid "These options can be used to configure the PAC responder."
msgstr ""
"Les options suivantes peuvent être utilisées pour configurer le répondeur "
"PAC."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2292 sssd-ifp.5.xml:66
msgid "allowed_uids (string)"
msgstr "allowed_uids (string)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2295
msgid ""
"Specifies the comma-separated list of UID values or user names that are "
"allowed to access the PAC responder. User names are resolved to UIDs at "
"startup."
msgstr ""
"Spécifie la liste séparée par des virgules des UID ou noms d'utilisateurs "
"qui sont autorisés à accéder au répondeur PAC. Les noms d'utilisateurs "
"seront résolus en UID au démarrage."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2301
msgid "Default: 0 (only the root user is allowed to access the PAC responder)"
msgstr ""
"Par défaut : 0 (seul l'utilisateur root est autorisé à accéder au répondeur "
"PAC)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2305
msgid ""
"Please note that although the UID 0 is used as the default it will be "
"overwritten with this option. If you still want to allow the root user to "
"access the PAC responder, which would be the typical case, you have to add 0 "
"to the list of allowed UIDs as well."
msgstr ""
"Noter que bien que l'UID 0 est utilisé par défaut, il sera remplacé par "
"cette option. Si vous voulez continuer à permettre à l'utilisateur root à "
"accéder au répondeur PAC, ce qui serait un cas habituel, vous devez ajouter "
"0 à la liste des UID d'utilisateurs autorisés."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2314
msgid "pac_lifetime (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2317
msgid ""
"Lifetime of the PAC entry in seconds. As long as the PAC is valid the PAC "
"data can be used to determine the group memberships of a user."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2327
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ldap_schema (string)"
msgid "pac_check (string)"
msgstr "ldap_schema (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2330
msgid ""
"Apply additional checks on the PAC of the Kerberos ticket which is available "
"in Active Directory and FreeIPA domains, if configured. Please note that "
"Kerberos ticket validation must be enabled to be able to check the PAC, i.e. "
"the krb5_validate option must be set to 'True' which is the default for the "
"IPA and AD provider. If krb5_validate is set to 'False' the PAC checks will "
"be skipped."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2344
msgid "no_check"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2346
msgid ""
"The PAC must not be present and even if it is present no additional checks "
"will be done."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2352
msgid "pac_present"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2354
msgid ""
"The PAC must be present in the service ticket which SSSD will request with "
"the help of the user's TGT. If the PAC is not available the authentication "
"will fail."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2362
msgid "check_upn"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2364
msgid ""
"If the PAC is present check if the user principal name (UPN) information is "
"consistent."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2370
msgid "check_upn_allow_missing"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2372
msgid ""
"This option should be used together with 'check_upn' and handles the case "
"where a UPN is set on the server-side but is not read by SSSD. The typical "
"example is a FreeIPA domain where 'ldap_user_principal' is set to a not "
"existing attribute name.  This was typically done to work-around issues in "
"the handling of enterprise principals. But this is fixed since quite some "
"time and FreeIPA can handle enterprise principals just fine and there is no "
"need anymore to set 'ldap_user_principal'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2384
msgid ""
"Currently this option is set by default to avoid regressions in such "
"environments. A log message will be added to the system log and SSSD's debug "
"log in case a UPN is found in the PAC but not in SSSD's cache. To avoid this "
"log message it would be best to evaluate if the 'ldap_user_principal' option "
"can be removed.  If this is not possible, removing 'check_upn' will skip the "
"test and avoid the log message."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2398
msgid "upn_dns_info_present"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2400
msgid "The PAC must contain the UPN-DNS-INFO buffer, implies 'check_upn'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2405
msgid "check_upn_dns_info_ex"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2407
msgid ""
"If the PAC is present and the extension to the UPN-DNS-INFO buffer is "
"available check if the information in the extension is consistent."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2414
msgid "upn_dns_info_ex_present"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2416
msgid ""
"The PAC must contain the extension of the UPN-DNS-INFO buffer, implies "
"'check_upn_dns_info_ex', 'upn_dns_info_present' and 'check_upn'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2340
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The following expansions are supported: <placeholder "
#| "type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgid ""
"The following options can be used alone or in a comma-separated list: "
"<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
"Les expansions suivantes sont prises en charge : <placeholder "
"type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2426
msgid ""
"Default: no_check (AD and IPA provider 'check_upn, check_upn_allow_missing, "
"check_upn_dns_info_ex')"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2435
msgid "Session recording configuration options"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2437
msgid ""
"Session recording works in conjunction with <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>tlog-rec-session</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>, a part of tlog package, to log what users see and type when "
"they log in on a text terminal.  See also <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
"session-recording</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2450
msgid "These options can be used to configure session recording."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2454 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:64
msgid "scope (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2461 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:71
msgid "\"none\""
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2464 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:74
msgid "No users are recorded."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2469 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:79
msgid "\"some\""
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2472 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:82
msgid ""
"Users/groups specified by <replaceable>users</replaceable> and "
"<replaceable>groups</replaceable> options are recorded."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2481 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:91
msgid "\"all\""
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2484 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:94
msgid "All users are recorded."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2457 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:67
msgid ""
"One of the following strings specifying the scope of session recording: "
"<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2491 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:101
msgid "Default: \"none\""
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2496 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:106
msgid "users (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2499 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:109
msgid ""
"A comma-separated list of users which should have session recording enabled. "
"Matches user names as returned by NSS. I.e. after the possible space "
"replacement, case changes, etc."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2505 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:115
msgid "Default: Empty. Matches no users."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2510 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:120
msgid "groups (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2513 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:123
msgid ""
"A comma-separated list of groups, members of which should have session "
"recording enabled. Matches group names as returned by NSS. I.e. after the "
"possible space replacement, case changes, etc."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2519 sssd.conf.5.xml:2551 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:129
#: sssd-session-recording.5.xml:161
msgid ""
"NOTE: using this option (having it set to anything) has a considerable "
"performance cost, because each uncached request for a user requires "
"retrieving and matching the groups the user is member of."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2526 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:136
msgid "Default: Empty. Matches no groups."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2531 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:141
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "simple_deny_users (string)"
msgid "exclude_users (string)"
msgstr "simple_deny_users (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2534 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:144
msgid ""
"A comma-separated list of users to be excluded from recording, only "
"applicable with 'scope=all'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2538 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:148
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Default: empty, i.e. ldap_uri is used."
msgid "Default: Empty. No users excluded."
msgstr "Par défaut : vide, ldap_uri est donc utilisé."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2543 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:153
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "simple_deny_groups (string)"
msgid "exclude_groups (string)"
msgstr "simple_deny_groups (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2546 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:156
msgid ""
"A comma-separated list of groups, members of which should be excluded from "
"recording. Only applicable with 'scope=all'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2558 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:168
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Default: empty, i.e. ldap_uri is used."
msgid "Default: Empty. No groups excluded."
msgstr "Par défaut : vide, ldap_uri est donc utilisé."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2568
msgid "DOMAIN SECTIONS"
msgstr "SECTIONS DOMAINES"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2575 sssd.conf.5.xml:4054 sssd.conf.5.xml:4055
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4058
msgid "enabled"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2578
msgid ""
"Explicitly enable or disable the domain. If <quote>true</quote>, the domain "
"is always <quote>enabled</quote>. If <quote>false</quote>, the domain is "
"always <quote>disabled</quote>. If this option is not set, the domain is "
"enabled only if it is listed in the domains option in the <quote>[sssd]</"
"quote> section."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2590
msgid "domain_type (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2593
msgid ""
"Specifies whether the domain is meant to be used by POSIX-aware clients such "
"as the Name Service Switch or by applications that do not need POSIX data to "
"be present or generated. Only objects from POSIX domains are available to "
"the operating system interfaces and utilities."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2601
msgid ""
"Allowed values for this option are <quote>posix</quote> and "
"<quote>application</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2605
msgid ""
"POSIX domains are reachable by all services. Application domains are only "
"reachable from the InfoPipe responder (see <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-ifp</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>) and the PAM responder."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2613
msgid ""
"NOTE: The application domains are currently well tested with "
"<quote>id_provider=ldap</quote> only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2617
msgid ""
"For an easy way to configure a non-POSIX domains, please see the "
"<quote>Application domains</quote> section."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2621
msgid "Default: posix"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2627
msgid "min_id,max_id (integer)"
msgstr "min_id,max_id (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2630
msgid ""
"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is "
"outside these limits, it is ignored."
msgstr ""
"Limites UID et GID pour le domaine. Si un domaine contient une entrée en "
"dehors de ces limites, elle est ignorée."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2635
msgid ""
"For users, this affects the primary GID limit. The user will not be returned "
"to NSS if either the UID or the primary GID is outside the range. For non-"
"primary group memberships, those that are in range will be reported as "
"expected."
msgstr ""
"Pour les utilisateurs, cela affecte la limite des GID primaires. "
"L'utilisateur ne sera pas renvoyé vers NSS si l'UID ou le GID primaire sont "
"en dehors de la plage. Pour l'appartenance à un groupe non primaire, ceux "
"qui sont dans la plage seront rapportés comme prévu."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2642
msgid ""
"These ID limits affect even saving entries to cache, not only returning them "
"by name or ID."
msgstr ""
"Ces limites d'identifiants affecte aussi les mises en cache des entrées, et "
"pas seulement leur recherche par nom ou identifiant."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2646
msgid "Default: 1 for min_id, 0 (no limit) for max_id"
msgstr "Default: 1 for min_id, 0 (no limit) for max_id"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2652
msgid "enumerate (bool)"
msgstr "enumerate (booléen)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2655
msgid ""
"Determines if a domain can be enumerated, that is, whether the domain can "
"list all the users and group it contains. Note that it is not required to "
"enable enumeration in order for secondary groups to be displayed. This "
"parameter can have one of the following values:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2663
msgid "TRUE = Users and groups are enumerated"
msgstr "TRUE = utilisateurs et groupes sont énumérés"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2666
msgid "FALSE = No enumerations for this domain"
msgstr "FALSE = aucune énumération pour ce domaine"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2669 sssd.conf.5.xml:2950 sssd.conf.5.xml:3127
msgid "Default: FALSE"
msgstr "Par défaut : FALSE"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2672
msgid ""
"Enumerating a domain requires SSSD to download and store ALL user and group "
"entries from the remote server."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2677
msgid ""
"Note: Enabling enumeration has a moderate performance impact on SSSD while "
"enumeration is running. It may take up to several minutes after SSSD startup "
"to fully complete enumerations.  During this time, individual requests for "
"information will go directly to LDAP, though it may be slow, due to the "
"heavy enumeration processing. Saving a large number of entries to cache "
"after the enumeration completes might also be CPU intensive as the "
"memberships have to be recomputed. This can lead to the <quote>sssd_be</"
"quote> process becoming unresponsive or even restarted by the internal "
"watchdog."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2692
msgid ""
"While the first enumeration is running, requests for the complete user or "
"group lists may return no results until it completes."
msgstr ""
"Lorsque la première énumération est en cours, les requêtes pour des listes "
"utilisateurs ou de groupes peuvent retourner des résultats vides avant que "
"l'énumération ne se termine."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2697
msgid ""
"Further, enabling enumeration may increase the time necessary to detect "
"network disconnection, as longer timeouts are required to ensure that "
"enumeration lookups are completed successfully.  For more information, refer "
"to the man pages for the specific id_provider in use."
msgstr ""
"De plus, activer l'énumération peut augmenter le temps nécessaire pour "
"détecter la déconnexion d'un réseau, puisque des délais d'attente supérieurs "
"sont nécessaires pour s'assurer que les requêtes d'énumération se terminent "
"avec succès. Pour plus d'informations, se référer au manuel pour le "
"fournisseur d'identité spécifique utilisé."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2705
msgid ""
"For the reasons cited above, enabling enumeration is not recommended, "
"especially in large environments."
msgstr ""
"Pour les raisons citées plus haut, l'activation de l'énumération est "
"déconseillée, surtout dans les environnements de grande taille."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2713
msgid "subdomain_enumerate (string)"
msgstr "subdomain_enumerate (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2720
msgid "all"
msgstr "all"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2721
msgid "All discovered trusted domains will be enumerated"
msgstr "Tous les domaines approuvés découverts seront énumérés"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2724
msgid "none"
msgstr "none"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2725
msgid "No discovered trusted domains will be enumerated"
msgstr "Aucun domaine approuvé découvert ne sera énuméré"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2716
msgid ""
"Whether any of autodetected trusted domains should be enumerated. The "
"supported values are: <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/> "
"Optionally, a list of one or more domain names can enable enumeration just "
"for these trusted domains."
msgstr ""
"Les domaines approuvés auto-détectés doivent-ils être énumérés ?\n"
"Les valeurs prises en charge sont : <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" "
"id=\"0\"/> \n"
"De manière facultative, une liste d'un ou plusieurs noms de domaines peut "
"activer l'énumération pour ces seuls domaines."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2739
msgid "entry_cache_timeout (integer)"
msgstr "entry_cache_timeout (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2742
msgid ""
"How many seconds should nss_sss consider entries valid before asking the "
"backend again"
msgstr ""
"La durée en secondes pendant laquelle nss_sss doit considérer les entrées "
"comme valides avant de les redemander au moteur"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2746
msgid ""
"The cache expiration timestamps are stored as attributes of individual "
"objects in the cache. Therefore, changing the cache timeout only has effect "
"for newly added or expired entries.  You should run the <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sss_cache</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> tool in order to force refresh of entries that have already "
"been cached."
msgstr ""
"Les horodatages d'expiration de cache sont stockés en tant qu'attributs des "
"objets individuels dans le cache. Il en découle que la modification du délai "
"d'expiration du cache ne sera pris en compte que pour les entrées qui y sont "
"nouvellement ajoutées, ou pour celles qui ont expiré. Vous devriez utiliser "
"l'outil <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_cache</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> de manière à forcer un "
"rafraîchissement des entrées qui sont déjà en cache."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2759
msgid "Default: 5400"
msgstr "Par défaut : 5400"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2765
msgid "entry_cache_user_timeout (integer)"
msgstr "entry_cache_user_timeout (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2768
msgid ""
"How many seconds should nss_sss consider user entries valid before asking "
"the backend again"
msgstr ""
"La durée en secondes pendant laquelle nss_sss doit considérer les entrées "
"d'utilisateurs comme valides avant de les redemander au moteur."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2772 sssd.conf.5.xml:2785 sssd.conf.5.xml:2798
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2811 sssd.conf.5.xml:2825 sssd.conf.5.xml:2838
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2852 sssd.conf.5.xml:2866 sssd.conf.5.xml:2879
msgid "Default: entry_cache_timeout"
msgstr "Par défaut : entry_cache_timeout"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2778
msgid "entry_cache_group_timeout (integer)"
msgstr "entry_cache_group_timeout (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2781
msgid ""
"How many seconds should nss_sss consider group entries valid before asking "
"the backend again"
msgstr ""
"La durée en secondes pendant laquelle nss_sss doit considérer les entrées de "
"groupes comme valides avant de les redemander au moteur."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2791
msgid "entry_cache_netgroup_timeout (integer)"
msgstr "entry_cache_netgroup_timeout (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2794
msgid ""
"How many seconds should nss_sss consider netgroup entries valid before "
"asking the backend again"
msgstr ""
"La durée en secondes pendant laquelle nss_sss doit considérer les entrées de "
"netgroup comme valides avant de les redemander au moteur."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2804
msgid "entry_cache_service_timeout (integer)"
msgstr "entry_cache_service_timeout (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2807
msgid ""
"How many seconds should nss_sss consider service entries valid before asking "
"the backend again"
msgstr ""
"La durée en secondes pendant laquelle nss_sss doit considérer les entrées de "
"service valides avant de les redemander au moteur"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2817
msgid "entry_cache_resolver_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2820
msgid ""
"How many seconds should nss_sss consider hosts and networks entries valid "
"before asking the backend again"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2831
msgid "entry_cache_sudo_timeout (integer)"
msgstr "entry_cache_sudo_timeout (integer)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2834
msgid ""
"How many seconds should sudo consider rules valid before asking the backend "
"again"
msgstr ""
"La durée en secondes pendant laquelle sudo doit considérer les règles comme "
"valides avant de les redemander au moteur"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2844
msgid "entry_cache_autofs_timeout (integer)"
msgstr "entry_cache_autofs_timeout (integer)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2847
msgid ""
"How many seconds should the autofs service consider automounter maps valid "
"before asking the backend again"
msgstr ""
"La durée en secondes pendant laquelle le service autofs doit considérer les "
"cartes d'automontage comme valides avant de les redemander au moteur"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2858
msgid "entry_cache_ssh_host_timeout (integer)"
msgstr "entry_cache_ssh_host_timeout (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2861
msgid ""
"How many seconds to keep a host ssh key after refresh. IE how long to cache "
"the host key for."
msgstr ""
"La durée en secondes pendant laquelle conserver une clé ssh d'hôte après "
"rafraichissement. I.e. combien de temps mettre la clé en cache."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2872
msgid "entry_cache_computer_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2875
msgid ""
"How many seconds to keep the local computer entry before asking the backend "
"again"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2885
msgid "refresh_expired_interval (integer)"
msgstr "refresh_expired_interval (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2888
msgid ""
"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before triggering a background "
"refresh task which will refresh all expired or nearly expired records."
msgstr ""
"Indique la durée en secondes pendant laquelle SSSD doit attendre avant de "
"déclencher une tâche en arrière-plan qui rafraichira tous les "
"enregistrements expirés ou sur le point de l'être."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2893
msgid ""
"The background refresh will process users, groups and netgroups in the "
"cache. For users who have performed the initgroups (get group membership for "
"user, typically ran at login)  operation in the past, both the user entry "
"and the group membership are updated."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2901
msgid "This option is automatically inherited for all trusted domains."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2905
msgid "You can consider setting this value to 3/4 * entry_cache_timeout."
msgstr ""
"Il est envisageable de configurer cette valeur à 3/4 * entry_cache_timeout."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2909
msgid ""
"Cache entry will be refreshed by background task when 2/3 of cache timeout "
"has already passed.  If there are existing cached entries, the background "
"task will refer to their original cache timeout values instead of current "
"configuration value.  This may lead to a situation in which background "
"refresh task appears to not be working. This is done by design to improve "
"offline mode operation and reuse of existing valid cache entries.  To make "
"this change instant the user may want to manually invalidate existing cache."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2922 sssd-ldap.5.xml:361 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1738
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:270
msgid "Default: 0 (disabled)"
msgstr "Par défaut : 0 (désactivé)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2928
msgid "cache_credentials (bool)"
msgstr "cache_credentials (booléen)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2931
msgid ""
"Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache. The "
"cached credentials refer to passwords, which includes the first (long term) "
"factor of two-factor authentication, not other authentication mechanisms. "
"Passkey and Smartcard authentications are expected to work offline as long "
"as a successful online authentication is recorded in the cache without "
"additional configuration."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2942
msgid ""
"Take a note that while credentials are stored as a salted SHA512 hash, this "
"still potentially poses some security risk in case an attacker manages to "
"get access to a cache file (normally requires privileged access) and to "
"break a password using brute force attack."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2956
msgid "cache_credentials_minimal_first_factor_length (int)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2959
msgid ""
"If 2-Factor-Authentication (2FA) is used and credentials should be saved "
"this value determines the minimal length the first authentication factor "
"(long term password) must have to be saved as SHA512 hash into the cache."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2966
msgid ""
"This should avoid that the short PINs of a PIN based 2FA scheme are saved in "
"the cache which would make them easy targets for brute-force attacks."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2977
msgid "account_cache_expiration (integer)"
msgstr "account_cache_expiration (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2980
msgid ""
"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before "
"being removed during a cleanup of the cache. 0 means keep forever.  The "
"value of this parameter must be greater than or equal to "
"offline_credentials_expiration."
msgstr ""
"Durée en jours pendant laquelle les entrées sont stockées dans le cache "
"après la dernière connexion réussie, avant d'être enlevées lors du nettoyage "
"du cache. 0 signifie qu'elles sont conservées indéfiniment. La valeur de ce "
"paramètre doit être supérieur ou égal à offline_credentials_expiration."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2987
msgid "Default: 0 (unlimited)"
msgstr "Par défaut : 0 (illimité)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2992
msgid "pwd_expiration_warning (integer)"
msgstr "pwd_expiration_warning (integer)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3003
msgid ""
"Please note that the backend server has to provide information about the "
"expiration time of the password.  If this information is missing, sssd "
"cannot display a warning. Also an auth provider has to be configured for the "
"backend."
msgstr ""
"Veuillez noter que le moteur du service doit fournir des informations à "
"propos du délai d'expiration du mot de passe. Si cette information est "
"manquante, sssd ne peut afficher de message d'alerte. De plus, un "
"fournisseur oauth doit être configuré pour le moteur."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3010
msgid "Default: 7 (Kerberos), 0 (LDAP)"
msgstr "Par défaut : 7 (Kerberos), 0 (LDAP)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3016
msgid "id_provider (string)"
msgstr "id_provider (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3019
msgid ""
"The identification provider used for the domain.  Supported ID providers are:"
msgstr ""
"Le fournisseur d'identification utilisé pour le domaine.  Les fournisseurs "
"d'identification pris en charge sont :"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3023
msgid "<quote>proxy</quote>: Support a legacy NSS provider."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3026
msgid ""
"<quote>files</quote>: FILES provider. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
"files</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more "
"information on how to mirror local users and groups into SSSD."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3034
msgid ""
"<quote>ldap</quote>: LDAP provider. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
"ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more "
"information on configuring LDAP."
msgstr ""
"<quote>ldap</quote> : fournisseur LDAP. Cf. "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> pour plus d'informations sur la configuration de "
"LDAP."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3042 sssd.conf.5.xml:3153 sssd.conf.5.xml:3204
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3267
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<quote>ipa</quote>: FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management "
#| "provider. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> "
#| "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on "
#| "configuring FreeIPA."
msgid ""
"<quote>ipa</quote>: FreeIPA and Red Hat Identity Management provider. See "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring FreeIPA."
msgstr ""
"<quote>ipa</quote> : fournisseur FreeIPA et Red Hat Enterprise Identity "
"Management. Cf. <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> pour plus d'informations sur la "
"configuration de FreeIPA."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3051 sssd.conf.5.xml:3162 sssd.conf.5.xml:3213
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3276
msgid ""
"<quote>ad</quote>: Active Directory provider. See <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> for more information on configuring Active Directory."
msgstr ""
"<quote>ad</quote> : fournisseur Active Directory. Cf. "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> pour plus d'informations sur la configuration "
"d'Active Directory."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3062
msgid "use_fully_qualified_names (bool)"
msgstr "use_fully_qualified_names (booléen)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3065
msgid ""
"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) "
"as the user's login name reported to NSS."
msgstr ""
"Utiliser le nom complet et le domaine (comme formaté par le paramètre "
"full_name_format du domaine) comme nom de connexion de l'utilisateur "
"communiqué à NSS."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3070
msgid ""
"If set to TRUE, all requests to this domain must use fully qualified names. "
"For example, if used in LOCAL domain that contains a \"test\" user, "
"<command>getent passwd test</command> wouldn't find the user while "
"<command>getent passwd test@LOCAL</command> would."
msgstr ""
"Si défini à TRUE, toutes les requêtes pour ce domaine doivent utiliser des "
"noms pleinement qualifiés. Par exemple, pour un utilisateur « test » dans un "
"domaine LOCAL, <command>getent passwd test</command> ne trouvera pas "
"l'utilisateur avant que <command>getent passwd test@LOCAL</command> ne le "
"trouve."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3078
msgid ""
"NOTE: This option has no effect on netgroup lookups due to their tendency to "
"include nested netgroups without qualified names. For netgroups, all domains "
"will be searched when an unqualified name is requested."
msgstr ""
"NOTE : Cette option n'a pas d'effet sur les recherches de netgroups, du fait "
"de leur tendance à inclure des groupes imbriqués sans noms qualifiés. Pour "
"les netgroups, la recherche se fera dans tous les domaines lorsqu'un nom non "
"qualifié sera demandé."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3085
msgid ""
"Default: FALSE (TRUE for trusted domain/sub-domains or if "
"default_domain_suffix is used)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3092
msgid "ignore_group_members (bool)"
msgstr "ignore_group_members (booléen)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3095
msgid "Do not return group members for group lookups."
msgstr "Ne pas envoyer les membres des groupes sur les recherches de groupes."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3098
msgid ""
"If set to TRUE, the group membership attribute is not requested from the "
"ldap server, and group members are not returned when processing group lookup "
"calls, such as <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>getgrnam</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </citerefentry> or <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>getgrgid</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>.  As an effect, <quote>getent group $groupname</quote> would "
"return the requested group as if it was empty."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3116
msgid ""
"Enabling this option can also make access provider checks for group "
"membership significantly faster, especially for groups containing many "
"members."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3122 sssd.conf.5.xml:3848 sssd-ldap.5.xml:327
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:356 sssd-ldap.5.xml:409 sssd-ldap.5.xml:469
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:490 sssd-ldap.5.xml:521 sssd-ldap.5.xml:544
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:583 sssd-ldap.5.xml:602 sssd-ldap.5.xml:626
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1053 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1086
msgid ""
"This option can be also set per subdomain or inherited via "
"<emphasis>subdomain_inherit</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3132
msgid "auth_provider (string)"
msgstr "auth_provider (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3135
msgid ""
"The authentication provider used for the domain.  Supported auth providers "
"are:"
msgstr ""
"Le fournisseur d'authentification utilisé pour le domaine. Les fournisseurs "
"pris en charge sont :"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3139 sssd.conf.5.xml:3197
msgid ""
"<quote>ldap</quote> for native LDAP authentication. See <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
msgstr ""
"<quote>ldap</quote> pour une authentification LDAP native. Cf. "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> pour plus d'informations sur la configuration de  "
"LDAP."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3146
msgid ""
"<quote>krb5</quote> for Kerberos authentication. See <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> for more information on configuring Kerberos."
msgstr ""
"<quote>krb5</quote> pour une authentification Kerberos. Cf. <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> pour plus d'informations sur la configuration de Kerberos."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3170
msgid ""
"<quote>proxy</quote> for relaying authentication to some other PAM target."
msgstr ""
"<quote>proxy</quote> pour relayer l'authentification vers d'autres cibles "
"PAM."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3173
msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables authentication explicitly."
msgstr "<quote>none</quote> désactive l'authentification explicitement."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3176
msgid ""
"Default: <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can handle "
"authentication requests."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut : <quote>id_provider</quote> est utilisé s'il est défini et peut "
"gérer les requêtes d'authentification."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3182
msgid "access_provider (string)"
msgstr "access_provider (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3185
msgid ""
"The access control provider used for the domain.  There are two built-in "
"access providers (in addition to any included in installed backends)  "
"Internal special providers are:"
msgstr ""
"Le fournisseur de contrôle d'accès utilisé pour le domaine. Il y a deux "
"fournisseurs d'accès natifs (en plus de ceux disponibles dans les moteurs "
"installés). Les fournisseurs internes spécifiques sont :"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3191
msgid ""
"<quote>permit</quote> always allow access. It's the only permitted access "
"provider for a local domain."
msgstr ""
"<quote>permit</quote> toujours autoriser l'accès. C'est le seul fournisseur "
"d'accès autorisé pour un domaine local."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3194
msgid "<quote>deny</quote> always deny access."
msgstr "<quote>deny</quote> toujours refuser les accès."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3221
msgid ""
"<quote>simple</quote> access control based on access or deny lists. See "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-simple</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information on configuring the simple "
"access module."
msgstr ""
"Contrôle d'accès <quote>simple</quote> basé sur des listes d'autorisations "
"ou de refus d'accès. Cf. <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-simple</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> pour plus "
"d'informations sur la configuration du module d'accès simple."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3228
msgid ""
"<quote>krb5</quote>: .k5login based access control.  See <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for more information on configuring Kerberos."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3235
msgid "<quote>proxy</quote> for relaying access control to another PAM module."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3238
msgid "Default: <quote>permit</quote>"
msgstr "Par défaut : <quote>permit</quote>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3243
msgid "chpass_provider (string)"
msgstr "chpass_provider (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3246
msgid ""
"The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain.  "
"Supported change password providers are:"
msgstr ""
"Le fournisseur qui doit gérer le changement des mots de passe pour le "
"domaine. Les fournisseurs pris en charge sont :"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3251
msgid ""
"<quote>ldap</quote> to change a password stored in a LDAP server. See "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3259
msgid ""
"<quote>krb5</quote> to change the Kerberos password. See <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> for more information on configuring Kerberos."
msgstr ""
"<quote>krb5</quote> pour changer le mot de passe Kerberos. Cf. "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> pour plus d'informations sur la configuration de "
"Kerberos."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3284
msgid ""
"<quote>proxy</quote> for relaying password changes to some other PAM target."
msgstr ""
"<quote>proxy</quote> pour relayer le changement de mot de passe vers une "
"autre cible PAM."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3288
msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows password changes explicitly."
msgstr ""
"<quote>none</quote> pour désactiver explicitement le changement de mot de "
"passe."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3291
msgid ""
"Default: <quote>auth_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can handle "
"change password requests."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut : <quote>auth_provider</quote> est utilisé si il est défini et "
"peut gérer les changements de mot de passe."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3298
msgid "sudo_provider (string)"
msgstr "sudo_provider (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3301
msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain.  Supported SUDO providers are:"
msgstr ""
"Le fournisseur SUDO, utilisé pour le domaine.  Les fournisseurs SUDO pris en "
"charge sont :"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3305
msgid ""
"<quote>ldap</quote> for rules stored in LDAP. See <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
msgstr ""
"<quote>ldap</quote> pour les règles stockés dans LDAP. Voir "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> pour plus d'informations sur la configuration de "
"LDAP."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3313
msgid ""
"<quote>ipa</quote> the same as <quote>ldap</quote> but with IPA default "
"settings."
msgstr ""
"<quote>ipa</quote> identiqué à <quote>ldap</quote> mais avec les paramètres "
"par défaut pour IPA."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3317
msgid ""
"<quote>ad</quote> the same as <quote>ldap</quote> but with AD default "
"settings."
msgstr ""
"<quote>ipa</quote> identiqué à <quote>ldap</quote> mais avec les paramètres "
"par défaut pour AD."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3321
msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables SUDO explicitly."
msgstr "<quote>none</quote> désactive explicitement SUDO."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3324 sssd.conf.5.xml:3410 sssd.conf.5.xml:3480
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3505 sssd.conf.5.xml:3541
msgid "Default: The value of <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut : La valeur de <quote>id_provider</quote> est utilisée si elle "
"est définie."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3328
msgid ""
"The detailed instructions for configuration of sudo_provider are in the "
"manual page <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-sudo</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>.  There are many configuration "
"options that can be used to adjust the behavior. Please refer to "
"\"ldap_sudo_*\" in <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3343
msgid ""
"<emphasis>NOTE:</emphasis> Sudo rules are periodically downloaded in the "
"background unless the sudo provider is explicitly disabled. Set "
"<emphasis>sudo_provider = None</emphasis> to disable all sudo-related "
"activity in SSSD if you do not want to use sudo with SSSD at all."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3353
msgid "selinux_provider (string)"
msgstr "selinux_provider (string)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3356
msgid ""
"The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings. Note that this "
"provider will be called right after access provider ends.  Supported selinux "
"providers are:"
msgstr ""
"Le fournisseur qui doit gérer le chargement des paramètres de selinux. "
"Remarque : ce fournisseur sera appelé juste après la fin de l'appel au "
"fournisseur d'accès.  Les fournisseurs selinux pris en charge sont :"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3362
msgid ""
"<quote>ipa</quote> to load selinux settings from an IPA server. See "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
msgstr ""
"<quote>ipa</quote> pour charger les paramètres selinux depuis un serveur "
"IPA. Cf. <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> pour plus d'informations sur la configuration de "
"IPA."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3370
msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows fetching selinux settings explicitly."
msgstr ""
"<quote>none</quote> n'autorise pas la récupération explicite des paramètres "
"selinux."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3373
msgid ""
"Default: <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can handle "
"selinux loading requests."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut : <quote>id_provider</quote> est utilisé s'il est défini et peut "
"gérer le chargement selinux"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3379
msgid "subdomains_provider (string)"
msgstr "subdomains_provider (string)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3382
msgid ""
"The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains. This value should "
"be always the same as id_provider.  Supported subdomain providers are:"
msgstr ""
"Le fournisseur doit être capable de gérer la récupération des sous-"
"domaines.  Cette valeur doit être toujours identique à id_provider.  Les "
"fournisseurs de sous-domaine pris en charge sont :"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3388
msgid ""
"<quote>ipa</quote> to load a list of subdomains from an IPA server. See "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
msgstr ""
"<quote>ipa</quote> pour charger une liste de sous-domaines depuis un serveur "
"IPA. Cf. <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> pour plus d'informations sur la configuration de "
"IPA."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3397
msgid ""
"<quote>ad</quote> to load a list of subdomains from an Active Directory "
"server. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring "
"the AD provider."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3406
msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows fetching subdomains explicitly."
msgstr ""
"<quote>none</quote> désactive la récupération explicite des sous-domaines."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3416
msgid "session_provider (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3419
msgid ""
"The provider which configures and manages user session related tasks. The "
"only user session task currently provided is the integration with Fleet "
"Commander, which works only with IPA.  Supported session providers are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3426
msgid "<quote>ipa</quote> to allow performing user session related tasks."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3430
msgid ""
"<quote>none</quote> does not perform any kind of user session related tasks."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3434
msgid ""
"Default: <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can perform "
"session related tasks."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3438
msgid ""
"<emphasis>NOTE:</emphasis> In order to have this feature working as expected "
"SSSD must be running as \"root\" and not as the unprivileged user."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3446
msgid "autofs_provider (string)"
msgstr "autofs_provider (string)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3449
msgid ""
"The autofs provider used for the domain.  Supported autofs providers are:"
msgstr ""
"Le fournisseur autofs utilisé pour le domaine.  Les fournisseurs autofs pris "
"en charge sont :"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3453
msgid ""
"<quote>ldap</quote> to load maps stored in LDAP. See <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
msgstr ""
"<quote>ldap</quote> pour charger les cartes stockées dans LDAP. Cf. "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> pour plus d'informations sur la configuration de "
"LDAP."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3460
msgid ""
"<quote>ipa</quote> to load maps stored in an IPA server. See <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
msgstr ""
"<quote>ipa</quote> pour charger les cartes stockées sur un serveur  IPA. Cf. "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> pour plus d'information sur la configuration de "
"IPA."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3468
msgid ""
"<quote>ad</quote> to load maps stored in an AD server. See <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> for more information on configuring the AD provider."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3477
msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables autofs explicitly."
msgstr "<quote>none</quote> désactive explicitement autofs."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3487
msgid "hostid_provider (string)"
msgstr "hostid_provider (string)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3490
msgid ""
"The provider used for retrieving host identity information.  Supported "
"hostid providers are:"
msgstr ""
"Le fournisseur utilisé pour récupérer les informations d'identité des "
"systèmes.  Les fournisseurs de hostid pris en charge sont :"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3494
msgid ""
"<quote>ipa</quote> to load host identity stored in an IPA server. See "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
msgstr ""
"<quote>ipa</quote> pour charge l'identité du système stockée sur un serveur "
"IPA. Cf. <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> pour plus d'informations sur la "
"configuration de IPA."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3502
msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables hostid explicitly."
msgstr "<quote>none</quote> désactive explicitement hostid."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3512
msgid "resolver_provider (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3515
msgid ""
"The provider which should handle hosts and networks lookups. Supported "
"resolver providers are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3519
msgid ""
"<quote>proxy</quote> to forward lookups to another NSS library. See "
"<quote>proxy_resolver_lib_name</quote>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3523
msgid ""
"<quote>ldap</quote> to fetch hosts and networks stored in LDAP. See "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3530
msgid ""
"<quote>ad</quote> to fetch hosts and networks stored in AD. See "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring the AD "
"provider."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3538
msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows fetching hosts and networks explicitly."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3551
msgid ""
"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string "
"containing user name and domain into these components.  The \"domain\" can "
"match either the SSSD configuration domain name, or, in the case of IPA "
"trust subdomains and Active Directory domains, the flat (NetBIOS) name of "
"the domain."
msgstr ""
"L'expression rationnelle pour ce domaine qui décrit comment analyser la "
"chaîne contenant le nom d'utilisateur et domaine et en extraire ces "
"composants. Le « domaine » peut correspondre à soit au nom de domaine de la "
"configuration SSSD, ou, dans le cas de relations d'approbations avec des "
"sous-domaines IPA ou des domaines Active Directory, le nom plat (NetBIOS) du "
"domaine."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3560
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Default for the AD and IPA provider: <quote>(((?P&lt;domain&gt;[^\\\\]+)\\"
#| "\\(?P&lt;name&gt;.+$))|((?P&lt;name&gt;[^@]+)@(?P&lt;domain&gt;.+$))|(^(?"
#| "P&lt;name&gt;[^@\\\\]+)$))</quote> which allows three different styles "
#| "for user names:"
msgid ""
"Default: <quote>^((?P&lt;name&gt;.+)@(?P&lt;domain&gt;[^@]*)|(?P&lt;name&gt;"
"[^@]+))$</quote> which allows two different styles for user names:"
msgstr ""
"Valeur par défaut pour les fournisseurs AD et IPA : <quote>(((?P&lt;"
"domain&gt;[^\\\\]+)\\\\(?P&lt;name&gt;.+$))|((?P&lt;name&gt;[^@]+)@(?P&lt;"
"domain&gt;.+$))|(^(?P&lt;name&gt;[^@\\\\]+)$))</quote> qui utilisent trois "
"styles différents pour les noms d'utilisateurs :"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3565 sssd.conf.5.xml:3579
msgid "username"
msgstr "username"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3568 sssd.conf.5.xml:3582
msgid "username@domain.name"
msgstr "username@domain.name"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3573
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Default for the AD and IPA provider: <quote>(((?P&lt;domain&gt;[^\\\\]+)\\"
#| "\\(?P&lt;name&gt;.+$))|((?P&lt;name&gt;[^@]+)@(?P&lt;domain&gt;.+$))|(^(?"
#| "P&lt;name&gt;[^@\\\\]+)$))</quote> which allows three different styles "
#| "for user names:"
msgid ""
"Default for the AD and IPA provider: <quote>^(((?P&lt;domain&gt;[^\\\\]+)\\"
"\\(?P&lt;name&gt;.+))|((?P&lt;name&gt;.+)@(?P&lt;domain&gt;[^@]+))|((?P&lt;"
"name&gt;[^@\\\\]+)))$</quote> which allows three different styles for user "
"names:"
msgstr ""
"Valeur par défaut pour les fournisseurs AD et IPA : <quote>(((?P&lt;"
"domain&gt;[^\\\\]+)\\\\(?P&lt;name&gt;.+$))|((?P&lt;name&gt;[^@]+)@(?P&lt;"
"domain&gt;.+$))|(^(?P&lt;name&gt;[^@\\\\]+)$))</quote> qui utilisent trois "
"styles différents pour les noms d'utilisateurs :"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3585
msgid "domain\\username"
msgstr "domain\\username"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3588
msgid ""
"While the first two correspond to the general default the third one is "
"introduced to allow easy integration of users from Windows domains."
msgstr ""
"Bien que les deux premiers correspondent à la valeur par défaut en général "
"le troisième est introduit pour permettre une intégration facile des "
"utilisateurs de domaines Windows."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3593
msgid ""
"The default re_expression uses the <quote>@</quote> character as a separator "
"between the name and the domain. As a result of this setting the default "
"does not accept the <quote>@</quote> character in short names (as it is "
"allowed in Windows group names). If a user wishes to use short names with "
"<quote>@</quote> they must create their own re_expression."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3645
msgid "Default: <quote>%1$s@%2$s</quote>."
msgstr "Par défaut : <quote>%1$s@%2$s</quote>."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3651
msgid "lookup_family_order (string)"
msgstr "lookup_family_order (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3654
msgid ""
"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when "
"performing DNS lookups."
msgstr ""
"Fournit la possibilité de sélectionner la famille d'adresse préférée à "
"utiliser pour effectuer les requêtes DNS."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3658
msgid "Supported values:"
msgstr "Valeurs prises en charge :"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3661
msgid "ipv4_first: Try looking up IPv4 address, if that fails, try IPv6"
msgstr ""
"ipv4_first : essayer de chercher une adresse IPv4, et en cas d'échec, "
"essayer IPv6."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3664
msgid "ipv4_only: Only attempt to resolve hostnames to IPv4 addresses."
msgstr ""
"ipv4_only : ne tenter de résoudre les noms de systèmes qu'en adresses IPv4."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3667
msgid "ipv6_first: Try looking up IPv6 address, if that fails, try IPv4"
msgstr ""
"ipv6_first : essayer de chercher une adresse IPv6, et en cas d'échec, tenter "
"IPv4."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3670
msgid "ipv6_only: Only attempt to resolve hostnames to IPv6 addresses."
msgstr ""
"ipv6_only : ne tenter de résoudre les noms de systèmes qu'en adresses IPv6."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3673
msgid "Default: ipv4_first"
msgstr "Par défaut : ipv4_first"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3679
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "dns_resolver_timeout (integer)"
msgid "dns_resolver_server_timeout (integer)"
msgstr "dns_resolver_timeout (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3682
msgid ""
"Defines the amount of time (in milliseconds)  SSSD would try to talk to DNS "
"server before trying next DNS server."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3687
msgid ""
"The AD provider will use this option for the CLDAP ping timeouts as well."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3691 sssd.conf.5.xml:3711 sssd.conf.5.xml:3732
msgid ""
"Please see the section <quote>FAILOVER</quote> for more information about "
"the service resolution."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3696 sssd-ldap.5.xml:645 include/failover.xml:84
msgid "Default: 1000"
msgstr "Par défaut : 1000"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3702
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "dns_resolver_timeout (integer)"
msgid "dns_resolver_op_timeout (integer)"
msgstr "dns_resolver_timeout (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3705
msgid ""
"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait to resolve single DNS query "
"(e.g. resolution of a hostname or an SRV record)  before trying the next "
"hostname or DNS discovery."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3722
msgid "dns_resolver_timeout (integer)"
msgstr "dns_resolver_timeout (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3725
msgid ""
"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the "
"internal fail over service before assuming that the service is unreachable. "
"If this timeout is reached, the domain will continue to operate in offline "
"mode."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3743
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "dns_resolver_timeout (integer)"
msgid "dns_resolver_use_search_list (bool)"
msgstr "dns_resolver_timeout (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3746
msgid ""
"Normally, the DNS resolver searches the domain list defined in the "
"\"search\" directive from the resolv.conf file. This can lead to delays in "
"environments with improperly configured DNS."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3752
msgid ""
"If fully qualified domain names (or _srv_) are used in the SSSD "
"configuration, setting this option to FALSE can prevent unnecessary DNS "
"lookups in such environments."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3758
msgid "Default: TRUE"
msgstr "Par défaut : TRUE"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3764
msgid "dns_discovery_domain (string)"
msgstr "dns_discovery_domain (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3767
msgid ""
"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of "
"the service discovery DNS query."
msgstr ""
"Si la découverte de services est utilisé par le moteur, spécifie la partie "
"du domaine faisant partie de la requête DNS de découverte de services."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3771
msgid "Default: Use the domain part of machine's hostname"
msgstr ""
"Par défaut : utiliser la partie du domaine qui est dans le nom de système de "
"la machine."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3777
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "pam_id_timeout (integer)"
msgid "failover_primary_timeout (integer)"
msgstr "pam_id_timeout (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3780
msgid ""
"When no primary server is currently available, SSSD fail overs to a backup "
"server. This option defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait before "
"SSSD tries to reconnect to a primary server again."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3787
msgid "Note: The minimum value is 31."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3790
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Default: 3"
msgid "Default: 31"
msgstr "Par défaut : 3"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3796
msgid "override_gid (integer)"
msgstr "override_gid (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3799
msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
msgstr "Redéfinit le GID primaire avec la valeur spécifiée."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3805
msgid "case_sensitive (string)"
msgstr "case_sensitive (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3812
msgid "True"
msgstr "True"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3815
msgid "Case sensitive. This value is invalid for AD provider."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3821
msgid "False"
msgstr "False"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3823
msgid "Case insensitive."
msgstr "Insensible à la casse."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3827
msgid "Preserving"
msgstr "Preserving"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3830
msgid ""
"Same as False (case insensitive), but does not lowercase names in the result "
"of NSS operations. Note that name aliases (and in case of services also "
"protocol names) are still lowercased in the output."
msgstr ""
"Comme False (insensible à la casse), mais ne convertit pas les noms en "
"minuscules lors des opérations NSS. Notez que les alias de noms (et dans le "
"cas des services les noms de protocoles) sont toujours en minuscule dans la "
"sortie."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3838
msgid ""
"If you want to set this value for trusted domain with IPA provider, you need "
"to set it on both the client and SSSD on the server."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3808
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The following expansions are supported: <placeholder "
#| "type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgid ""
"Treat user and group names as case sensitive.  Possible option values are: "
"<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
"Les expansions suivantes sont prises en charge : <placeholder "
"type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3853
msgid "Default: True (False for AD provider)"
msgstr "Par défaut : true (false pour le fournisseur AD)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3859
msgid "subdomain_inherit (string)"
msgstr "subdomain_inherit (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3862
msgid ""
"Specifies a list of configuration parameters that should be inherited by a "
"subdomain. Please note that only selected parameters can be inherited.  "
"Currently the following options can be inherited:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3868
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ldap_search_timeout (integer)"
msgid "ldap_search_timeout"
msgstr "ldap_search_timeout (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3871
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ldap_network_timeout (integer)"
msgid "ldap_network_timeout"
msgstr "ldap_network_timeout (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3874
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ldap_opt_timeout (integer)"
msgid "ldap_opt_timeout"
msgstr "ldap_opt_timeout (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3877
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ldap_connection_expire_timeout (integer)"
msgid "ldap_offline_timeout"
msgstr "ldap_connection_expire_timeout (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3880
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ldap_enumeration_refresh_timeout (integer)"
msgid "ldap_enumeration_refresh_timeout"
msgstr "ldap_enumeration_refresh_timeout (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3883
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ldap_enumeration_refresh_timeout (integer)"
msgid "ldap_enumeration_refresh_offset"
msgstr "ldap_enumeration_refresh_timeout (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3886
msgid "ldap_purge_cache_timeout"
msgstr "ldap_purge_cache_timeout"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3889
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ldap_purge_cache_timeout"
msgid "ldap_purge_cache_offset"
msgstr "ldap_purge_cache_timeout"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3892
msgid ""
"ldap_krb5_keytab (the value of krb5_keytab will be used if ldap_krb5_keytab "
"is not set explicitly)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3896
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ldap_krb5_ticket_lifetime (integer)"
msgid "ldap_krb5_ticket_lifetime"
msgstr "ldap_krb5_ticket_lifetime (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3899
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ldap_enumeration_search_timeout (integer)"
msgid "ldap_enumeration_search_timeout"
msgstr "ldap_enumeration_search_timeout (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3902
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ldap_connection_expire_timeout (integer)"
msgid "ldap_connection_expire_timeout"
msgstr "ldap_connection_expire_timeout (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3905
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ldap_connection_expire_timeout (integer)"
msgid "ldap_connection_expire_offset"
msgstr "ldap_connection_expire_timeout (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3908
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ldap_connection_expire_timeout (integer)"
msgid "ldap_connection_idle_timeout"
msgstr "ldap_connection_expire_timeout (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3911 sssd-ldap.5.xml:401
msgid "ldap_use_tokengroups"
msgstr "ldap_use_tokengroups"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3914
msgid "ldap_user_principal"
msgstr "ldap_user_principal"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3917
msgid "ignore_group_members"
msgstr "ignore_group_members"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3920
msgid "auto_private_groups"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3923
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Case insensitive."
msgid "case_sensitive"
msgstr "Insensible à la casse."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3928
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"subdomain_inherit = ldap_purge_cache_timeout\n"
"                            "
msgstr ""
"subdomain_inherit = ldap_purge_cache_timeout\n"
"                            "

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3935
msgid "Note: This option only works with the IPA and AD provider."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3942
msgid "subdomain_homedir (string)"
msgstr "subdomain_homedir (string)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3953
msgid "%F"
msgstr "%F"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3954
msgid "flat (NetBIOS) name of a subdomain."
msgstr "nom plat (NetBIOS) d'un sous-domaine."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3945
msgid ""
"Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain in "
"IPA AD trust.  See <emphasis>override_homedir</emphasis> for info about "
"possible values. In addition to those, the expansion below can only be used "
"with <emphasis>subdomain_homedir</emphasis>.  <placeholder "
"type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
"Utiliser ce répertoire utilisateur comme valeur par défaut pour tous les "
"sous-domaines dans cette relation d'approbation Active Directory. Voir "
"<emphasis>override_homedir</emphasis> pour des informations sur les valeurs "
"possibles. En plus de celles-ci, le remplacement ci-dessous ne peut être "
"utilisé qu'avec <emphasis>subdomain_homedir</emphasis>.  <placeholder "
"type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3959
msgid ""
"The value can be overridden by <emphasis>override_homedir</emphasis> option."
msgstr ""
"La valeur peut être surchargée par l'option <emphasis>override_homedir</"
"emphasis>."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3963
msgid "Default: <filename>/home/%d/%u</filename>"
msgstr "Par défaut : <filename>/home/%d/%u</filename>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3968
msgid "realmd_tags (string)"
msgstr "realmd_tags (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3971
msgid ""
"Various tags stored by the realmd configuration service for this domain."
msgstr ""
"Étiquettes diverses stockées par le service de configuration de realmd pour "
"ce domaine."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3977
msgid "cached_auth_timeout (int)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3980
msgid ""
"Specifies time in seconds since last successful online authentication for "
"which user will be authenticated using cached credentials while SSSD is in "
"the online mode. If the credentials are incorrect, SSSD falls back to online "
"authentication."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3988
msgid ""
"This option's value is inherited by all trusted domains. At the moment it is "
"not possible to set a different value per trusted domain."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3993
msgid "Special value 0 implies that this feature is disabled."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3997
msgid ""
"Please note that if <quote>cached_auth_timeout</quote> is longer than "
"<quote>pam_id_timeout</quote> then the back end could be called to handle "
"<quote>initgroups.</quote>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4008
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ldap_pwd_policy (string)"
msgid "local_auth_policy (string)"
msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4011
msgid ""
"Local authentication methods policy. Some backends (i.e. LDAP, proxy "
"provider) only support a password based authentication, while others can "
"handle PKINIT based Smartcard authentication (AD, IPA), two-factor "
"authentication (IPA), or other methods against a central instance. By "
"default in such cases authentication is only performed with the methods "
"supported by the backend. With this option additional methods can be enabled "
"which are evaluated and checked locally."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4023
msgid ""
"There are three possible values for this option: match, only, enable. "
"<quote>match</quote> is used to match offline and online states for Kerberos "
"methods. <quote>only</quote> ignores the online methods and only offer the "
"local ones. enable allows explicitly defining the methods for local "
"authentication. As an example, <quote>enable:passkey</quote>, only enables "
"passkey for local authentication. Multiple enable values should be comma-"
"separated, such as <quote>enable:passkey, enable:smartcard</quote>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4036
msgid ""
"The following table shows which authentication methods, if configured "
"properly, are currently enabled or disabled for each backend, with the "
"default local_auth_policy: <quote>match</quote>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informaltable><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4049
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ldap_pwd_policy (string)"
msgid "local_auth_policy = match (default)"
msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informaltable><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4050
msgid "Passkey"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informaltable><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4051
msgid "Smartcard"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4054 sssd-ldap.5.xml:189
msgid "IPA"
msgstr "IPA"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4057 sssd-ldap.5.xml:194
msgid "AD"
msgstr "AD"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4057 sssd.conf.5.xml:4060 sssd.conf.5.xml:4061
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4060
msgid "LDAP"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4065
msgid ""
"Please note that if local Smartcard authentication is enabled and a "
"Smartcard is present, Smartcard authentication will be preferred over the "
"authentication methods supported by the backend.  I.e. there will be a PIN "
"prompt instead of e.g. a password prompt."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4077
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[domain/shadowutils]\n"
"id_provider = proxy\n"
"proxy_lib_name = files\n"
"auth_provider = none\n"
"local_auth_policy = only\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4073
msgid ""
"The following configuration example allows local users to authenticate "
"locally using any enabled method (i.e. smartcard, passkey).  <placeholder "
"type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4085
msgid ""
"It is expected that the <quote>files</quote> provider ignores the "
"local_auth_policy option and supports Smartcard authentication by default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4090
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Default: cn"
msgid "Default: match"
msgstr "Par défaut : cn"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4095
msgid "auto_private_groups (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4101
msgid "true"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4104
msgid ""
"Create user's private group unconditionally from user's UID number.  The GID "
"number is ignored in this case."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4108
msgid ""
"NOTE: Because the GID number and the user private group are inferred from "
"the UID number, it is not supported to have multiple entries with the same "
"UID or GID number with this option. In other words, enabling this option "
"enforces uniqueness across the ID space."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4117
msgid "false"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4120
msgid ""
"Always use the user's primary GID number. The GID number must refer to a "
"group object in the LDAP database."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4126
msgid "hybrid"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4129
msgid ""
"A primary group is autogenerated for user entries whose UID and GID numbers "
"have the same value and at the same time the GID number does not correspond "
"to a real group object in LDAP.  If the values are the same, but the primary "
"GID in the user entry is also used by a group object, the primary GID of the "
"user resolves to that group object."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4142
msgid ""
"If the UID and GID of a user are different, then the GID must correspond to "
"a group entry, otherwise the GID is simply not resolvable."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4149
msgid ""
"This feature is useful for environments that wish to stop maintaining a "
"separate group objects for the user private groups, but also wish to retain "
"the existing user private groups."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4098
msgid ""
"This option takes any of three available values: <placeholder "
"type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4161
msgid ""
"For subdomains, the default value is False for subdomains that use assigned "
"POSIX IDs and True for subdomains that use automatic ID-mapping."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4169
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[domain/forest.domain/sub.domain]\n"
"auto_private_groups = false\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4175
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[domain/forest.domain]\n"
"subdomain_inherit = auto_private_groups\n"
"auto_private_groups = false\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4166
msgid ""
"The value of auto_private_groups can either be set per subdomains in a "
"subsection, for example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> or "
"globally for all subdomains in the main domain section using the "
"subdomain_inherit option: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"1\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2570
msgid ""
"These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration "
"section, that is, in a section called <quote>[domain/<replaceable>NAME</"
"replaceable>]</quote> <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
"Ces options de configuration peuvent être présentes dans la section de "
"configuration du domaine, c'est-à-dire dans la section nommée <quote>[domain/"
"<replaceable>NAME</replaceable>]</quote> <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" "
"id=\"0\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4190
msgid "proxy_pam_target (string)"
msgstr "proxy_pam_target (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4193
msgid "The proxy target PAM proxies to."
msgstr "Le proxy cible duquel PAM devient mandataire."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4196
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Default: not set by default, you have to take an existing pam "
#| "configuration or create a new one and add the service name here."
msgid ""
"Default: not set by default, you have to take an existing pam configuration "
"or create a new one and add the service name here. As an alternative you can "
"enable local authentication with the local_auth_policy option."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut : non défini, il faut utiliser une configuration de pam existante "
"ou en créer une nouvelle et ajouter le nom de service ici."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4206
msgid "proxy_lib_name (string)"
msgstr "proxy_lib_name (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4209
msgid ""
"The name of the NSS library to use in proxy domains. The NSS functions "
"searched for in the library are in the form of _nss_$(libName)_$(function), "
"for example _nss_files_getpwent."
msgstr ""
"Le nom de la bibliothèque NSS à utiliser dans les domaines proxy. Les "
"recherches de fonctions NSS dans la bibliothèque sont sous la forme "
"_nss_$(libName)_$(function), par exemple _nss_files_getpwent."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4219
msgid "proxy_resolver_lib_name (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4222
msgid ""
"The name of the NSS library to use for hosts and networks lookups in proxy "
"domains. The NSS functions searched for in the library are in the form of "
"_nss_$(libName)_$(function), for example _nss_dns_gethostbyname2_r."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4233
msgid "proxy_fast_alias (boolean)"
msgstr "proxy_fast_alias (boolean)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4236
msgid ""
"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second "
"lookup by ID is performed to \"canonicalize\" the name in case the requested "
"name was an alias. Setting this option to true would cause the SSSD to "
"perform the ID lookup from cache for performance reasons."
msgstr ""
"Quand un utilisateur ou un groupe est recherché par son nom dans le "
"fournisseur proxy, une deuxième recherche par ID est effectuée pour "
"récupérer le nom canonique, dans le cas où le nom demandé serait un alias. "
"Cette option positionnée à true active la recherche par l'ID dans le cache "
"afin d'améliorer les performances."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4250
msgid "proxy_max_children (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4253
msgid ""
"This option specifies the number of pre-forked proxy children. It is useful "
"for high-load SSSD environments where sssd may run out of available child "
"slots, which would cause some issues due to the requests being queued."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4186
msgid ""
"Options valid for proxy domains.  <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" "
"id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
"Options valides pour les domaines proxy. <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" "
"id=\"0\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4269
msgid "Application domains"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4271
msgid ""
"SSSD, with its D-Bus interface (see <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ifp</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>) is appealing to "
"applications as a gateway to an LDAP directory where users and groups are "
"stored. However, contrary to the traditional SSSD deployment where all users "
"and groups either have POSIX attributes or those attributes can be inferred "
"from the Windows SIDs, in many cases the users and groups in the application "
"support scenario have no POSIX attributes.  Instead of setting a "
"<quote>[domain/<replaceable>NAME</replaceable>]</quote> section, the "
"administrator can set up an <quote>[application/<replaceable>NAME</"
"replaceable>]</quote> section that internally represents a domain with type "
"<quote>application</quote> optionally inherits settings from a tradition "
"SSSD domain."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4291
msgid ""
"Please note that the application domain must still be explicitly enabled in "
"the <quote>domains</quote> parameter so that the lookup order between the "
"application domain and its POSIX sibling domain is set correctly."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4297
msgid "Application domain parameters"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4299
msgid "inherit_from (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4302
msgid ""
"The SSSD POSIX-type domain the application domain inherits all settings "
"from. The application domain can moreover add its own settings to the "
"application settings that augment or override the <quote>sibling</quote> "
"domain settings."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4316
msgid ""
"The following example illustrates the use of an application domain. In this "
"setup, the POSIX domain is connected to an LDAP server and is used by the OS "
"through the NSS responder. In addition, the application domain also requests "
"the telephoneNumber attribute, stores it as the phone attribute in the cache "
"and makes the phone attribute reachable through the D-Bus interface."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><programlisting>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4324
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[sssd]\n"
"domains = appdom, posixdom\n"
"\n"
"[ifp]\n"
"user_attributes = +phone\n"
"\n"
"[domain/posixdom]\n"
"id_provider = ldap\n"
"ldap_uri = ldap://ldap.example.com\n"
"ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com\n"
"\n"
"[application/appdom]\n"
"inherit_from = posixdom\n"
"ldap_user_extra_attrs = phone:telephoneNumber\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4344
msgid "TRUSTED DOMAIN SECTION"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4346
msgid ""
"Some options used in the domain section can also be used in the trusted "
"domain section, that is, in a section called <quote>[domain/"
"<replaceable>DOMAIN_NAME</replaceable>/<replaceable>TRUSTED_DOMAIN_NAME</"
"replaceable>]</quote>.  Where DOMAIN_NAME is the actual joined-to base "
"domain. Please refer to examples below for explanation.  Currently supported "
"options in the trusted domain section are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4353
msgid "ldap_search_base,"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4354
msgid "ldap_user_search_base,"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4355
msgid "ldap_group_search_base,"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4356
msgid "ldap_netgroup_search_base,"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4357
msgid "ldap_service_search_base,"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4358
msgid "ldap_sasl_mech,"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4359
msgid "ad_server,"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4360
msgid "ad_backup_server,"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4361
msgid "ad_site,"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4362 sssd-ipa.5.xml:884
msgid "use_fully_qualified_names"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4366
msgid ""
"For more details about these options see their individual description in the "
"manual page."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4372
msgid "CERTIFICATE MAPPING SECTION"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4374
msgid ""
"To allow authentication with Smartcards and certificates SSSD must be able "
"to map certificates to users. This can be done by adding the full "
"certificate to the LDAP object of the user or to a local override. While "
"using the full certificate is required to use the Smartcard authentication "
"feature of SSH (see <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details) it "
"might be cumbersome or not even possible to do this for the general case "
"where local services use PAM for authentication."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4388
msgid ""
"To make the mapping more flexible mapping and matching rules were added to "
"SSSD (see <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss-certmap</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4397
msgid ""
"A mapping and matching rule can be added to the SSSD configuration in a "
"section on its own with a name like <quote>[certmap/"
"<replaceable>DOMAIN_NAME</replaceable>/<replaceable>RULE_NAME</"
"replaceable>]</quote>.  In this section the following options are allowed:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4404
msgid "matchrule (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4407
msgid ""
"Only certificates from the Smartcard which matches this rule will be "
"processed, all others are ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4411
msgid ""
"Default: KRB5:&lt;EKU&gt;clientAuth, i.e. only certificates which have the "
"Extended Key Usage <quote>clientAuth</quote>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4418
msgid "maprule (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4421
msgid "Defines how the user is found for a given certificate."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4427
msgid ""
"LDAP:(userCertificate;binary={cert!bin})  for LDAP based providers like "
"<quote>ldap</quote>, <quote>AD</quote> or <quote>ipa</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4433
msgid ""
"The RULE_NAME for the <quote>files</quote> provider which tries to find a "
"user with the same name."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4442
msgid "domains (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4445
msgid ""
"Comma separated list of domain names the rule should be applied. By default "
"a rule is only valid in the domain configured in sssd.conf. If the provider "
"supports subdomains this option can be used to add the rule to subdomains as "
"well."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4452
msgid "Default: the configured domain in sssd.conf"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4457
msgid "priority (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4460
msgid ""
"Unsigned integer value defining the priority of the rule. The higher the "
"number the lower the priority.  <quote>0</quote> stands for the highest "
"priority while <quote>4294967295</quote> is the lowest."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4466
msgid "Default: the lowest priority"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4472
msgid ""
"To make the configuration simple and reduce the amount of configuration "
"options the <quote>files</quote> provider has some special properties:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4478
msgid ""
"if maprule is not set the RULE_NAME name is assumed to be the name of the "
"matching user"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4484
msgid ""
"if a maprule is used both a single user name or a template like "
"<quote>{subject_rfc822_name.short_name}</quote> must be in braces like e.g. "
"<quote>(username)</quote> or <quote>({subject_rfc822_name.short_name})</"
"quote>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4493
msgid "the <quote>domains</quote> option is ignored"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4501
msgid "PROMPTING CONFIGURATION SECTION"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4503
msgid ""
"If a special file (<filename>/var/lib/sss/pubconf/pam_preauth_available</"
"filename>)  exists SSSD's PAM module pam_sss will ask SSSD to figure out "
"which authentication methods are available for the user trying to log in.  "
"Based on the results pam_sss will prompt the user for appropriate "
"credentials."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4511
msgid ""
"With the growing number of authentication methods and the possibility that "
"there are multiple ones for a single user the heuristic used by pam_sss to "
"select the prompting might not be suitable for all use cases. The following "
"options should provide a better flexibility here."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4523
msgid "[prompting/password]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4526
msgid "password_prompt"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4527
msgid "to change the string of the password prompt"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4525
msgid ""
"to configure password prompting, allowed options are: <placeholder "
"type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4535
msgid "[prompting/2fa]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4539
msgid "first_prompt"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4540
msgid "to change the string of the prompt for the first factor"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4543
msgid "second_prompt"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4544
msgid "to change the string of the prompt for the second factor"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4547
msgid "single_prompt"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4548
msgid ""
"boolean value, if True there will be only a single prompt using the value of "
"first_prompt where it is expected that both factors are entered as a single "
"string. Please note that both factors have to be entered here, even if the "
"second factor is optional."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4537
msgid ""
"to configure two-factor authentication prompting, allowed options are: "
"<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/> If the second factor is "
"optional and it should be possible to log in either only with the password "
"or with both factors two-step prompting has to be used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4565
msgid "[prompting/passkey]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4571 sssd-ad.5.xml:1021
msgid "interactive"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4573
msgid ""
"boolean value, if True prompt a message and wait before testing the presence "
"of a passkey device.  Recommended if your device doesn’t have a tactile "
"trigger."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4581
msgid "interactive_prompt"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4583
msgid "to change the message of the interactive prompt."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4588
msgid "touch"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4590
msgid ""
"boolean value, if True prompt a message to remind the user to touch the "
"device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4596
msgid "touch_prompt"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4598
msgid "to change the message of the touch prompt."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4567
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The following expansions are supported: <placeholder "
#| "type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgid ""
"to configure passkey authentication prompting, allowed options are: "
"<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
"Les expansions suivantes sont prises en charge : <placeholder "
"type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4518
msgid ""
"Each supported authentication method has its own configuration subsection "
"under <quote>[prompting/...]</quote>. Currently there are: <placeholder "
"type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"1\"/"
"> <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"2\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4609
msgid ""
"It is possible to add a subsection for specific PAM services, e.g. "
"<quote>[prompting/password/sshd]</quote> to individual change the prompting "
"for this service."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4616 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:157 idmap_sss.8.xml:43
msgid "EXAMPLES"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4622
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[sssd]\n"
"domains = LDAP\n"
"services = nss, pam\n"
"config_file_version = 2\n"
"\n"
"[nss]\n"
"filter_groups = root\n"
"filter_users = root\n"
"\n"
"[pam]\n"
"\n"
"[domain/LDAP]\n"
"id_provider = ldap\n"
"ldap_uri = ldap://ldap.example.com\n"
"ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com\n"
"\n"
"auth_provider = krb5\n"
"krb5_server = kerberos.example.com\n"
"krb5_realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"cache_credentials = true\n"
"\n"
"min_id = 10000\n"
"max_id = 20000\n"
"enumerate = False\n"
msgstr ""
"[sssd]\n"
"domains = LDAP\n"
"services = nss, pam\n"
"config_file_version = 2\n"
"\n"
"[nss]\n"
"filter_groups = root\n"
"filter_users = root\n"
"\n"
"[pam]\n"
"\n"
"[domain/LDAP]\n"
"id_provider = ldap\n"
"ldap_uri = ldap://ldap.example.com\n"
"ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com\n"
"\n"
"auth_provider = krb5\n"
"krb5_server = kerberos.example.com\n"
"krb5_realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"cache_credentials = true\n"
"\n"
"min_id = 10000\n"
"max_id = 20000\n"
"enumerate = False\n"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4618
msgid ""
"1. The following example shows a typical SSSD config. It does not describe "
"configuration of the domains themselves - refer to documentation on "
"configuring domains for more details.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
"id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4655
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[domain/ipa.com/child.ad.com]\n"
"use_fully_qualified_names = false\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4649
msgid ""
"2. The following example shows configuration of IPA AD trust where the AD "
"forest consists of two domains in a parent-child structure.  Suppose IPA "
"domain (ipa.com) has trust with AD domain(ad.com).  ad.com has child domain "
"(child.ad.com). To enable shortnames in the child domain the following "
"configuration should be used.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/"
">"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4666
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[certmap/my.domain/rule_name]\n"
"matchrule = &lt;ISSUER&gt;^CN=My-CA,DC=MY,DC=DOMAIN$\n"
"maprule = (userCertificate;binary={cert!bin})\n"
"domains = my.domain, your.domain\n"
"priority = 10\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4660
msgid ""
"3. The following example shows the configuration of a certificate mapping "
"rule. It is valid for the configured domain <quote>my.domain</quote> and "
"additionally for the subdomains <quote>your.domain</quote> and uses the full "
"certificate in the search filter.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
"id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:10 sssd-ldap.5.xml:16
msgid "sssd-ldap"
msgstr "sssd-ldap"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:17
msgid "SSSD LDAP provider"
msgstr "Fournisseur LDAP SSSD"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:21 pam_sss.8.xml:63 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:30
#: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:20 sssd-simple.5.xml:22 sss-certmap.5.xml:21
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:21 sssd-ad.5.xml:21 sssd-sudo.5.xml:21 sssd.8.xml:29
#: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:30 sss_override.8.xml:30 sssd-krb5.5.xml:21
#: sss_cache.8.xml:29 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:30 sss_seed.8.xml:31
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:21 sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:30
#: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:31 idmap_sss.8.xml:20 sssctl.8.xml:30
#: sssd-files.5.xml:21 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:21 sssd-kcm.8.xml:21
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:21 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:21
#: sssd_krb5_localauth_plugin.8.xml:20
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "DESCRIPTION"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:23
msgid ""
"This manual page describes the configuration of LDAP domains for "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> "
"</citerefentry>.  Refer to the <quote>FILE FORMAT</quote> section of the "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for detailed syntax information."
msgstr ""
"Ce manuel décrit la configuration des domaines LDAP pour <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>. Se référer à la section <quote>FILE FORMAT</quote> du manuel "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> pour des informations sur la syntaxe détaillée."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:35
msgid "You can configure SSSD to use more than one LDAP domain."
msgstr ""
"Il est possible de configurer SSSD pour utiliser plus d'un domaine LDAP."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:38
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "LDAP back end supports id, auth, access and chpass providers. If you want "
#| "to authenticate against an LDAP server either TLS/SSL or LDAPS is "
#| "required. <command>sssd</command> <emphasis>does not</emphasis> support "
#| "authentication over an unencrypted channel.  If the LDAP server is used "
#| "only as an identity provider, an encrypted channel is not needed. Please "
#| "refer to <quote>ldap_access_filter</quote> config option for more "
#| "information about using LDAP as an access provider."
msgid ""
"LDAP back end supports id, auth, access and chpass providers. If you want to "
"authenticate against an LDAP server either TLS/SSL or LDAPS is required. "
"<command>sssd</command> <emphasis>does not</emphasis> support authentication "
"over an unencrypted channel.  Even if the LDAP server is used only as an "
"identity provider, an encrypted channel is strongly recommended. Please "
"refer to <quote>ldap_access_filter</quote> config option for more "
"information about using LDAP as an access provider."
msgstr ""
"Le moteur de traitement LDAP prend en charge les fournisseurs id, auth, "
"access et chpass. Si vous voulez vous authentifier sur un serveur LDAP, il "
"vous faut utiliser TLS/SSL ou LDAPS. <command>sssd</command> <emphasis>ne "
"prend pas en charge</emphasis> l'authentification sur un canal non chiffré. "
"Si le serveur LDAP est utilisé seulement comme fournisseur d'identité, un "
"canal crypté n'est pas nécessaire. Se référer aux options de configurations "
"<quote>ldap_access_filter</quote> pour plus d'information sur l'utilisation "
"en tant que fournisseur d'accès."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:50 sssd-simple.5.xml:69 sssd-ipa.5.xml:82 sssd-ad.5.xml:130
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:63 sssd-ifp.5.xml:60 sssd-files.5.xml:77
#: sssd-session-recording.5.xml:58 sssd-kcm.8.xml:202
msgid "CONFIGURATION OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPTIONS DE CONFIGURATION"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:67
msgid "ldap_uri, ldap_backup_uri (string)"
msgstr "ldap_uri, ldap_backup_uri (string)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:70
msgid ""
"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD "
"should connect in the order of preference. Refer to the <quote>FAILOVER</"
"quote> section for more information on failover and server redundancy.  If "
"neither option is specified, service discovery is enabled. For more "
"information, refer to the <quote>SERVICE DISCOVERY</quote> section."
msgstr ""
"Spécifie par ordre de préférence la liste séparée par des virgules d'URI des "
"serveurs LDAP auquel doit se connecter SSSD. Se reporter à la section de "
"<quote>BASCULE</quote> pour plus d'informations sur le repli et la "
"redondance de serveurs.  Si aucune de ces options n'est spécifiée, la "
"découverte d'un service est activé. Pour plus d'informations, se reporter à "
"la section de <quote>DÉCOUVERTE DE SERVICE</quote>."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:77
msgid "The format of the URI must match the format defined in RFC 2732:"
msgstr ""
"Le format de l'URI doit correspondre au format définit dans la RFC 2732 :"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:80
msgid "ldap[s]://&lt;host&gt;[:port]"
msgstr "ldap[s]://&lt;host&gt;[:port]"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:83
msgid ""
"For explicit IPv6 addresses, &lt;host&gt; must be enclosed in brackets []"
msgstr ""
"Pour les adresses explicitement en IPv6, le composant &lt;host&gt; doit être "
"entre crochets []"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:86
msgid "example: ldap://[fc00::126:25]:389"
msgstr "exemple : ldap://[fc00::126:25]:389"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:92
msgid "ldap_chpass_uri, ldap_chpass_backup_uri (string)"
msgstr "ldap_chpass_uri, ldap_chpass_backup_uri (string)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:95
msgid ""
"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD "
"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user. "
"Refer to the <quote>FAILOVER</quote> section for more information on "
"failover and server redundancy."
msgstr ""
"Spécifie la liste d'URI séparée par des virgules des serveurs LDAP auquel "
"doit se connecter DSSD par ordre de préférence pour changer le mot de passe "
"d'un utilisateur. Reportez-vous à la section de <quote>bascule</quote> pour "
"plus d'informations sur le repli et la redondance de serveurs."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:102
msgid "To enable service discovery ldap_chpass_dns_service_name must be set."
msgstr ""
"Pour activer la découverte de services, ldap_chpass_dns_service_name doit "
"être défini."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:106
msgid "Default: empty, i.e. ldap_uri is used."
msgstr "Par défaut : vide, ldap_uri est donc utilisé."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:112
msgid "ldap_search_base (string)"
msgstr "ldap_search_base (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:115
msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations."
msgstr ""
"Le DN de base par défaut à utiliser pour effectuer les opérations LDAP sur "
"les utilisateurs."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:119
msgid ""
"Starting with SSSD 1.7.0, SSSD supports multiple search bases using the "
"syntax:"
msgstr ""
"À partir de SSSD 1.7.0, SSSD prend en charge plusieurs bases de recherche à "
"l'aide de la syntaxe :"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:123
msgid "search_base[?scope?[filter][?search_base?scope?[filter]]*]"
msgstr "search_base[?scope?[filter][?search_base?scope?[filter]]*]"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:126
msgid "The scope can be one of \"base\", \"onelevel\" or \"subtree\"."
msgstr "La portée peut être l'une des « base »,  « onelevel » ou « subtree »."

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:129 include/ldap_search_bases.xml:18
msgid ""
"The filter must be a valid LDAP search filter as specified by http://www."
"ietf.org/rfc/rfc2254.txt"
msgstr ""
"Le filtre doit être un filtre de recherche LDAP valide tel que spécifié par "
"http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2254.txt"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:133 sssd-ad.5.xml:311 sss_override.8.xml:143
#: sss_override.8.xml:240 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:453
msgid "Examples:"
msgstr "Exemples :"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:136
msgid ""
"ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com (which is equivalent to)  "
"ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com?subtree?"
msgstr ""
"ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com (ce qui équivaut à) ldap_search_base = "
"dc=example,dc=com?subtree?"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:141
msgid ""
"ldap_search_base = cn=host_specific,dc=example,dc=com?subtree?"
"(host=thishost)?dc=example.com?subtree?"
msgstr ""
"ldap_search_base = cn=host_specific,dc=example,dc=com?subtree?"
"(host=thishost)?dc=example.com?subtree?"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:144
msgid ""
"Note: It is unsupported to have multiple search bases which reference "
"identically-named objects (for example, groups with the same name in two "
"different search bases). This will lead to unpredictable behavior on client "
"machines."
msgstr ""
"Remarque : Il est n'est pas possible d'avoir plusieurs bases de recherche "
"qui référencent des objets portant le même nom (par exemple, les groupes "
"portant le même nom dans deux bases de recherche différents). Cela conduira "
"à un comportement imprévisible sur les ordinateurs clients."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:151
msgid ""
"Default: If not set, the value of the defaultNamingContext or namingContexts "
"attribute from the RootDSE of the LDAP server is used. If "
"defaultNamingContext does not exist or has an empty value namingContexts is "
"used.  The namingContexts attribute must have a single value with the DN of "
"the search base of the LDAP server to make this work. Multiple values are "
"are not supported."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut : si non définie, les valeurs des attributs defaultNamingContext "
"ou namingContexts du RootDSE du serveur LDAP sont utilisées. Si "
"defaultNamingContext n'existe pas ou a une valeur vide, namingContexts est "
"utilisé. Les attributs namingContexts doivent avoir une seule valeur avec un "
"DN de base de recherche pour le serveur LDAP pour que cela fonctionne. Des "
"valeurs multiples ne sont pas permises."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:165
msgid "ldap_schema (string)"
msgstr "ldap_schema (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:168
msgid ""
"Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server.  Depending on "
"the selected schema, the default attribute names retrieved from the servers "
"may vary.  The way that some attributes are handled may also differ."
msgstr ""
"Spécifie le type de schéma utilisé sur le serveur LDAP cible.  Selon le "
"schéma sélectionné, les noms d'attributs par défaut provenant des serveurs "
"peuvent varier.  La manière dont certains attributs sont traités peut-être "
"également différer."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:175
msgid "Four schema types are currently supported:"
msgstr "Quatre types de schéma sont actuellement pris en charge :"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:179
msgid "rfc2307"
msgstr "rfc2307"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:184
msgid "rfc2307bis"
msgstr "rfc2307bis"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:200
msgid ""
"The main difference between these schema types is how group memberships are "
"recorded in the server.  With rfc2307, group members are listed by name in "
"the <emphasis>memberUid</emphasis> attribute.  With rfc2307bis and IPA, "
"group members are listed by DN and stored in the <emphasis>member</emphasis> "
"attribute.  The AD schema type sets the attributes to correspond with Active "
"Directory 2008r2 values."
msgstr ""
"La principale différence entre ces types de schéma est la façon dont les "
"appartenances aux groupes sont enregistrés dans le serveur.  Avec rfc2307, "
"les membres du groupe sont répertoriées par nom dans l'attribut "
"<emphasis>memberUid</emphasis>.  Avec rfc2307bis et IPA, les membres du "
"groupe sont répertoriés par DN et stockées dans l'attribut de "
"<emphasis>member</emphasis>.  Le type de schéma AD définit les attributs "
"correspondant aux valeurs  d'Active Directory 2008r2."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:210
msgid "Default: rfc2307"
msgstr "Par défaut : rfc2307"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:216
msgid "ldap_pwmodify_mode (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:219
msgid "Specify the operation that is used to modify user password."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:223
msgid "Two modes are currently supported:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:227
msgid "exop - Password Modify Extended Operation (RFC 3062)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:233
msgid "ldap_modify - Direct modification of userPassword (not recommended)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:240
msgid ""
"Note: First, a new connection is established to verify current password by "
"binding as the user that requested password change. If successful, this "
"connection is used to change the password therefore the user must have write "
"access to userPassword attribute."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:248
msgid "Default: exop"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:254
msgid "ldap_default_bind_dn (string)"
msgstr "ldap_default_bind_dn (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:257
msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
msgstr ""
"Le DN de connexion par défaut à utiliser pour effectuer les opérations LDAP."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:264
msgid "ldap_default_authtok_type (string)"
msgstr "ldap_default_authtok_type (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:267
msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
"Le type de jeton d'authentification pour le DN de connexion par défaut."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:271
msgid "The two mechanisms currently supported are:"
msgstr "Les deux mécanismes actuellement pris en charge sont :"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:274
msgid "password"
msgstr "password"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:277
msgid "obfuscated_password"
msgstr "obfuscated_password"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:280
msgid "Default: password"
msgstr "Par défaut : password"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:283
msgid ""
"See the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_obfuscate</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for more information."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:294
msgid "ldap_default_authtok (string)"
msgstr "ldap_default_authtok (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:297
msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:303
msgid "ldap_force_upper_case_realm (boolean)"
msgstr "ldap_force_upper_case_realm (booléen)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:306
msgid ""
"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the "
"realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to "
"fail. Set this option to a non-zero value if you want to use an upper-case "
"realm."
msgstr ""
"Certains serveurs d'annuaire, comme par exemple Active Directory, peuvent "
"délivrer la partie domaine de l'UPN en minuscules, ce qui peut faire échouer "
"l'authentification. Définir cette option à une valeur non nulle pour "
"utiliser un nom de domaine en majuscules."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:319
msgid "ldap_enumeration_refresh_timeout (integer)"
msgstr "ldap_enumeration_refresh_timeout (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:322
msgid ""
"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of "
"enumerated records."
msgstr ""
"Spécifie la durée en secondes pendant laquelle SSSD doit attendre avant "
"d'actualiser son cache d\"énumération d'enregistrements."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:338
msgid "ldap_purge_cache_timeout (integer)"
msgstr "ldap_purge_cache_timeout (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:341
msgid ""
"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups "
"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save "
"space."
msgstr ""
"Détermine la fréquence de vérification de la présence d'entrées inactives "
"dans le cache (telles que groupes sans membres et utilisateurs ne s'étant "
"jamais connectés) et de suppression pour économiser de l'espace."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:347
msgid ""
"Setting this option to zero will disable the cache cleanup operation. Please "
"note that if enumeration is enabled, the cleanup task is required in order "
"to detect entries removed from the server and can't be disabled. By default, "
"the cleanup task will run every 3 hours with enumeration enabled."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:367
msgid "ldap_group_nesting_level (integer)"
msgstr "ldap_group_nesting_level (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:370
msgid ""
"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. "
"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will "
"follow. This option has no effect on the RFC2307 schema."
msgstr ""
"Si ldap_schema est défini comme un format prenant en charge les groupes "
"imbriqués (par exemple RFC2307bis), alors cette option contrôle le nombre de "
"niveaux d'imbrication que SSSD suivra. Cette option n'a pas d'effet sur le "
"schéma RFC2307."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:377
msgid ""
"Note: This option specifies the guaranteed level of nested groups to be "
"processed for any lookup. However, nested groups beyond this limit "
"<emphasis>may be</emphasis> returned if previous lookups already resolved "
"the deeper nesting levels.  Also, subsequent lookups for other groups may "
"enlarge the result set for original lookup if re-queried."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:386
msgid ""
"If ldap_group_nesting_level is set to 0 then no nested groups are processed "
"at all. However, when connected to Active-Directory Server 2008 and later "
"using <quote>id_provider=ad</quote> it is furthermore required to disable "
"usage of Token-Groups by setting ldap_use_tokengroups to false in order to "
"restrict group nesting."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:395
msgid "Default: 2"
msgstr "Par défaut : 2"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:404
msgid ""
"This options enables or disables use of Token-Groups attribute when "
"performing initgroup for users from Active Directory Server 2008 and later."
msgstr ""
"Cette option active ou désactive l'utilisation de l'attribut Token-Groups "
"lors de l'initialisation des groupes pour les utilisateurs Active Directory "
"2008 et versions ultérieures."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:414
msgid "Default: True for AD and IPA otherwise False."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:420
msgid "ldap_host_search_base (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:423
msgid "Optional. Use the given string as search base for host objects."
msgstr ""
"Facultatif. Utiliser la chaîne donnée comme base de recherche pour héberger "
"des objets."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:427 sssd-ipa.5.xml:462 sssd-ipa.5.xml:481 sssd-ipa.5.xml:500
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:519
msgid ""
"See <quote>ldap_search_base</quote> for information about configuring "
"multiple search bases."
msgstr ""
"Cf. <quote>ldap_search_base</quote> pour plus d'informations sur la "
"configuration des bases de recherche multiples."

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:432 sssd-ipa.5.xml:467 include/ldap_search_bases.xml:27
msgid "Default: the value of <emphasis>ldap_search_base</emphasis>"
msgstr "Par défaut : la valeur de <emphasis>ldap_search_base</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:439
msgid "ldap_service_search_base (string)"
msgstr "ldap_service_search_base (string)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:444
msgid "ldap_iphost_search_base (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:449
msgid "ldap_ipnetwork_search_base (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:454
msgid "ldap_search_timeout (integer)"
msgstr "ldap_search_timeout (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:457
msgid ""
"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run "
"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode "
"is entered)"
msgstr ""
"Définit le délai d'attente (en secondes) autorisé pour les recherches LDAP "
"avant annulation et utilisation des résultats contenus dans le cache (et "
"activation du mode hors ligne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:463
msgid ""
"Note: this option is subject to change in future versions of the SSSD. It "
"will likely be replaced at some point by a series of timeouts for specific "
"lookup types."
msgstr ""
"Note : cette option est susceptible de changer dans les prochaines version "
"de SSSD. Elle sera sûrement remplacée par une série de délais d'attente pour "
"différents types de recherches."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:480
msgid "ldap_enumeration_search_timeout (integer)"
msgstr "ldap_enumeration_search_timeout (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:483
msgid ""
"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group "
"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results "
"are returned (and offline mode is entered)"
msgstr ""
"Définit le délai d'attente (en secondes) autorisé pour les recherches LDAP "
"sur les utilisateurs et groupes avant annulation et utilisation des "
"résultats mis en cache (et activation du mode hors ligne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:501
msgid "ldap_network_timeout (integer)"
msgstr "ldap_network_timeout (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:504
msgid ""
"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>poll</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</manvolnum> </citerefentry>/"
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>select</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> following a <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>connect</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> returns in case of no activity."
msgstr ""
"Définit le délai d'attente (en secondes) après lequel les fonctions "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>poll</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</manvolnum> "
"</citerefentry>/<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>select</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>2</manvolnum> </citerefentry> suivant un <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>connect</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> rendent la main en cas d'inactivité."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:532
msgid "ldap_opt_timeout (integer)"
msgstr "ldap_opt_timeout (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:535
msgid ""
"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs "
"will abort if no response is received. Also controls the timeout when "
"communicating with the KDC in case of SASL bind, the timeout of an LDAP bind "
"operation, password change extended operation and the StartTLS operation."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:555
msgid "ldap_connection_expire_timeout (integer)"
msgstr "ldap_connection_expire_timeout (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:558
msgid ""
"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be "
"maintained. After this time, the connection will be re-established. If used "
"in parallel with SASL/GSSAPI, the sooner of the two values (this value vs. "
"the TGT lifetime)  will be used."
msgstr ""
"Spécifie un délai d'attente (en secondes) pendant laquelle une connexion à "
"un serveur LDAP est maintenue. Passé ce délai, la connexion devra être "
"rétablie. Si ce paramètre est utilisé en parallèle avec SASL/GSSAPI, la plus "
"courte des deux valeurs entre celle-ci et la durée de vie TGT sera utilisée."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:566
msgid ""
"If the connection is idle (not actively running an operation) within "
"<emphasis>ldap_opt_timeout</emphasis> seconds of expiration, then it will be "
"closed early to ensure that a new query cannot require the connection to "
"remain open past its expiration.  This implies that connections will always "
"be closed immediately and will never be reused if "
"<emphasis>ldap_connection_expire_timeout &lt;= ldap_opt_timout</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:578
msgid ""
"This timeout can be extended of a random value specified by "
"<emphasis>ldap_connection_expire_offset</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:588 sssd-ldap.5.xml:631 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1713
msgid "Default: 900 (15 minutes)"
msgstr "Par défaut : 900 (15 minutes)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:594
msgid "ldap_connection_expire_offset (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:597
msgid ""
"Random offset between 0 and configured value is added to "
"<emphasis>ldap_connection_expire_timeout</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:613
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ldap_connection_expire_timeout (integer)"
msgid "ldap_connection_idle_timeout (integer)"
msgstr "ldap_connection_expire_timeout (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:616
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will "
#| "be maintained. After this time, the connection will be re-established. If "
#| "used in parallel with SASL/GSSAPI, the sooner of the two values (this "
#| "value vs. the TGT lifetime)  will be used."
msgid ""
"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that an idle connection to an LDAP server "
"will be maintained.  If the connection is idle for more than this time then "
"the connection will be closed."
msgstr ""
"Spécifie un délai d'attente (en secondes) pendant laquelle une connexion à "
"un serveur LDAP est maintenue. Passé ce délai, la connexion devra être "
"rétablie. Si ce paramètre est utilisé en parallèle avec SASL/GSSAPI, la plus "
"courte des deux valeurs entre celle-ci et la durée de vie TGT sera utilisée."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:622
msgid "You can disable this timeout by setting the value to 0."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:637
msgid "ldap_page_size (integer)"
msgstr "ldap_page_size (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:640
msgid ""
"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. "
"Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
msgstr ""
"Définit le nombre d'enregistrements à récupérer lors d'une requête LDAP. "
"Certains serveurs LDAP imposent une limite maximale par requête."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:651
msgid "ldap_disable_paging (boolean)"
msgstr "ldap_disable_paging (boolean)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:654
msgid ""
"Disable the LDAP paging control. This option should be used if the LDAP "
"server reports that it supports the LDAP paging control in its RootDSE but "
"it is not enabled or does not behave properly."
msgstr ""
"Désactiver le contrôle de pagination LDAP. Cette option doit être utilisée "
"si le serveur LDAP signale qu'il prend en charge le contrôle de pagination "
"LDAP de l'objet RootDSE, mais qu'il n'est pas activé ou ne se comporte pas "
"correctement."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:660
msgid ""
"Example: OpenLDAP servers with the paging control module installed on the "
"server but not enabled will report it in the RootDSE but be unable to use it."
msgstr ""
"Exemple : le serveurs OpenLDAP avec le module de contrôle de pagination "
"installé sur le serveur mais non activé le signaleront dans RootDSE mais il "
"sera impossible de l'utiliser."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:666
msgid ""
"Example: 389 DS has a bug where it can only support a one paging control at "
"a time on a single connection. On busy clients, this can result in some "
"requests being denied."
msgstr ""
"Exemple : 389 DS a un bogue où il ne peut que soutenir qu'un seul contrôle "
"de pagination à la fois sur une connexion donnée. Sur les clients chargés, "
"cela peut entraîner l'échec de certaines demandes."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:678
msgid "ldap_disable_range_retrieval (boolean)"
msgstr "ldap_disable_range_retrieval (booléen)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:681
msgid "Disable Active Directory range retrieval."
msgstr "Désactiver la récupération de plage Active Directory."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:684
msgid ""
"Active Directory limits the number of members to be retrieved in a single "
"lookup using the MaxValRange policy (which defaults to 1500 members). If a "
"group contains more members, the reply would include an AD-specific range "
"extension. This option disables parsing of the range extension, therefore "
"large groups will appear as having no members."
msgstr ""
"Active Directory limite le nombre de membres à récupérer par recherche à "
"l'aide de la stratégie MaxValRange (qui prend la valeur par défaut de 1500 "
"membres). Si un groupe contient plus de membres, la réponse inclura une "
"extension de plage spécifique à Active Directory. Cette option désactive "
"l'analyse de cette extension de plage, les groupes de grande taille "
"apparaissant ainsi sans aucun membre."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:699
msgid "ldap_sasl_minssf (integer)"
msgstr "ldap_sasl_minssf (integer)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:702
msgid ""
"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum "
"security level necessary to establish the connection. The values of this "
"option are defined by OpenLDAP."
msgstr ""
"Lors de la communication avec un serveur LDAP en utilisant SASL, spécifie le "
"niveau de sécurité minimal nécessaire pour établir la connexion. Les valeurs "
"de cette option sont définies par OpenLDAP."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:708 sssd-ldap.5.xml:724
msgid "Default: Use the system default (usually specified by ldap.conf)"
msgstr ""
"Par défaut : Utiliser la valeur par défaut du système (généralement spécifié "
"par ldap.conf)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:715
msgid "ldap_sasl_maxssf (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:718
msgid ""
"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the maximal "
"security level necessary to establish the connection. The values of this "
"option are defined by OpenLDAP."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:731
msgid "ldap_deref_threshold (integer)"
msgstr "ldap_deref_threshold (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:734
msgid ""
"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal "
"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup. If less members are missing, "
"they are looked up individually."
msgstr ""
"Définit le nombre de membres du groupe qui doivent manquer au sein du cache "
"interne afin de déclencher une recherche de déréférencement. Si le nombre de "
"membres manquants est inférieur, ils sont recherchés individuellement."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:740
msgid ""
"You can turn off dereference lookups completely by setting the value to 0. "
"Please note that there are some codepaths in SSSD, like the IPA HBAC "
"provider, that are only implemented using the dereference call, so even with "
"dereference explicitly disabled, those parts will still use dereference if "
"the server supports it and advertises the dereference control in the rootDSE "
"object."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:751
msgid ""
"A dereference lookup is a means of fetching all group members in a single "
"LDAP call.  Different LDAP servers may implement different dereference "
"methods. The currently supported servers are 389/RHDS, OpenLDAP and Active "
"Directory."
msgstr ""
"Une recherche de déréférencement est un moyen pour récupérer tous les "
"membres d'un groupe avec un seul appel LDAP. Plusieurs serveurs LDAP peuvent "
"avoir différentes méthodes de déréférencement. Les serveurs actuellement "
"acceptés sont 389/RHDS, OpenLDAP et Active Directory."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:759
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Note:</emphasis> If any of the search bases specifies a search "
"filter, then the dereference lookup performance enhancement will be disabled "
"regardless of this setting."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Remarque :</emphasis> Si l'une des bases de recherche spécifie un "
"filtre de recherche, alors l'amélioration de la performance de recherche de "
"déréférencement est désactivée indépendamment de ce paramètre."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:772
msgid "ldap_ignore_unreadable_references (bool)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:775
msgid ""
"Ignore unreadable LDAP entries referenced in group's member attribute. If "
"this parameter is set to false an error will be returned and the operation "
"will fail instead of just ignoring the unreadable entry."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:782
msgid ""
"This parameter may be useful when using the AD provider and the computer "
"account that sssd uses to connect to AD does not have access to a particular "
"entry or LDAP sub-tree for security reasons."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:795
msgid "ldap_tls_reqcert (string)"
msgstr "ldap_tls_reqcert (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:798
msgid ""
"Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if "
"any. It can be specified as one of the following values:"
msgstr ""
"Définit les vérifications à effectuer sur les certificats serveur sur une "
"session TLS, si elle existe. Une des valeurs suivantes est utilisable :"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:804
msgid ""
"<emphasis>never</emphasis> = The client will not request or check any server "
"certificate."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>never</emphasis> : le client ne demandera ni ne vérifiera un "
"quelconque certificat du serveur."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:808
msgid ""
"<emphasis>allow</emphasis> = The server certificate is requested. If no "
"certificate is provided, the session proceeds normally. If a bad certificate "
"is provided, it will be ignored and the session proceeds normally."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>allow</emphasis> : le certificat serveur est demandé. Si aucun "
"certificat n'est fournit, la session continue normalement. Si un mauvais "
"certificat est fourni, il est ignoré et la session continue normalement."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:815
msgid ""
"<emphasis>try</emphasis> = The server certificate is requested. If no "
"certificate is provided, the session proceeds normally. If a bad certificate "
"is provided, the session is immediately terminated."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>try</emphasis> : le certificat serveur est demandé. Si aucun "
"certificat n'est fourni, la session continue normalement. Si un mauvais "
"certificat est fourni, la session se termine immédiatement."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:821
msgid ""
"<emphasis>demand</emphasis> = The server certificate is requested. If no "
"certificate is provided, or a bad certificate is provided, the session is "
"immediately terminated."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>demand</emphasis> : le certificat serveur est demandé. Si aucun "
"certificat ou un mauvais certificat est fourni, la session se termine "
"immédiatement."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:827
msgid "<emphasis>hard</emphasis> = Same as <quote>demand</quote>"
msgstr "<emphasis>hard</emphasis> : identique à <quote>demand</quote>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:831
msgid "Default: hard"
msgstr "Par défaut : hard"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:837
msgid "ldap_tls_cacert (string)"
msgstr "ldap_tls_cacert (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:840
msgid ""
"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate "
"Authorities that <command>sssd</command> will recognize."
msgstr ""
"Définit le fichier qui contient les certificats pour toutes les autorités de "
"certification que <command>sssd</command> reconnaîtra."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:845 sssd-ldap.5.xml:863 sssd-ldap.5.xml:904
msgid ""
"Default: use OpenLDAP defaults, typically in <filename>/etc/openldap/ldap."
"conf</filename>"
msgstr ""
"Par défaut : utilise les paramètres par défaut de OpenLDAP, en général dans "
"<filename>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</filename>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:852
msgid "ldap_tls_cacertdir (string)"
msgstr "ldap_tls_cacertdir (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:855
msgid ""
"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority "
"certificates in separate individual files. Typically the file names need to "
"be the hash of the certificate followed by '.0'.  If available, "
"<command>cacertdir_rehash</command> can be used to create the correct names."
msgstr ""
"Spécifie le chemin d'un dossier qui contient les certificats de l'autorité "
"de certificats dans des fichiers séparés. Usuellement, les noms de fichiers "
"sont la somme de contrôle du certificat suivi de « .0 ». Si disponible, "
"<command>cacertdir_rehash</command> peut être utilisé pour créer les noms "
"corrects."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:870
msgid "ldap_tls_cert (string)"
msgstr "ldap_tls_cert (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:873
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
msgstr "Définit le fichier qui contient le certificat pour la clef du client."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:883
msgid "ldap_tls_key (string)"
msgstr "ldap_tls_key (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:886
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
msgstr "Définit le fichier qui contient la clef du client."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:895
msgid "ldap_tls_cipher_suite (string)"
msgstr "ldap_tls_cipher_suite (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:898
msgid ""
"Specifies acceptable cipher suites.  Typically this is a colon separated "
"list.  See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ldap.conf</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for format."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:911
msgid "ldap_id_use_start_tls (boolean)"
msgstr "ldap_id_use_start_tls (booléen)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:914
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use <systemitem "
#| "class=\"protocol\">tls</systemitem> to protect the channel."
msgid ""
"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use <systemitem "
"class=\"protocol\">tls</systemitem> to protect the channel.  <emphasis>true</"
"emphasis> is strongly recommended for security reasons."
msgstr ""
"Définit le fait que le fournisseur d'identité de connexion doit aussi "
"utiliser <systemitem class=\"protocol\">tls</systemitem> pour protéger le "
"canal."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:925
msgid "ldap_id_mapping (boolean)"
msgstr "ldap_id_mapping (boolean)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:928
msgid ""
"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the "
"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying "
"on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
msgstr ""
"Indique que SSSD doit tenter de trouver les correspondances des ID "
"d'utilisateur et de groupe dans les attributs ldap_user_objectsid et "
"ldap_group_objectsid au lieu d'utiliser ldap_user_uid_number et "
"ldap_group_gid_number."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:934
msgid "Currently this feature supports only ActiveDirectory objectSID mapping."
msgstr ""
"Cette fonctionnalité ne prend actuellement en charge que la correspondance "
"par objectSID avec Active Directory."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:944
msgid "ldap_min_id, ldap_max_id (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:947
msgid ""
"In contrast to the SID based ID mapping which is used if ldap_id_mapping is "
"set to true the allowed ID range for ldap_user_uid_number and "
"ldap_group_gid_number is unbound. In a setup with sub/trusted-domains this "
"might lead to ID collisions. To avoid collisions ldap_min_id and ldap_max_id "
"can be set to restrict the allowed range for the IDs which are read directly "
"from the server. Sub-domains can then pick other ranges to map IDs."
msgstr ""
"Au contraire de la mise en correspondance d'identifiants s'appuyant sur les "
"SID utilisée si ldap_id_mapping est positionné à true, les plages "
"d'identifiants autorisés pour ldap_user_uid_number et ldap_group_gid_number "
"n'ont pas de limite. Dans une configuration avec des sous-domaines ou des "
"domaines approuvés, cela peut engendrer des collisions. Pour les éviter, "
"ldap_min_id et ldap_max_id peuvent être configurés afin de restreindre les "
"plages d'identifiants autorisées lues directement depuis le serveur. Les "
"sous-domaines peuvent ensuite choisir d'autres plages pour leurs propres "
"identifiants."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:959
msgid "Default: not set (both options are set to 0)"
msgstr "Par défaut : non indiqué (les deux options sont à 0)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:965
msgid "ldap_sasl_mech (string)"
msgstr "ldap_sasl_mech (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:968
msgid ""
"Specify the SASL mechanism to use.  Currently only GSSAPI and GSS-SPNEGO are "
"tested and supported."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:972
msgid ""
"If the backend supports sub-domains the value of ldap_sasl_mech is "
"automatically inherited to the sub-domains. If a different value is needed "
"for a sub-domain it can be overwritten by setting ldap_sasl_mech for this "
"sub-domain explicitly.  Please see TRUSTED DOMAIN SECTION in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:988
msgid "ldap_sasl_authid (string)"
msgstr "ldap_sasl_authid (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1000
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"hostname@REALM\n"
"netbiosname$@REALM\n"
"host/hostname@REALM\n"
"*$@REALM\n"
"host/*@REALM\n"
"host/*\n"
"                            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:991
msgid ""
"Specify the SASL authorization id to use.  When GSSAPI/GSS-SPNEGO are used, "
"this represents the Kerberos principal used for authentication to the "
"directory.  This option can either contain the full principal (for example "
"host/myhost@EXAMPLE.COM) or just the principal name (for example host/"
"myhost).  By default, the value is not set and the following principals are "
"used: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> If none of them are "
"found, the first principal in keytab is returned."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1011
msgid "Default: host/hostname@REALM"
msgstr "Par défaut : host/hostname@REALM"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1017
msgid "ldap_sasl_realm (string)"
msgstr "ldap_sasl_realm (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1020
msgid ""
"Specify the SASL realm to use. When not specified, this option defaults to "
"the value of krb5_realm.  If the ldap_sasl_authid contains the realm as "
"well, this option is ignored."
msgstr ""
"Spécifie le domaine SASL à utiliser. Si non spécifié, cette option prend par "
"défaut la valeur de krb5_realm.  Si le ldap_sasl_authid contient aussi le "
"domaine, cette option est ignorée."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1026
msgid "Default: the value of krb5_realm."
msgstr "Par défaut : la valeur de krb5_realm."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1032
msgid "ldap_sasl_canonicalize (boolean)"
msgstr "ldap_sasl_canonicalize (booléen)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1035
msgid ""
"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to "
"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
msgstr ""
"Si true, la bibliothèque LDAP effectue une recherche inversée pour canoniser "
"le nom de l'hôte au cours d'une liaison SASL."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1040
msgid "Default: false;"
msgstr "Défaut : false;"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1046
msgid "ldap_krb5_keytab (string)"
msgstr "ldap_krb5_keytab (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1049
msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI/GSS-SPNEGO."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1058 sssd-krb5.5.xml:247
msgid "Default: System keytab, normally <filename>/etc/krb5.keytab</filename>"
msgstr ""
"Par défaut : le fichier keytab du système, normalement <filename>/etc/krb5."
"keytab</filename>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1064
msgid "ldap_krb5_init_creds (boolean)"
msgstr "ldap_krb5_init_creds (booléen)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1067
msgid ""
"Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT).  This "
"action is performed only if SASL is used and the mechanism selected is "
"GSSAPI or GSS-SPNEGO."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1079
msgid "ldap_krb5_ticket_lifetime (integer)"
msgstr "ldap_krb5_ticket_lifetime (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1082
msgid ""
"Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI or GSS-SPNEGO is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1091 sssd-ad.5.xml:1252
msgid "Default: 86400 (24 hours)"
msgstr "Par défaut : 86400 (24 heures)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1097 sssd-krb5.5.xml:74
msgid "krb5_server, krb5_backup_server (string)"
msgstr "krb5_server, krb5_backup_server (string)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1100
msgid ""
"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the "
"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference. "
"For more information on failover and server redundancy, see the "
"<quote>FAILOVER</quote> section. An optional port number (preceded by a "
"colon) may be appended to the addresses or hostnames.  If empty, service "
"discovery is enabled - for more information, refer to the <quote>SERVICE "
"DISCOVERY</quote> section."
msgstr ""
"Spécifie par ordre de préférence la liste séparée par des virgules des "
"adresses IP ou des noms de systèmes des serveurs Kerberos auquel SSSD doit "
"se connecter. Pour plus d'informations sur la redondance de bascule et la "
"redondance de serveur, consulter la section  <quote>BASCULE</quote>. Un "
"numéro de port facultatif (précédé de deux-points) peut être ajouté aux "
"adresses ou aux noms de systèmes.  Si vide, la découverte de services est "
"activée - pour plus d'informations, se reporter à la section de "
"<quote>DÉCOUVERTE DE  SERVICES</quote>."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1112 sssd-krb5.5.xml:89
msgid ""
"When using service discovery for KDC or kpasswd servers, SSSD first searches "
"for DNS entries that specify _udp as the protocol and falls back to _tcp if "
"none are found."
msgstr ""
"Lors de l'utilisation de découverte de services pour le KDC ou les serveurs "
"kpasswd, SSSD recherche en premier les entrées DNS qui définissent _udp "
"comme protocole, et passe sur _tcp si aucune entrée n'est trouvée."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1117 sssd-krb5.5.xml:94
msgid ""
"This option was named <quote>krb5_kdcip</quote> in earlier releases of SSSD. "
"While the legacy name is recognized for the time being, users are advised to "
"migrate their config files to use <quote>krb5_server</quote> instead."
msgstr ""
"Cette option s'appelait <quote>krb5_kdcip</quote> dans les versions "
"précédentes de SSSD. Bien que ce nom soit toujours reconnu à l'heure "
"actuelle, il est conseillé de migrer les fichiers de configuration vers "
"l'utilisation de <quote>krb5_server</quote>."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1126 sssd-ipa.5.xml:531 sssd-krb5.5.xml:103
msgid "krb5_realm (string)"
msgstr "krb5_realm (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1129
msgid "Specify the Kerberos REALM (for SASL/GSSAPI/GSS-SPNEGO auth)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1133
msgid "Default: System defaults, see <filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""
"Par défaut : valeur par défaut du système, voir <filename>/etc/krb5.conf</"
"filename>"

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1139 include/krb5_options.xml:154
msgid "krb5_canonicalize (boolean)"
msgstr "krb5_canonicalize (booléen)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1142
msgid ""
"Specifies if the host principal should be canonicalized when connecting to "
"LDAP server. This feature is available with MIT Kerberos >= 1.7"
msgstr ""
"Spécifie si le principal de l'hôte doit être rendu canonique lors de la "
"connexion au serveur LDAP. Cette fonctionnalité est disponible avec MIT "
"Kerberos > = 1.7"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1154 sssd-krb5.5.xml:336
msgid "krb5_use_kdcinfo (boolean)"
msgstr "krb5_use_kdcinfo (booléen)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1157 sssd-krb5.5.xml:339
msgid ""
"Specifies if the SSSD should instruct the Kerberos libraries what realm and "
"which KDCs to use. This option is on by default, if you disable it, you need "
"to configure the Kerberos library using the <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>krb5.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> configuration file."
msgstr ""
"Indique si SSSD doit préciser aux bibliothèques Kerberos quels domaine et "
"KDC utiliser. Cette option est activée par défaut, si elle est désactivée, "
"la bibliothèque Kerberos doit être configurée à l'aide du fichier de "
"configuration <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>krb5.conf</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1168 sssd-krb5.5.xml:350
msgid ""
"See the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd_krb5_locator_plugin</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for more "
"information on the locator plugin."
msgstr ""
"Consulter la page de manuel de <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd_krb5_locator_plugin</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> pour plus d'informations sur le greffon de "
"localisation."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1182
msgid "ldap_pwd_policy (string)"
msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1185
msgid ""
"Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side. "
"The following values are allowed:"
msgstr ""
"Détermine la politique d'expiration des mots de passe côté client. Les "
"valeurs suivantes sont acceptées :"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1190
msgid ""
"<emphasis>none</emphasis> - No evaluation on the client side. This option "
"cannot disable server-side password policies."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>none</emphasis> : aucun évaluation du côté client. Cette option ne "
"peut pas désactiver la politique sur les mots de passe du côté serveur."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1195
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<emphasis>shadow</emphasis> - Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>shadow</"
#| "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> style attributes "
#| "to evaluate if the password has expired."
msgid ""
"<emphasis>shadow</emphasis> - Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>shadow</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> style attributes to "
"evaluate if the password has expired.  Please see option "
"\"ldap_chpass_update_last_change\" as well."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>shadow</emphasis> - Utiliser les attributs de style "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> pour évaluer si le mot de passe a expiré."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1203
msgid ""
"<emphasis>mit_kerberos</emphasis> - Use the attributes used by MIT Kerberos "
"to determine if the password has expired. Use chpass_provider=krb5 to update "
"these attributes when the password is changed."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>mit_kerberos</emphasis> : utilise les attributs utilisés par MIT "
"Kerberos pour déterminer si le mot de passe a expiré. Utiliser "
"chpass_provider=krb5 afin de modifier ces attributs lorsque le mot de passe "
"est changé."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1212
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Note</emphasis>: if a password policy is configured on server "
"side, it always takes precedence over policy set with this option."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Note</emphasis> : si une politique de mots de passe est configurée "
"côté serveur, elle prend le pas sur la politique indiquée avec cette option."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1220
msgid "ldap_referrals (boolean)"
msgstr "ldap_referrals (booléen)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1223
msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
msgstr "Définit si le déréférencement automatique doit être activé."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1227
msgid ""
"Please note that sssd only supports referral chasing when it is compiled "
"with OpenLDAP version 2.4.13 or higher."
msgstr ""
"Veuillez noter que sssd ne supporte que le déréférencement que lorsqu'il est "
"compilé avec OpenLDAP version 2.4.13 ou supérieur."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1232
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Chasing referrals may incur a performance penalty in environments that "
#| "use them heavily, a notable example is Microsoft Active Directory. If "
#| "your setup does not in fact require the use of referrals, setting this "
#| "option to false might bring a noticeable performance improvement."
msgid ""
"Chasing referrals may incur a performance penalty in environments that use "
"them heavily, a notable example is Microsoft Active Directory. If your setup "
"does not in fact require the use of referrals, setting this option to false "
"might bring a noticeable performance improvement.  Setting this option to "
"false is therefore recommended in case the SSSD LDAP provider is used "
"together with Microsoft Active Directory as a backend. Even if SSSD would be "
"able to follow the referral to a different AD DC no additional data would be "
"available."
msgstr ""
"La déréférenciation de références peut subir une altération notable des "
"performances dans les environnements qui les utilisent fortement, un exemple "
"notable étant Microsoft Active Directory. Si votre installation ne nécessite "
"pas l'utilisation des références, affecter false à cette option devrait "
"permettre d'améliorer de façon notable les performances."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1251
msgid "ldap_dns_service_name (string)"
msgstr "ldap_dns_service_name (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1254
msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
"Définit le nom de service à utiliser quand la découverte de services est "
"activée."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1258
msgid "Default: ldap"
msgstr "Par défaut : ldap"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1264
msgid "ldap_chpass_dns_service_name (string)"
msgstr "ldap_chpass_dns_service_name (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1267
msgid ""
"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows "
"password changes when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
"Définit le nom de service à utiliser pour trouver un serveur LDAP autorisant "
"un changement de mot de passe quand la découverte de services est activée."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1272
msgid "Default: not set, i.e. service discovery is disabled"
msgstr ""
"Par défaut : non défini, c'est-à-dire que le service de découverte est "
"désactivé."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1278
msgid "ldap_chpass_update_last_change (bool)"
msgstr "ldap_chpass_update_last_change (bool)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1281
msgid ""
"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with "
"days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
msgstr ""
"Spécifie s'il faut mettre à jour l'attribut ldap_user_shadow_last_change "
"avec le nombre de jours depuis Epoch après l'opération de changement de mot "
"de passe."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1287
msgid ""
"It is recommend to set this option explicitly if \"ldap_pwd_policy = "
"shadow\" is used to let SSSD know if the LDAP server will update "
"shadowLastChange LDAP attribute automatically after a password change or if "
"SSSD has to update it."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1301
msgid "ldap_access_filter (string)"
msgstr "ldap_access_filter (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1304
msgid ""
"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), "
"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criteria that "
"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host. If "
"access_provider = ldap, ldap_access_order = filter and this option is not "
"set, it will result in all users being denied access.  Use access_provider = "
"permit to change this default behavior. Please note that this filter is "
"applied on the LDAP user entry only and thus filtering based on nested "
"groups may not work (e.g. memberOf attribute on AD entries points only to "
"direct parents). If filtering based on nested groups is required, please see "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-simple</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1324
msgid "Example:"
msgstr "Exemple :"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1327
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"access_provider = ldap\n"
"ldap_access_filter = (employeeType=admin)\n"
"                        "
msgstr ""
"access_provider = ldap\n"
"ldap_access_filter = (employeeType=admin)\n"
"                        "

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1331
msgid ""
"This example means that access to this host is restricted to users whose "
"employeeType attribute is set to \"admin\"."
msgstr ""
"Cet exemple signifie que l'accès à cet hôte est restreint aux utilisateurs "
"dont l'attribut employeeType est « admin »."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1336
msgid ""
"Offline caching for this feature is limited to determining whether the "
"user's last online login was granted access permission. If they were granted "
"access during their last login, they will continue to be granted access "
"while offline and vice versa."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1344 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1400
msgid "Default: Empty"
msgstr "Par défaut : vide"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1350
msgid "ldap_account_expire_policy (string)"
msgstr "ldap_account_expire_policy (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1353
msgid ""
"With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can "
"be enabled."
msgstr ""
"Avec cette option une évaluation du côté client des contrôles d'accès peut "
"être activée."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1357
msgid ""
"Please note that it is always recommended to use server side access control, "
"i.e. the LDAP server should deny the bind request with a suitable error code "
"even if the password is correct."
msgstr ""
"Veuillez noter qu'il est toujours recommandé d'utiliser un contrôle d'accès "
"du côté serveur, c'est-à-dire que le serveur LDAP doit refuser une requête "
"de connexion avec un code erreur approprié même si le mot de passe est "
"correct."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1364
msgid "The following values are allowed:"
msgstr "Les valeurs suivantes sont autorisées :"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1367
msgid ""
"<emphasis>shadow</emphasis>: use the value of ldap_user_shadow_expire to "
"determine if the account is expired."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>shadow</emphasis> : utiliser la valeur de ldap_user_shadow_expire "
"pour déterminer si le compte a expiré."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1372
msgid ""
"<emphasis>ad</emphasis>: use the value of the 32bit field "
"ldap_user_ad_user_account_control and allow access if the second bit is not "
"set. If the attribute is missing access is granted. Also the expiration time "
"of the account is checked."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>ad</emphasis>  : utilise la valeur du champ 32 bits "
"ldap_user_ad_user_account_control et autorise l'accès si le deuxième bit "
"n'est pas défini. Si l'attribut est manquant, l'accès est autorisé. La date "
"d'expiration du compte est aussi vérifiée."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1379
msgid ""
"<emphasis>rhds</emphasis>, <emphasis>ipa</emphasis>, <emphasis>389ds</"
"emphasis>: use the value of ldap_ns_account_lock to check if access is "
"allowed or not."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>rhds</emphasis>, <emphasis>ipa</emphasis>, <emphasis>389ds</"
"emphasis> : utilise la valeur de ldap_ns_account_lock afin de vérifier si "
"l'accès est autorisé ou non."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1385
msgid ""
"<emphasis>nds</emphasis>: the values of "
"ldap_user_nds_login_allowed_time_map, ldap_user_nds_login_disabled and "
"ldap_user_nds_login_expiration_time are used to check if access is allowed. "
"If both attributes are missing access is granted."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>nds</emphasis> : les valeurs de "
"ldap_user_nds_login_allowed_time_map, ldap_user_nds_login_disabled et "
"ldap_user_nds_login_expiration_time sont utilisées pour vérifier si l'accès "
"est autorisé. Si les deux attributs sont manquants, l'accès est autorisé."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1393
msgid ""
"Please note that the ldap_access_order configuration option <emphasis>must</"
"emphasis> include <quote>expire</quote> in order for the "
"ldap_account_expire_policy option to work."
msgstr ""
"Noter que l'option de configuration ldap_access_order <emphasis>doit</"
"emphasis> inclure <quote>expire</quote> de façon à permettre à l'option "
"ldap_account_expire_policy de fonctionner."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1406
msgid "ldap_access_order (string)"
msgstr "ldap_access_order (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1409 sssd-ipa.5.xml:356
msgid "Comma separated list of access control options.  Allowed values are:"
msgstr ""
"Liste séparées par des virgules des options de contrôles d'accès. Les "
"valeurs autorisées sont :"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1413
msgid "<emphasis>filter</emphasis>: use ldap_access_filter"
msgstr "<emphasis>filter</emphasis> : utiliser ldap_access_filter"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1416
msgid ""
"<emphasis>lockout</emphasis>: use account locking.  If set, this option "
"denies access in case that ldap attribute 'pwdAccountLockedTime' is present "
"and has value of '000001010000Z'. Please see the option ldap_pwdlockout_dn.  "
"Please note that 'access_provider = ldap' must be set for this feature to "
"work."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1426
msgid ""
"<emphasis> Please note that this option is superseded by the <quote>ppolicy</"
"quote> option and might be removed in a future release.  </emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1433
msgid ""
"<emphasis>ppolicy</emphasis>: use account locking.  If set, this option "
"denies access in case that ldap attribute 'pwdAccountLockedTime' is present "
"and has value of '000001010000Z' or represents any time in the past.  The "
"value of the 'pwdAccountLockedTime' attribute must end with 'Z', which "
"denotes the UTC time zone.  Other time zones are not currently supported and "
"will result in \"access-denied\" when users attempt to log in.  Please see "
"the option ldap_pwdlockout_dn.  Please note that 'access_provider = ldap' "
"must be set for this feature to work."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1450
msgid "<emphasis>expire</emphasis>: use ldap_account_expire_policy"
msgstr "<emphasis>expire</emphasis>: utiliser ldap_account_expire_policy"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1454 sssd-ipa.5.xml:364
msgid ""
"<emphasis>pwd_expire_policy_reject, pwd_expire_policy_warn, "
"pwd_expire_policy_renew: </emphasis> These options are useful if users are "
"interested in being warned that password is about to expire and "
"authentication is based on using a different method than passwords - for "
"example SSH keys."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1464 sssd-ipa.5.xml:374
msgid ""
"The difference between these options is the action taken if user password is "
"expired:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1469 sssd-ipa.5.xml:379
msgid "pwd_expire_policy_reject - user is denied to log in,"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1475 sssd-ipa.5.xml:385
msgid "pwd_expire_policy_warn - user is still able to log in,"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1481 sssd-ipa.5.xml:391
msgid ""
"pwd_expire_policy_renew - user is prompted to change their password "
"immediately."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1489
msgid ""
"Please note that 'access_provider = ldap' must be set for this feature to "
"work. Also 'ldap_pwd_policy' must be set to an appropriate password policy."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1494
msgid ""
"<emphasis>authorized_service</emphasis>: use the authorizedService attribute "
"to determine access"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>authorized_service</emphasis> : utiliser l'attribut "
"authorizedService pour déterminer l'accès"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1499
msgid "<emphasis>host</emphasis>: use the host attribute to determine access"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>host</emphasis> : utilise l'attribut host pour déterminer l'accès"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1503
msgid ""
"<emphasis>rhost</emphasis>: use the rhost attribute to determine whether "
"remote host can access"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1507
msgid ""
"Please note, rhost field in pam is set by application, it is better to check "
"what the application sends to pam, before enabling this access control option"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1512
msgid "Default: filter"
msgstr "Par défaut : filter"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1515
msgid ""
"Please note that it is a configuration error if a value is used more than "
"once."
msgstr ""
"Veuillez noter qu'une valeur utilisée plusieurs fois résulte en une erreur "
"de configuration."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1522
msgid "ldap_pwdlockout_dn (string)"
msgstr "ldap_pwdlockout_dn (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1525
msgid ""
"This option specifies the DN of password policy entry on LDAP server. Please "
"note that absence of this option in sssd.conf in case of enabled account "
"lockout checking will yield access denied as ppolicy attributes on LDAP "
"server cannot be checked properly."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1533
msgid "Example: cn=ppolicy,ou=policies,dc=example,dc=com"
msgstr "Exemple : cn=ppolicy,ou=policies,dc=example,dc=com"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1536
msgid "Default: cn=ppolicy,ou=policies,$ldap_search_base"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1542
msgid "ldap_deref (string)"
msgstr "ldap_deref (chaînes)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1545
msgid ""
"Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search. The "
"following options are allowed:"
msgstr ""
"Définit comment le déréférencement de l'alias est effectué lors d'une "
"recherche. Les options suivantes sont autorisées :"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1550
msgid "<emphasis>never</emphasis>: Aliases are never dereferenced."
msgstr "<emphasis>never</emphasis> : les alias ne sont jamais déréférencés."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1554
msgid ""
"<emphasis>searching</emphasis>: Aliases are dereferenced in subordinates of "
"the base object, but not in locating the base object of the search."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>searching</emphasis> : Les alias sont déréférencés comme des "
"subordonnés de l'objet de base, mais pas en localisant l'objet de base de la "
"recherche."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1559
msgid ""
"<emphasis>finding</emphasis>: Aliases are only dereferenced when locating "
"the base object of the search."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>finding</emphasis> : les alias sont seulement déréférencés lors de "
"la localisation de l'objet de base de la recherche."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1564
msgid ""
"<emphasis>always</emphasis>: Aliases are dereferenced both in searching and "
"in locating the base object of the search."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>always</emphasis> : les alias sont déréférencés à la fois pour la "
"recherche et et la localisation de l'objet de base de la recherche."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1569
msgid ""
"Default: Empty (this is handled as <emphasis>never</emphasis> by the LDAP "
"client libraries)"
msgstr ""
"Par défaut : vide (ceci est traité comme <emphasis>never</emphasis> par les "
"bibliothèques clientes LDAP)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1577
msgid "ldap_rfc2307_fallback_to_local_users (boolean)"
msgstr "ldap_rfc2307_fallback_to_local_users (booléen)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1580
msgid ""
"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that "
"use the RFC2307 schema."
msgstr ""
"Permet de conserver les utilisateurs locaux en tant que membres d'un groupe "
"LDAP pour les serveurs qui utilisent le schéma RFC2307."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1584
msgid ""
"In some environments where the RFC2307 schema is used, local users are made "
"members of LDAP groups by adding their names to the memberUid attribute.  "
"The self-consistency of the domain is compromised when this is done, so SSSD "
"would normally remove the \"missing\" users from the cached group "
"memberships as soon as nsswitch tries to fetch information about the user "
"via getpw*() or initgroups() calls."
msgstr ""
"Dans certains environnements où le schéma RFC2307 est utilisé, les "
"utilisateurs locaux deviennent membres du groupes LDAP en ajoutant leurs "
"noms à l'attribut memberUid.  La cohérence du domaine est compromise quand "
"cela est fait, SSSD supprimerait normalement les utilisateurs « disparus » "
"des appartenances aux groupes mises en cache dès que nsswitch essaie de "
"récupérer des informations sur l'utilisateur via des appels à getpw*() ou "
"initgoups()."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1595
msgid ""
"This option falls back to checking if local users are referenced, and caches "
"them so that later initgroups() calls will augment the local users with the "
"additional LDAP groups."
msgstr ""
"Cette option vérifie en dernier recours si les utilisateurs locaux sont "
"référencés et les met en cache afin que des appels ultérieurs à initgoups() "
"ajoutent les utilisateurs locaux aux groupes LDAP."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1607 sssd-ifp.5.xml:152
msgid "wildcard_limit (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1610
msgid ""
"Specifies an upper limit on the number of entries that are downloaded during "
"a wildcard lookup."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1614
msgid "At the moment, only the InfoPipe responder supports wildcard lookups."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1618
msgid "Default: 1000 (often the size of one page)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1624
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "debug_level (integer)"
msgid "ldap_library_debug_level (integer)"
msgstr "debug_level (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1627
msgid ""
"Switches on libldap debugging with the given level.  The libldap debug "
"messages will be written independent of the general debug_level."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1632
msgid ""
"OpenLDAP uses a bitmap to enable debugging for specific components, -1 will "
"enable full debug output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1637
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Default: 0 (disabled)"
msgid "Default: 0 (libldap debugging disabled)"
msgstr "Par défaut : 0 (désactivé)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:52
msgid ""
"All of the common configuration options that apply to SSSD domains also "
"apply to LDAP domains. Refer to the <quote>DOMAIN SECTIONS</quote> section "
"of the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for full details.  Note that SSSD "
"LDAP mapping attributes are described in the <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap-attributes</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> "
"</citerefentry> manual page.  <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1647
msgid "SUDO OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPTIONS DE SUDO"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1649
msgid ""
"The detailed instructions for configuration of sudo_provider are in the "
"manual page <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-sudo</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1660
msgid "ldap_sudo_full_refresh_interval (integer)"
msgstr "ldap_sudo_full_refresh_interval (integer)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1663
msgid ""
"How many seconds SSSD will wait between executing a full refresh of sudo "
"rules (which downloads all rules that are stored on the server)."
msgstr ""
"La durée en secondes pendant laquelle SSSD va attendre entre deux "
"actualisations complètes des règles de sudo (qui téléchargent toutes les "
"règles qui sont stockées sur le serveur)."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1668
msgid ""
"The value must be greater than <emphasis>ldap_sudo_smart_refresh_interval </"
"emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"La valeur doit être supérieure à <emphasis>ldap_sudo_smart_refresh_interval</"
"emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1673
msgid ""
"You can disable full refresh by setting this option to 0. However, either "
"smart or full refresh must be enabled."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1678
msgid "Default: 21600 (6 hours)"
msgstr "Par défaut : 21600 (6 heures)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1684
msgid "ldap_sudo_smart_refresh_interval (integer)"
msgstr "ldap_sudo_smart_refresh_interval (integer)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1687
msgid ""
"How many seconds SSSD has to wait before executing a smart refresh of sudo "
"rules (which downloads all rules that have USN higher than the highest "
"server USN value that is currently known by SSSD)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1693
msgid ""
"If USN attributes are not supported by the server, the modifyTimestamp "
"attribute is used instead."
msgstr ""
"Si les attributs USN ne sont pas pris en charge par le serveur, l'attribut "
"modifyTimestamp est utilisé à la place."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1697
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Note:</emphasis> the highest USN value can be updated by three "
"tasks: 1) By sudo full and smart refresh (if updated rules are found), 2) by "
"enumeration of users and groups (if enabled and updated users or groups are "
"found) and 3) by reconnecting to the server (by default every 15 minutes, "
"see <emphasis>ldap_connection_expire_timeout</emphasis>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1708
msgid ""
"You can disable smart refresh by setting this option to 0. However, either "
"smart or full refresh must be enabled."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1719
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ldap_idmap_range_size (integer)"
msgid "ldap_sudo_random_offset (integer)"
msgstr "ldap_idmap_range_size (integer)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1722
msgid ""
"Random offset between 0 and configured value is added to smart and full "
"refresh periods each time the periodic task is scheduled. The value is in "
"seconds."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1728
msgid ""
"Note that this random offset is also applied on the first SSSD start which "
"delays the first sudo rules refresh. This prolongs the time when the sudo "
"rules are not available for use."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1734
msgid "You can disable this offset by setting the value to 0."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1744
msgid "ldap_sudo_use_host_filter (boolean)"
msgstr "ldap_sudo_use_host_filter (boolean)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1747
msgid ""
"If true, SSSD will download only rules that are applicable to this machine "
"(using the IPv4 or IPv6 host/network addresses and hostnames)."
msgstr ""
"Si true, SSSD téléchargera les seules règles qui s'appliquent à cette "
"machine (à l'aide de l'adresse de système ou de réseau IPv4 ou IPv6 et des "
"noms de systèmes)."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1758
msgid "ldap_sudo_hostnames (string)"
msgstr "ldap_sudo_hostnames (string)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1761
msgid ""
"Space separated list of hostnames or fully qualified domain names that "
"should be used to filter the rules."
msgstr ""
"Liste séparés par des espaces des noms de systèmes ou de domaines qui "
"doivent être utilisés pour filtrer les règles."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1766
msgid ""
"If this option is empty, SSSD will try to discover the hostname and the "
"fully qualified domain name automatically."
msgstr ""
"Si cette option est vide, SSSD va essayer de découvrir automatiquement le "
"nom de système et le nom de domaine pleinement qualifié."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1771 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1794 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1812
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1830
msgid ""
"If <emphasis>ldap_sudo_use_host_filter</emphasis> is <emphasis>false</"
"emphasis> then this option has no effect."
msgstr ""
"Si <emphasis>ldap_sudo_use_host_filter</emphasis> est <emphasis>false</"
"emphasis>, alors cette option n'a aucun effet."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1776 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1799
msgid "Default: not specified"
msgstr "Par défaut : non spécifié"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1782
msgid "ldap_sudo_ip (string)"
msgstr "ldap_sudo_ip (string)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1785
msgid ""
"Space separated list of IPv4 or IPv6 host/network addresses that should be "
"used to filter the rules."
msgstr ""
"Liste séparés par des espaces d'adresses de système ou de réseaux IPv4 ou "
"IPv6 qui doivent être utilisés pour filtrer les règles."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1790
msgid ""
"If this option is empty, SSSD will try to discover the addresses "
"automatically."
msgstr ""
"Si cette option est vide, SSSD va essayer de découvrir les adresses "
"automatiquement."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1805
msgid "ldap_sudo_include_netgroups (boolean)"
msgstr "ldap_sudo_include_netgroups (boolean)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1808
msgid ""
"If true then SSSD will download every rule that contains a netgroup in "
"sudoHost attribute."
msgstr ""
"Si elle est vraie alors SSSD téléchargera toutes les règles qui contient un "
"netgroup dans l'attribut sudoHost."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1823
msgid "ldap_sudo_include_regexp (boolean)"
msgstr "ldap_sudo_include_regexp (boolean)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1826
msgid ""
"If true then SSSD will download every rule that contains a wildcard in "
"sudoHost attribute."
msgstr ""
"Si positionnée à true, SSSD téléchargera toutes les règles qui contiennent "
"un joker dans l'attribut sudoHost."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><note><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1836
msgid ""
"Using wildcard is an operation that is very costly to evaluate on the LDAP "
"server side!"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1848
msgid ""
"This manual page only describes attribute name mapping.  For detailed "
"explanation of sudo related attribute semantics, see <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sudoers.ldap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>"
msgstr ""
"Cette page de manuel décrit uniquement le mappage de noms d'attribut.  Pour "
"une explication détaillée des sémantiques d'attributs relatives à sudo, cf. "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sudoers.ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1858
msgid "AUTOFS OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPTIONS AUTOFS"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1860
msgid ""
"Some of the defaults for the parameters below are dependent on the LDAP "
"schema."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1866
msgid "ldap_autofs_map_master_name (string)"
msgstr "ldap_autofs_map_master_name (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1869
msgid "The name of the automount master map in LDAP."
msgstr "Le nom de la table de montage automatique maîtresse dans LDAP."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1872
msgid "Default: auto.master"
msgstr "Par défaut : auto.master"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1883
msgid "ADVANCED OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPTIONS AVANCÉES"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1890
msgid "ldap_netgroup_search_base (string)"
msgstr "ldap_netgroup_search_base (chaînes)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1895
msgid "ldap_user_search_base (string)"
msgstr "ldap_user_search_base (chaînes)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1900
msgid "ldap_group_search_base (string)"
msgstr "ldap_group_search_base (chaînes)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><note>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1905
msgid "<note>"
msgstr "<note>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><note><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1907
msgid ""
"If the option <quote>ldap_use_tokengroups</quote> is enabled, the searches "
"against Active Directory will not be restricted and return all groups "
"memberships, even with no GID mapping. It is recommended to disable this "
"feature, if group names are not being displayed correctly."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1914
msgid "</note>"
msgstr "</note>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1916
msgid "ldap_sudo_search_base (string)"
msgstr "ldap_sudo_search_base (string)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1921
msgid "ldap_autofs_search_base (string)"
msgstr "ldap_autofs_search_base (string)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1885
msgid ""
"These options are supported by LDAP domains, but they should be used with "
"caution. Please include them in your configuration only if you know what you "
"are doing.  <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder "
"type=\"variablelist\" id=\"1\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1936 sssd-simple.5.xml:131 sssd-ipa.5.xml:930
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1391 sssd-krb5.5.xml:483 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:98
#: sssd-files.5.xml:155 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:176
msgid "EXAMPLE"
msgstr "EXEMPLE"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1938
msgid ""
"The following example assumes that SSSD is correctly configured and LDAP is "
"set to one of the domains in the <replaceable>[domains]</replaceable> "
"section."
msgstr ""
"L'exemple suivant suppose que SSSD est correctement configuré et que LDAP "
"pointe sur un des domaines de la section <replaceable>[domains]</"
"replaceable>."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1944
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[domain/LDAP]\n"
"id_provider = ldap\n"
"auth_provider = ldap\n"
"ldap_uri = ldap://ldap.mydomain.org\n"
"ldap_search_base = dc=mydomain,dc=org\n"
"ldap_tls_reqcert = demand\n"
"cache_credentials = true\n"
msgstr ""
"[domain/LDAP]\n"
"id_provider = ldap\n"
"auth_provider = ldap\n"
"ldap_uri = ldap://ldap.mydomain.org\n"
"ldap_search_base = dc=mydomain,dc=org\n"
"ldap_tls_reqcert = demand\n"
"cache_credentials = true\n"

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1943 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1961 sssd-simple.5.xml:139
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:938 sssd-ad.5.xml:1399 sssd-sudo.5.xml:56 sssd-krb5.5.xml:492
#: sssd-files.5.xml:162 sssd-files.5.xml:173 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:182
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:105
msgid "<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr "<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1955
msgid "LDAP ACCESS FILTER EXAMPLE"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1957
msgid ""
"The following example assumes that SSSD is correctly configured and to use "
"the ldap_access_order=lockout."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1962
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[domain/LDAP]\n"
"id_provider = ldap\n"
"auth_provider = ldap\n"
"access_provider = ldap\n"
"ldap_access_order = lockout\n"
"ldap_pwdlockout_dn = cn=ppolicy,ou=policies,dc=mydomain,dc=org\n"
"ldap_uri = ldap://ldap.mydomain.org\n"
"ldap_search_base = dc=mydomain,dc=org\n"
"ldap_tls_reqcert = demand\n"
"cache_credentials = true\n"
msgstr ""
"[domain/LDAP]\n"
"id_provider = ldap\n"
"auth_provider = ldap\n"
"access_provider = ldap\n"
"ldap_access_order = lockout\n"
"ldap_pwdlockout_dn = cn=ppolicy,ou=policies,dc=mydomain,dc=org\n"
"ldap_uri = ldap://ldap.mydomain.org\n"
"ldap_search_base = dc=mydomain,dc=org\n"
"ldap_tls_reqcert = demand\n"
"cache_credentials = true\n"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1977 sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:83 sssd-simple.5.xml:148
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1414 sssd.8.xml:238 sss_seed.8.xml:163
msgid "NOTES"
msgstr "NOTES"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1979
msgid ""
"The descriptions of some of the configuration options in this manual page "
"are based on the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>ldap.conf</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page from the OpenLDAP 2.4 "
"distribution."
msgstr ""
"Les descriptions de quelques unes des options de configuration des pages de "
"manuel sont basées sur le manuel de <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>ldap.conf</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> de la distribution "
"de OpenLDAP 2.4."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:11 pam_sss.8.xml:16
msgid "pam_sss"
msgstr "pam_sss"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:12 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:12 sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:11
#: sssd.8.xml:11 sss_obfuscate.8.xml:11 sss_override.8.xml:11
#: sss_cache.8.xml:11 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:11 sss_seed.8.xml:11
#: idmap_sss.8.xml:11 sssctl.8.xml:11 sssd-kcm.8.xml:11
#: sssd_krb5_localauth_plugin.8.xml:11
msgid "8"
msgstr "8"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:17
msgid "PAM module for SSSD"
msgstr "Module PAM pour SSSD"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:22
msgid ""
"<command>pam_sss.so</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>quiet</"
"replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>forward_pass</"
"replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>use_first_pass</"
"replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>use_authtok</"
"replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>retry=N</replaceable> </"
"arg> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>ignore_unknown_user</replaceable> </"
"arg> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>ignore_authinfo_unavail</replaceable> </"
"arg> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>domains=X</replaceable> </arg> <arg "
"choice='opt'> <replaceable>allow_missing_name</replaceable> </arg> <arg "
"choice='opt'> <replaceable>prompt_always</replaceable> </arg> <arg "
"choice='opt'> <replaceable>try_cert_auth</replaceable> </arg> <arg "
"choice='opt'> <replaceable>require_cert_auth</replaceable> </arg>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:64
msgid ""
"<command>pam_sss.so</command> is the PAM interface to the System Security "
"Services daemon (SSSD). Errors and results are logged through "
"<command>syslog(3)</command> with the LOG_AUTHPRIV facility."
msgstr ""
"<command>pam_sss.so</command> est l'interface PAM pour le démon des services "
"de sécurité système (SSSD). Les erreurs et résultats sont journalisés par "
"<command>syslog(3)</command> avec l'argument LOG_AUTHPRIV."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:70 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:89 sssd.8.xml:42 sss_obfuscate.8.xml:58
#: sss_cache.8.xml:39 sss_seed.8.xml:42 sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:123
#: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:62
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPTIONS"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:74
msgid "<option>quiet</option>"
msgstr "<option>quiet</option>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:77
msgid "Suppress log messages for unknown users."
msgstr "Supprimer les messages de journal pour les utilisateurs inconnus."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:82
msgid "<option>forward_pass</option>"
msgstr "<option>forward_pass</option>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:85
msgid ""
"If <option>forward_pass</option> is set the entered password is put on the "
"stack for other PAM modules to use."
msgstr ""
"Si <option>forward_pass</option> est défini, le mot de passe saisi est "
"inséré en mémoire pour les autres modules PAM utilisés."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:92
msgid "<option>use_first_pass</option>"
msgstr "<option>use_first_pass</option>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:95
msgid ""
"The argument use_first_pass forces the module to use a previous stacked "
"modules password and will never prompt the user - if no password is "
"available or the password is not appropriate, the user will be denied access."
msgstr ""
"L'argument use_first_pass force le module à utliser un module de mot de "
"passe déjà en mémoire et n'en fera jamais la demande à l'utilisateur. Si "
"aucun mot de passe n'est disponible ou que celui-ci n'est pas approprié, "
"l'utilisateur verra son accès refusé."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:103
msgid "<option>use_authtok</option>"
msgstr "<option>use_authtok</option>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:106
msgid ""
"When password changing enforce the module to set the new password to the one "
"provided by a previously stacked password module."
msgstr ""
"Lorsque le changement de mot de passe force le module à modifier le mot de "
"passe par celui fourni par un module de mot de passe déjà chargé en mémoire."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:113
msgid "<option>retry=N</option>"
msgstr "<option>retry=N</option>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:116
msgid ""
"If specified the user is asked another N times for a password if "
"authentication fails. Default is 0."
msgstr ""
"Si définit, on demande le mot de passe à l'utilisateur encore N fois si "
"l'authentification échoue. Par défaut : 0."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:118
msgid ""
"Please note that this option might not work as expected if the application "
"calling PAM handles the user dialog on its own. A typical example is "
"<command>sshd</command> with <option>PasswordAuthentication</option>."
msgstr ""
"Veuillez noter que cette option peut ne pas fonctionner comme attendu si "
"l'application qui appelle PAM gère lui-même les dialogues avec "
"l'utilisateur. Un exemple typique est <command>sshd</command> avec "
"<option>PasswordAuthentication</option>."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:127
msgid "<option>ignore_unknown_user</option>"
msgstr "<option>ignore_unknown_user</option>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:130
msgid ""
"If this option is specified and the user does not exist, the PAM module will "
"return PAM_IGNORE. This causes the PAM framework to ignore this module."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:137
msgid "<option>ignore_authinfo_unavail</option>"
msgstr "<option>ignore_authinfo_unavail</option>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:141
msgid ""
"Specifies that the PAM module should return PAM_IGNORE if it cannot contact "
"the SSSD daemon. This causes the PAM framework to ignore this module."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:148
msgid "<option>domains</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:152
msgid ""
"Allows the administrator to restrict the domains a particular PAM service is "
"allowed to authenticate against. The format is a comma-separated list of "
"SSSD domain names, as specified in the sssd.conf file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:158
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Please refer to the <quote>dns_discovery_domain</quote> parameter in the "
#| "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
#| "manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for more details."
msgid ""
"NOTE: If this is used for a service not running as root user, e.g. a web-"
"server, it must be used in conjunction with the <quote>pam_trusted_users</"
"quote> and <quote>pam_public_domains</quote> options.  Please see the "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for more information on these two PAM "
"responder options."
msgstr ""
"Se reporter au paramètre <quote>dns_discovery_domain</quote> dans la page de "
"manuel <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> pour plus de détails."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:173
msgid "<option>allow_missing_name</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:177
msgid ""
"The main purpose of this option is to let SSSD determine the user name based "
"on additional information, e.g. the certificate from a Smartcard."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:187
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"auth sufficient pam_sss.so allow_missing_name\n"
"                        "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:182
msgid ""
"The current use case are login managers which can monitor a Smartcard reader "
"for card events. In case a Smartcard is inserted the login manager will call "
"a PAM stack which includes a line like <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
"id=\"0\"/> In this case SSSD will try to determine the user name based on "
"the content of the Smartcard, returns it to pam_sss which will finally put "
"it on the PAM stack."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:197
msgid "<option>prompt_always</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:201
msgid ""
"Always prompt the user for credentials. With this option credentials "
"requested by other PAM modules, typically a password, will be ignored and "
"pam_sss will prompt for credentials again. Based on the pre-auth reply by "
"SSSD pam_sss might prompt for a password, a Smartcard PIN or other "
"credentials."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:212
msgid "<option>try_cert_auth</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:216
msgid ""
"Try to use certificate based authentication, i.e.  authentication with a "
"Smartcard or similar devices. If a Smartcard is available and the service is "
"allowed for Smartcard authentication the user will be prompted for a PIN and "
"the certificate based authentication will continue"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:224
msgid ""
"If no Smartcard is available or certificate based authentication is not "
"allowed for the current service PAM_AUTHINFO_UNAVAIL is returned."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:232
msgid "<option>require_cert_auth</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:236
msgid ""
"Do certificate based authentication, i.e.  authentication with a Smartcard "
"or similar devices. If a Smartcard is not available the user will be "
"prompted to insert one. SSSD will wait for a Smartcard until the timeout "
"defined by p11_wait_for_card_timeout passed, please see "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:246
msgid ""
"If no Smartcard is available after the timeout or certificate based "
"authentication is not allowed for the current service PAM_AUTHINFO_UNAVAIL "
"is returned."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:256 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:103
msgid "MODULE TYPES PROVIDED"
msgstr "TYPES DE MODULES FOURNIS"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:257
msgid ""
"All module types (<option>account</option>, <option>auth</option>, "
"<option>password</option> and <option>session</option>) are provided."
msgstr ""
"Tous les types de module (<option>account</option>, <option>auth</option>, "
"<option>password</option> et <option>session</option>) sont fournis."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:260
msgid ""
"If SSSD's PAM responder is not running, e.g. if the PAM responder socket is "
"not available, pam_sss will return PAM_USER_UNKNOWN when called as "
"<option>account</option> module to avoid issues with users from other "
"sources during access control."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:267 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:108
msgid "RETURN VALUES"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:270 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:111
msgid "PAM_SUCCESS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:273 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:114
msgid "The PAM operation finished successfully."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:278 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:119
msgid "PAM_USER_UNKNOWN"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:281
msgid ""
"The user is not known to the authentication service or the SSSD's PAM "
"responder is not running."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:287 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:128
msgid "PAM_AUTH_ERR"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:290
msgid ""
"Authentication failure. Also, could be returned when there is a problem with "
"getting the certificate."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:296
msgid "PAM_PERM_DENIED"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:299
msgid ""
"Permission denied. The SSSD log files may contain additional information "
"about the error."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:305
msgid "PAM_IGNORE"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:308
msgid ""
"See options <option>ignore_unknown_user</option> and "
"<option>ignore_authinfo_unavail</option>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:314
msgid "PAM_AUTHTOK_ERR"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:317
msgid ""
"Unable to obtain the new authentication token. Also, could be returned when "
"the user authenticates with certificates and multiple certificates are "
"available, but the installed version of GDM does not support selection from "
"multiple certificates."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:325 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:136
msgid "PAM_AUTHINFO_UNAVAIL"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:328 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:139
msgid ""
"Unable to access the authentication information.  This might be due to a "
"network or hardware failure."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:334
msgid "PAM_BUF_ERR"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:337
msgid ""
"A memory error occurred. Also, could be returned when options use_first_pass "
"or use_authtok were set, but no password was found from the previously "
"stacked PAM module."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:344 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:145
msgid "PAM_SYSTEM_ERR"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:347 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:148
msgid ""
"A system error occurred. The SSSD log files may contain additional "
"information about the error."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:353
msgid "PAM_CRED_ERR"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:356
msgid "Unable to set the credentials of the user."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:361
msgid "PAM_CRED_INSUFFICIENT"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:364
msgid ""
"The application does not have sufficient credentials to authenticate the "
"user. For example, missing PIN during smartcard authentication or missing "
"factor during two-factor authentication."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:372
msgid "PAM_SERVICE_ERR"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:375
msgid "Error in service module."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:380
msgid "PAM_NEW_AUTHTOK_REQD"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:383
msgid "The user's authentication token has expired."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:388
msgid "PAM_ACCT_EXPIRED"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:391
msgid "The user account has expired."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:396
msgid "PAM_SESSION_ERR"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:399
msgid "Unable to fetch IPA Desktop Profile rules or user info."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:404
msgid "PAM_CRED_UNAVAIL"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:407
msgid "Unable to retrieve Kerberos user credentials."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:412
msgid "PAM_NO_MODULE_DATA"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:415
msgid ""
"No authentication method was found by Kerberos.  This might happen if the "
"user has a Smartcard assigned but the pkint plugin is not available on the "
"client."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:422
msgid "PAM_CONV_ERR"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:425
msgid "Conversation failure."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:430
msgid "PAM_AUTHTOK_LOCK_BUSY"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:433
msgid "No KDC suitable for password change is available."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:438
msgid "PAM_ABORT"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:441
msgid "Unknown PAM call."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:446
msgid "PAM_MODULE_UNKNOWN"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:449
msgid "Unsupported PAM task or command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:454
msgid "PAM_BAD_ITEM"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:457
msgid "The authentication module cannot handle Smartcard credentials."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:465
msgid "FILES"
msgstr "FICHIERS"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:466
msgid ""
"If a password reset by root fails, because the corresponding SSSD provider "
"does not support password resets, an individual message can be displayed. "
"This message can e.g. contain instructions about how to reset a password."
msgstr ""
"Si une réinitialisation par root d'un mot de passe échoue parce que le "
"fournisseur SSSD correspondant ne prend pas en charge la réinitialisation de "
"mot de passe, un message spécifique peut être affiché. Ce message peut, par "
"exemple, contenir les instructions permettant la réinitialisation."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:471
msgid ""
"The message is read from the file <filename>pam_sss_pw_reset_message.LOC</"
"filename> where LOC stands for a locale string returned by <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>setlocale</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>. If there is no matching file the content of "
"<filename>pam_sss_pw_reset_message.txt</filename> is displayed. Root must be "
"the owner of the files and only root may have read and write permissions "
"while all other users must have only read permissions."
msgstr ""
"Le message est lu depuis le fichier <filename>pam_sss_pw_reset_message.LOC</"
"filename> où LOC représente une chaîne de paramètres régionaux retournée par "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>setlocale</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>3</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. Si il n'y a aucun fichier correspondant, le "
"contenu de <filename>pam_sss_pw_reset_message.txt</filename> est affiché. "
"L'utilisateur root doit être le propriétaire des fichiers et seul root peut "
"avoir les autorisations en lecture et en écriture alors que tous les autres "
"utilisateurs doivent avoir les autorisations en lecture seule."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:481
msgid ""
"These files are searched in the directory <filename>/etc/sssd/customize/"
"DOMAIN_NAME/</filename>. If no matching file is present a generic message is "
"displayed."
msgstr ""
"Ces fichiers sont recherchés dans le dossier <filename>/etc/sssd/customize/"
"NOM_DE_DOMAINE/</filename>. Si aucun fichier correspondant n'est présent, un "
"message spécifique est affiché."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:11 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:16
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "pam_sss"
msgid "pam_sss_gss"
msgstr "pam_sss"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:17
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "PAM module for SSSD"
msgid "PAM module for SSSD GSSAPI authentication"
msgstr "Module PAM pour SSSD"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:22
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<command>sssd</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
#| "replaceable> </arg>"
msgid ""
"<command>pam_sss_gss.so</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>debug</"
"replaceable> </arg>"
msgstr ""
"<command>sssd</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
"replaceable> </arg>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:32
msgid ""
"<command>pam_sss_gss.so</command> authenticates user over GSSAPI in "
"cooperation with SSSD."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:36
msgid ""
"This module will try to authenticate the user using the GSSAPI hostbased "
"service name host@hostname which translates to host/hostname@REALM Kerberos "
"principal. The <emphasis>REALM</emphasis> part of the Kerberos principal "
"name is derived by Kerberos internal mechanisms and it can be set explicitly "
"in configuration of [domain_realm] section in /etc/krb5.conf."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:44
msgid ""
"SSSD is used to provide desired service name and to validate the user's "
"credentials using GSSAPI calls. If the service ticket is already present in "
"the Kerberos credentials cache or if user's ticket granting ticket can be "
"used to get the correct service ticket then the user will be authenticated."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:51
msgid ""
"If <option>pam_gssapi_check_upn</option> is True (default) then SSSD "
"requires that the credentials used to obtain the service tickets can be "
"associated with the user. This means that the principal that owns the "
"Kerberos credentials must match with the user principal name as defined in "
"LDAP."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:58
msgid ""
"To enable GSSAPI authentication in SSSD, set <option>pam_gssapi_services</"
"option> option in [pam] or domain section of sssd.conf. The service "
"credentials need to be stored in SSSD's keytab (it is already present if you "
"use ipa or ad provider). The keytab location can be set with "
"<option>krb5_keytab</option> option. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd."
"conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> and "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more details on these options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:74
msgid ""
"Some Kerberos deployments allow to associate authentication indicators with "
"a particular pre-authentication method used to obtain the ticket granting "
"ticket by the user.  <command>pam_sss_gss.so</command> allows to enforce "
"presence of authentication indicators in the service tickets before a "
"particular PAM service can be accessed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:82
msgid ""
"If <option>pam_gssapi_indicators_map</option> is set in the [pam] or domain "
"section of sssd.conf, then SSSD will perform a check of the presence of any "
"configured indicators in the service ticket."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:93
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<option>quiet</option>"
msgid "<option>debug</option>"
msgstr "<option>quiet</option>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:96
msgid "Print debugging information."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:104
msgid "Only the <option>auth</option> module type is provided."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:122
msgid ""
"The user is not known to the authentication service or the GSSAPI "
"authentication is not supported."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:131
msgid "Authentication failure."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:159
msgid ""
"The main use case is to provide password-less authentication in sudo but "
"without the need to disable authentication completely.  To achieve this, "
"first enable GSSAPI authentication for sudo in sssd.conf:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><programlisting>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:165
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[domain/MYDOMAIN]\n"
"pam_gssapi_services = sudo, sudo-i\n"
"        "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:169
msgid ""
"And then enable the module in desired PAM stack (e.g. /etc/pam.d/sudo and /"
"etc/pam.d/sudo-i)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><programlisting>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:173
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"...\n"
"auth sufficient pam_sss_gss.so\n"
"...\n"
"        "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:180
msgid "TROUBLESHOOTING"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:182
msgid ""
"SSSD logs, pam_sss_gss debug output and syslog may contain helpful "
"information about the error. Here are some common issues:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:186
msgid ""
"1. I have KRB5CCNAME environment variable set and the authentication does "
"not work: Depending on your sudo version, it is possible that sudo does not "
"pass this variable to the PAM environment. Try adding KRB5CCNAME to "
"<option>env_keep</option> in /etc/sudoers or in your LDAP sudo rules default "
"options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:193
msgid ""
"2. Authentication does not work and syslog contains \"Server not found in "
"Kerberos database\": Kerberos is probably not able to resolve correct realm "
"for the service ticket based on the hostname.  Try adding the hostname "
"directly to <option>[domain_realm]</option> in /etc/krb5.conf like so:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:200
msgid ""
"3. Authentication does not work and syslog contains \"No Kerberos "
"credentials available\": You don't have any credentials that can be used to "
"obtain the required service ticket. Use kinit or authenticate over SSSD to "
"acquire those credentials."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:206
msgid ""
"4. Authentication does not work and SSSD sssd-pam log contains \"User with "
"UPN [$UPN] was not found.\" or \"UPN [$UPN] does not match target user "
"[$username].\": You are using credentials that can not be mapped to the user "
"that is being authenticated. Try to use kswitch to select different "
"principal, make sure you authenticated with SSSD or consider disabling "
"<option>pam_gssapi_check_upn</option>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><programlisting>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:214
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[domain_realm]\n"
".myhostname = MYREALM\n"
"        "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:10 sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:15
msgid "sssd_krb5_locator_plugin"
msgstr "sssd_krb5_locator_plugin"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:16
msgid "Kerberos locator plugin"
msgstr "Greffon de localisation Kerberos"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:22
msgid ""
"The Kerberos locator plugin <command>sssd_krb5_locator_plugin</command> is "
"used by libkrb5 to find KDCs for a given Kerberos realm. SSSD provides such "
"a plugin to guide all Kerberos clients on a system to a single KDC. In "
"general it should not matter to which KDC a client process is talking to.  "
"But there are cases, e.g. after a password change, where not all KDCs are in "
"the same state because the new data has to be replicated first. To avoid "
"unexpected authentication failures and maybe even account lockings it would "
"be good to talk to a single KDC as long as possible."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:34
msgid ""
"libkrb5 will search the locator plugin in the libkrb5 sub-directory of the "
"Kerberos plugin directory, see plugin_base_dir in <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>krb5.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> for details. The plugin can only be disabled by removing the "
"plugin file. There is no option in the Kerberos configuration to disable it. "
"But the SSSD_KRB5_LOCATOR_DISABLE environment variable can be used to "
"disable the plugin for individual commands. Alternatively the SSSD option "
"krb5_use_kdcinfo=False can be used to not generate the data needed by the "
"plugin. With this the plugin is still called but will provide no data to the "
"caller so that libkrb5 can fall back to other methods defined in krb5.conf."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:50
msgid ""
"The plugin reads the information about the KDCs of a given realm from a file "
"called <filename>kdcinfo.REALM</filename>. The file should contain one or "
"more DNS names or IP addresses either in dotted-decimal IPv4 notation or the "
"hexadecimal IPv6 notation.  An optional port number can be added to the end "
"separated with a colon, the IPv6 address has to be enclosed in squared "
"brackets in this case as usual. Valid entries are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:58
msgid "kdc.example.com"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:59
msgid "kdc.example.com:321"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:60
msgid "1.2.3.4"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:61
msgid "5.6.7.8:99"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:62
msgid "2001:db8:85a3::8a2e:370:7334"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:63
msgid "[2001:db8:85a3::8a2e:370:7334]:321"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:65
msgid ""
"SSSD's krb5 auth-provider which is used by the IPA and AD providers as well "
"adds the address of the current KDC or domain controller SSSD is using to "
"this file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:70
msgid ""
"In environments with read-only and read-write KDCs where clients are "
"expected to use the read-only instances for the general operations and only "
"the read-write KDC for config changes like password changes a "
"<filename>kpasswdinfo.REALM</filename> is used as well to identify read-"
"write KDCs. If this file exists for the given realm the content will be used "
"by the plugin to reply to requests for a kpasswd or kadmin server or for the "
"MIT Kerberos specific master KDC. If the address contains a port number the "
"default KDC port 88 will be used for the latter."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:85
msgid ""
"Not all Kerberos implementations support the use of plugins. If "
"<command>sssd_krb5_locator_plugin</command> is not available on your system "
"you have to edit /etc/krb5.conf to reflect your Kerberos setup."
msgstr ""
"Toutes les versions de Kerberos ne prennent en charge l'utilisation de "
"greffons. Si <command>sssd_krb5_locator_plugin</command> n'est pas présent "
"sur votre système, il faut modifier /etc/krb5.conf pour s'adapter à la "
"configuration de Kerberos."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:91
msgid ""
"If the environment variable SSSD_KRB5_LOCATOR_DEBUG is set to any value "
"debug messages will be sent to stderr."
msgstr ""
"Si la variable d'environnement SSSD_KRB5_LOCATOR_DEBUG a une valeur "
"quelconque, des messages de débogage seront envoyés sur la sortie standard "
"d'erreur."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:95
msgid ""
"If the environment variable SSSD_KRB5_LOCATOR_DISABLE is set to any value "
"the plugin is disabled and will just return KRB5_PLUGIN_NO_HANDLE to the "
"caller."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:100
msgid ""
"If the environment variable SSSD_KRB5_LOCATOR_IGNORE_DNS_FAILURES is set to "
"any value plugin will try to resolve all DNS names in kdcinfo file. By "
"default plugin returns KRB5_PLUGIN_NO_HANDLE to the caller immediately on "
"first DNS resolving failure."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:10 sssd-simple.5.xml:16
msgid "sssd-simple"
msgstr "sssd-simple"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:17
msgid "the configuration file for SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider"
msgstr ""
"le fichier de configuration pour le fournisseur de contrôle d'accès  « "
"simple » de SSSD."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:24
msgid ""
"This manual page describes the configuration of the simple access-control "
"provider for <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry>.  For a detailed syntax reference, "
"refer to the <quote>FILE FORMAT</quote> section of the <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> manual page."
msgstr ""
"Cette page de manuel décrit la configuration du fournisseur de contrôle "
"d'accès simple de <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry>. Pour plus de détails sur la "
"syntaxe, cf. la section <quote>FORMAT DE FICHIER</quote> de la page de "
"manuel <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry>."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:38
msgid ""
"The simple access provider grants or denies access based on an access or "
"deny list of user or group names. The following rules apply:"
msgstr ""
"Le fournisseur d'accès simple autorise les accès à partir de listes "
"d'autorisation ou de refus de noms d'utilisateurs ou de groupes. Les règles "
"suivantes s'appliquent :"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:43
msgid "If all lists are empty, access is granted"
msgstr "Si toutes les listes sont vides, l'accès est autorisé"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:47
msgid ""
"If any list is provided, the order of evaluation is allow,deny. This means "
"that any matching deny rule will supersede any matched allow rule."
msgstr ""
"Si une liste est fournie, quelle qu'elle soit, l'ordre d'évaluation est "
"allow,deny. Autrement dit une règle de refus écrasera une règle "
"d'autorisation."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:54
msgid ""
"If either or both \"allow\" lists are provided, all users are denied unless "
"they appear in the list."
msgstr ""
"Si la ou les listes fournies sont seulement de type « allow », tous les "
"utilisateurs sont refusés à moins qu'ils ne soient dans la liste."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:60
msgid ""
"If only \"deny\" lists are provided, all users are granted access unless "
"they appear in the list."
msgstr ""
"Si seulement les listes « deny » sont utilisées, tous les utlisateurs sont "
"autorisés à moins qu'ils ne soient dans la liste."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:78
msgid "simple_allow_users (string)"
msgstr "simple_allow_users (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:81
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
msgstr ""
"Liste séparée par des virgules d'utilisateurs autorisés à se connecter."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:88
msgid "simple_deny_users (string)"
msgstr "simple_deny_users (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:91
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are explicitly denied access."
msgstr ""
"Liste séparée par des virgules d'utilisateurs dont l'accès sera refusé."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:97
msgid "simple_allow_groups (string)"
msgstr "simple_allow_groups (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:100
msgid ""
"Comma separated list of groups that are allowed to log in. This applies only "
"to groups within this SSSD domain. Local groups are not evaluated."
msgstr ""
"Liste séparée par des virgules de groupes autorisés à se connecter. Ceci ne "
"s'applique qu'à des groupes dans un domaine SSSD. Les groupes locaux ne sont "
"pas pris en compte."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:108
msgid "simple_deny_groups (string)"
msgstr "simple_deny_groups (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:111
msgid ""
"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This "
"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain. Local groups are not "
"evaluated."
msgstr ""
"Liste séparée par des virgules de groupes dont l'accès sera refusé. Ceci ne "
"s'applique qu'à des groupes dans un domaine SSSD. Les groupes locaux ne sont "
"pas pris en compte."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:70 sssd-ipa.5.xml:83 sssd-ad.5.xml:131
msgid ""
"Refer to the section <quote>DOMAIN SECTIONS</quote> of the <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> manual page for details on the configuration of an SSSD "
"domain.  <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
"Se référer à la section <quote>SECTIONS DE DOMAINE</quote> de la page de "
"manuel <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> pour les détails sur la configuration d'un "
"domaine SSSD. <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:120
msgid ""
"Specifying no values for any of the lists is equivalent to skipping it "
"entirely. Beware of this while generating parameters for the simple provider "
"using automated scripts."
msgstr ""
"Ne spécifier aucune valeur pour aucune des listes revient à l'ignorer "
"complètement. Se méfier de ceci lors de la création des paramètres pour le "
"fournisseur simple à l'aide automatique de scripts."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:125
msgid ""
"Please note that it is an configuration error if both, simple_allow_users "
"and simple_deny_users, are defined."
msgstr ""
"Veuillez noter que la configuration simultanée de simple_allow_users et "
"simple_deny_users est une erreur."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:133
msgid ""
"The following example assumes that SSSD is correctly configured and example."
"com is one of the domains in the <replaceable>[sssd]</replaceable> section. "
"This examples shows only the simple access provider-specific options."
msgstr ""
"L'exemple suivant suppose que SSSD est correctement configuré et que example."
"com est un des domaines dans la section <replaceable>[sssd]</replaceable>. "
"Ces exemples montrent seulement les options spécifiques du fournisseur "
"d'accès simple."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:140
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[domain/example.com]\n"
"access_provider = simple\n"
"simple_allow_users = user1, user2\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:150
msgid ""
"The complete group membership hierarchy is resolved before the access check, "
"thus even nested groups can be included in the access lists.  Please be "
"aware that the <quote>ldap_group_nesting_level</quote> option may impact the "
"results and should be set to a sufficient value.  (<citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>) option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:10 sss-certmap.5.xml:16
msgid "sss-certmap"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:17
msgid "SSSD Certificate Matching and Mapping Rules"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:23
msgid ""
"The manual page describes the rules which can be used by SSSD and other "
"components to match X.509 certificates and map them to accounts."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:28
msgid ""
"Each rule has four components, a <quote>priority</quote>, a <quote>matching "
"rule</quote>, a <quote>mapping rule</quote> and a <quote>domain list</"
"quote>. All components are optional. A missing <quote>priority</quote> will "
"add the rule with the lowest priority.  The default <quote>matching rule</"
"quote> will match certificates with the digitalSignature key usage and "
"clientAuth extended key usage. If the <quote>mapping rule</quote> is empty "
"the certificates will be searched in the userCertificate attribute as DER "
"encoded binary. If no domains are given only the local domain will be "
"searched."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:39
msgid ""
"To allow extensions or completely different style of rule the "
"<quote>mapping</quote> and <quote>matching rules</quote> can contain a "
"prefix separated with a ':' from the main part of the rule. The prefix may "
"only contain upper-case ASCII letters and numbers. If the prefix is omitted "
"the default type will be used which is 'KRB5' for the matching rules and "
"'LDAP' for the mapping rules."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:48
msgid ""
"The 'sssctl' utility provides the 'cert-eval-rule' command to check if a "
"given certificate matches a matching rules and how the output of a mapping "
"rule would look like."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:55
msgid "RULE COMPONENTS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:57
msgid "PRIORITY"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:59
msgid ""
"The rules are processed by priority while the number '0' (zero)  indicates "
"the highest priority. The higher the number the lower is the priority. A "
"missing value indicates the lowest priority. The rules processing is stopped "
"when a matched rule is found and no further rules are checked."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:66
msgid ""
"Internally the priority is treated as unsigned 32bit integer, using a "
"priority value larger than 4294967295 will cause an error."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:70
msgid ""
"If multiple rules have the same priority and only one of the related "
"matching rules applies, this rule will be chosen. If there are multiple "
"rules with the same priority which matches, one is chosen but which one is "
"undefined. To avoid this undefined behavior either use different priorities "
"or make the matching rules more specific e.g. by using distinct &lt;"
"ISSUER&gt; patterns."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:79
msgid "MATCHING RULE"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:81
msgid ""
"The matching rule is used to select a certificate to which the mapping rule "
"should be applied. It uses a system similar to the one used by "
"<quote>pkinit_cert_match</quote> option of MIT Kerberos. It consists of a "
"keyword enclosed by '&lt;' and '&gt;' which identified a certain part of the "
"certificate and a pattern which should be found for the rule to match. "
"Multiple keyword pattern pairs can be either joined with '&amp;&amp;' (and) "
"or '&#124;&#124;' (or)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:90
msgid ""
"Given the similarity to MIT Kerberos the type prefix for this rule is "
"'KRB5'. But 'KRB5' will also be the default for <quote>matching rules</"
"quote> so that \"&lt;SUBJECT&gt;.*,DC=MY,DC=DOMAIN\" and \"KRB5:&lt;"
"SUBJECT&gt;.*,DC=MY,DC=DOMAIN\" are equivalent."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:99
msgid "&lt;SUBJECT&gt;regular-expression"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:102
msgid ""
"With this a part or the whole subject name of the certificate can be "
"matched. For the matching POSIX Extended Regular Expression syntax is used, "
"see regex(7)  for details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:108
msgid ""
"For the matching the subject name stored in the certificate in DER encoded "
"ASN.1 is converted into a string according to RFC 4514. This means the most "
"specific name component comes first. Please note that not all possible "
"attribute names are covered by RFC 4514. The names included are 'CN', 'L', "
"'ST', 'O', 'OU', 'C', 'STREET', 'DC' and 'UID'. Other attribute names might "
"be shown differently on different platform and by different tools. To avoid "
"confusion those attribute names are best not used or covered by a suitable "
"regular-expression."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:121
msgid "Example: &lt;SUBJECT&gt;.*,DC=MY,DC=DOMAIN"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:124
msgid ""
"Please note that the characters \"^.[$()|*+?{\\\" have a special meaning in "
"regular expressions and must be escaped with the help of the '\\' character "
"so that they are matched as ordinary characters."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:130
msgid "Example: &lt;SUBJECT&gt;^CN=.* \\(Admin\\),DC=MY,DC=DOMAIN$"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:135
msgid "&lt;ISSUER&gt;regular-expression"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:138
msgid ""
"With this a part or the whole issuer name of the certificate can be matched. "
"All comments for &lt;SUBJECT&gt; apply her as well."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:143
msgid "Example: &lt;ISSUER&gt;^CN=My-CA,DC=MY,DC=DOMAIN$"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:148
msgid "&lt;KU&gt;key-usage"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:151
msgid ""
"This option can be used to specify which key usage values the certificate "
"should have. The following values can be used in a comma separated list:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:155
msgid "digitalSignature"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:156
msgid "nonRepudiation"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:157
msgid "keyEncipherment"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:158
msgid "dataEncipherment"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:159
msgid "keyAgreement"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:160
msgid "keyCertSign"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:161
msgid "cRLSign"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:162
msgid "encipherOnly"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:163
msgid "decipherOnly"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:167
msgid ""
"A numerical value in the range of a 32bit unsigned integer can be used as "
"well to cover special use cases."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:171
msgid "Example: &lt;KU&gt;digitalSignature,keyEncipherment"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:176
msgid "&lt;EKU&gt;extended-key-usage"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:179
msgid ""
"This option can be used to specify which extended key usage the certificate "
"should have. The following value can be used in a comma separated list:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:183
msgid "serverAuth"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:184
msgid "clientAuth"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:185
msgid "codeSigning"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:186
msgid "emailProtection"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:187
msgid "timeStamping"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:188
msgid "OCSPSigning"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:189
msgid "KPClientAuth"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:190
msgid "pkinit"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:191
msgid "msScLogin"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:195
msgid ""
"Extended key usages which are not listed above can be specified with their "
"OID in dotted-decimal notation."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:199
msgid "Example: &lt;EKU&gt;clientAuth,1.3.6.1.5.2.3.4"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:204
msgid "&lt;SAN&gt;regular-expression"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:207
msgid ""
"To be compatible with the usage of MIT Kerberos this option will match the "
"Kerberos principals in the PKINIT or AD NT Principal SAN as &lt;SAN:"
"Principal&gt; does."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:212
msgid "Example: &lt;SAN&gt;.*@MY\\.REALM"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:217
msgid "&lt;SAN:Principal&gt;regular-expression"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:220
msgid "Match the Kerberos principals in the PKINIT or AD NT Principal SAN."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:224
msgid "Example: &lt;SAN:Principal&gt;.*@MY\\.REALM"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:229
msgid "&lt;SAN:ntPrincipalName&gt;regular-expression"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:232
msgid "Match the Kerberos principals from the AD NT Principal SAN."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:236
msgid "Example: &lt;SAN:ntPrincipalName&gt;.*@MY.AD.REALM"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:241
msgid "&lt;SAN:pkinit&gt;regular-expression"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:244
msgid "Match the Kerberos principals from the PKINIT SAN."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:247
msgid "Example: &lt;SAN:ntPrincipalName&gt;.*@MY\\.PKINIT\\.REALM"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:252
msgid "&lt;SAN:dotted-decimal-oid&gt;regular-expression"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:255
msgid ""
"Take the value of the otherName SAN component given by the OID in dotted-"
"decimal notation, interpret it as string and try to match it against the "
"regular expression."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:261
msgid "Example: &lt;SAN:1.2.3.4&gt;test"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:266
msgid "&lt;SAN:otherName&gt;base64-string"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:269
msgid ""
"Do a binary match with the base64 encoded blob against all otherName SAN "
"components. With this option it is possible to match against custom "
"otherName components with special encodings which could not be treated as "
"strings."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:276
msgid "Example: &lt;SAN:otherName&gt;MTIz"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:281
msgid "&lt;SAN:rfc822Name&gt;regular-expression"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:284
msgid "Match the value of the rfc822Name SAN."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:287
msgid "Example: &lt;SAN:rfc822Name&gt;.*@email\\.domain"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:292
msgid "&lt;SAN:dNSName&gt;regular-expression"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:295
msgid "Match the value of the dNSName SAN."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:298
msgid "Example: &lt;SAN:dNSName&gt;.*\\.my\\.dns\\.domain"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:303
msgid "&lt;SAN:x400Address&gt;base64-string"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:306
msgid "Binary match the value of the x400Address SAN."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:309
msgid "Example: &lt;SAN:x400Address&gt;MTIz"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:314
msgid "&lt;SAN:directoryName&gt;regular-expression"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:317
msgid ""
"Match the value of the directoryName SAN. The same comments as given for &lt;"
"ISSUER&gt; and &lt;SUBJECT&gt; apply here as well."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:322
msgid "Example: &lt;SAN:directoryName&gt;.*,DC=com"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:327
msgid "&lt;SAN:ediPartyName&gt;base64-string"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:330
msgid "Binary match the value of the ediPartyName SAN."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:333
msgid "Example: &lt;SAN:ediPartyName&gt;MTIz"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:338
msgid "&lt;SAN:uniformResourceIdentifier&gt;regular-expression"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:341
msgid "Match the value of the uniformResourceIdentifier SAN."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:344
msgid "Example: &lt;SAN:uniformResourceIdentifier&gt;URN:.*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:349
msgid "&lt;SAN:iPAddress&gt;regular-expression"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:352
msgid "Match the value of the iPAddress SAN."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:355
msgid "Example: &lt;SAN:iPAddress&gt;192\\.168\\..*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:360
msgid "&lt;SAN:registeredID&gt;regular-expression"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:363
msgid "Match the value of the registeredID SAN as dotted-decimal string."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:367
msgid "Example: &lt;SAN:registeredID&gt;1\\.2\\.3\\..*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:96
msgid ""
"The available options are: <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:375
msgid "MAPPING RULE"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:377
msgid ""
"The mapping rule is used to associate a certificate with one or more "
"accounts. A Smartcard with the certificate and the matching private key can "
"then be used to authenticate as one of those accounts."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:382
msgid ""
"Currently SSSD basically only supports LDAP to lookup user information (the "
"exception is the proxy provider which is not of relevance here). Because of "
"this the mapping rule is based on LDAP search filter syntax with templates "
"to add certificate content to the filter. It is expected that the filter "
"will only contain the specific data needed for the mapping and that the "
"caller will embed it in another filter to do the actual search. Because of "
"this the filter string should start and stop with '(' and ')' respectively."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:392
msgid ""
"In general it is recommended to use attributes from the certificate and add "
"them to special attributes to the LDAP user object. E.g. the "
"'altSecurityIdentities' attribute in AD or the 'ipaCertMapData' attribute "
"for IPA can be used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:398
msgid ""
"This should be preferred to read user specific data from the certificate "
"like e.g. an email address and search for it in the LDAP server. The reason "
"is that the user specific data in LDAP might change for various reasons "
"would break the mapping. On the other hand it would be hard to break the "
"mapping on purpose for a specific user."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:406
msgid ""
"The default <quote>mapping rule</quote> type is 'LDAP' which can be added as "
"a prefix to a rule like e.g.  'LDAP:(userCertificate;binary={cert!bin})'. "
"There is an extension called 'LDAPU1' which offer more templates for more "
"flexibility. To allow older versions of this library to ignore the extension "
"the prefix 'LDAPU1' must be used when using the new templates in a "
"<quote>mapping rule</quote> otherwise the old version of this library will "
"fail with a parsing error. The new templates are described in section <xref "
"linkend=\"map_ldapu1\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:424
msgid "{issuer_dn[!((ad|ad_x500)|ad_ldap|nss_x500|(nss|nss_ldap))]}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:427
msgid ""
"This template will add the full issuer DN converted to a string according to "
"RFC 4514. If X.500 ordering (most specific RDN comes last) an option with "
"the '_x500' prefix should be used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:433 sss-certmap.5.xml:459
msgid ""
"The conversion options starting with 'ad_' will use attribute names as used "
"by AD, e.g. 'S' instead of 'ST'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:437 sss-certmap.5.xml:463
msgid ""
"The conversion options starting with 'nss_' will use attribute names as used "
"by NSS."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:441 sss-certmap.5.xml:467
msgid ""
"The default conversion option is 'nss', i.e. attribute names according to "
"NSS and LDAP/RFC 4514 ordering."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:445
msgid ""
"Example: (ipacertmapdata=X509:&lt;I&gt;{issuer_dn!ad}&lt;S&gt;{subject_dn!"
"ad})"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:450
msgid "{subject_dn[!((ad|ad_x500)|ad_ldap|nss_x500|(nss|nss_ldap))]}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:453
msgid ""
"This template will add the full subject DN converted to string according to "
"RFC 4514. If X.500 ordering (most specific RDN comes last) an option with "
"the '_x500' prefix should be used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:471
msgid ""
"Example: (ipacertmapdata=X509:&lt;I&gt;{issuer_dn!nss_x500}&lt;S&gt;"
"{subject_dn!nss_x500})"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:476
msgid "{cert[!(bin|base64)]}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:479
msgid ""
"This template will add the whole DER encoded certificate as a string to the "
"search filter. Depending on the conversion option the binary certificate is "
"either converted to an escaped hex sequence '\\xx' or base64.  The escaped "
"hex sequence is the default and can e.g. be used with the LDAP attribute "
"'userCertificate;binary'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:487
msgid "Example: (userCertificate;binary={cert!bin})"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:492
msgid "{subject_principal[.short_name]}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:495
msgid ""
"This template will add the Kerberos principal which is taken either from the "
"SAN used by pkinit or the one used by AD. The 'short_name' component "
"represents the first part of the principal before the '@' sign."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:501
msgid ""
"Example: (|(userPrincipal={subject_principal})"
"(samAccountName={subject_principal.short_name}))"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:506
msgid "{subject_pkinit_principal[.short_name]}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:509
msgid ""
"This template will add the Kerberos principal which is given by the SAN used "
"by pkinit. The 'short_name' component represents the first part of the "
"principal before the '@' sign."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:515
msgid ""
"Example: (|(userPrincipal={subject_pkinit_principal})"
"(uid={subject_pkinit_principal.short_name}))"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:520
msgid "{subject_nt_principal[.short_name]}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:523
msgid ""
"This template will add the Kerberos principal which is given by the SAN used "
"by AD. The 'short_name' component represent the first part of the principal "
"before the '@' sign."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:529
msgid ""
"Example: (|(userPrincipalName={subject_nt_principal})"
"(samAccountName={subject_nt_principal.short_name}))"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:534
msgid "{subject_rfc822_name[.short_name]}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:537
msgid ""
"This template will add the string which is stored in the rfc822Name "
"component of the SAN, typically an email address. The 'short_name' component "
"represents the first part of the address before the '@' sign."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:543
msgid ""
"Example: (|(mail={subject_rfc822_name})(uid={subject_rfc822_name."
"short_name}))"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:548
msgid "{subject_dns_name[.short_name]}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:551
msgid ""
"This template will add the string which is stored in the dNSName component "
"of the SAN, typically a fully-qualified host name.  The 'short_name' "
"component represents the first part of the name before the first '.' sign."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:557
msgid ""
"Example: (|(fqdn={subject_dns_name})(host={subject_dns_name.short_name}))"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:562
msgid "{subject_uri}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:565
msgid ""
"This template will add the string which is stored in the "
"uniformResourceIdentifier component of the SAN."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:569
msgid "Example: (uri={subject_uri})"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:574
msgid "{subject_ip_address}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:577
msgid ""
"This template will add the string which is stored in the iPAddress component "
"of the SAN."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:581
msgid "Example: (ip={subject_ip_address})"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:586
msgid "{subject_x400_address}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:589
msgid ""
"This template will add the value which is stored in the x400Address "
"component of the SAN as escaped hex sequence."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:594
msgid "Example: (attr:binary={subject_x400_address})"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:599
msgid ""
"{subject_directory_name[!((ad|ad_x500)|ad_ldap|nss_x500|(nss|nss_ldap))]}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:602
msgid ""
"This template will add the DN string of the value which is stored in the "
"directoryName component of the SAN."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:606
msgid "Example: (orig_dn={subject_directory_name})"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:611
msgid "{subject_ediparty_name}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:614
msgid ""
"This template will add the value which is stored in the ediPartyName "
"component of the SAN as escaped hex sequence."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:619
msgid "Example: (attr:binary={subject_ediparty_name})"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:624
msgid "{subject_registered_id}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:627
msgid ""
"This template will add the OID which is stored in the registeredID component "
"of the SAN as a dotted-decimal string."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:632
msgid "Example: (oid={subject_registered_id})"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:417
msgid ""
"The templates to add certificate data to the search filter are based on "
"Python-style formatting strings. They consist of a keyword in curly braces "
"with an optional sub-component specifier separated by a '.' or an optional "
"conversion/formatting option separated by a '!'.  Allowed values are: "
"<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><title>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:639
msgid "LDAPU1 extension"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:641
msgid "The following template are available when using the 'LDAPU1' extension:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:647
msgid "{serial_number[!(dec|hex[_ucr])]}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:650
msgid ""
"This template will add the serial number of the certificate. By default it "
"will be printed as a hexadecimal number with lower-case letters."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:655
msgid ""
"With the formatting option '!dec' the number will be printed as decimal "
"string. The hexadecimal output can be printed with upper-case letters ('!"
"hex_u'), with a colon separating the hexadecimal bytes ('!hex_c') or with "
"the hexadecimal bytes in reverse order ('!hex_r').  The postfix letters can "
"be combined so that e.g.  '!hex_uc' will produce a colon-separated "
"hexadecimal string with upper-case letters."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:665
msgid "Example: LDAPU1:(serial={serial_number})"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:671
msgid "{subject_key_id[!hex[_ucr]]}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:674
msgid ""
"This template will add the subject key id of the certificate. By default it "
"will be printed as a hexadecimal number with lower-case letters."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:679
msgid ""
"The hexadecimal output can be printed with upper-case letters ('!hex_u'), "
"with a colon separating the hexadecimal bytes ('!hex_c') or with the "
"hexadecimal bytes in reverse order ('!hex_r').  The postfix letters can be "
"combined so that e.g.  '!hex_uc' will produce a colon-separated hexadecimal "
"string with upper-case letters."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:688
msgid "Example: LDAPU1:(ski={subject_key_id})"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:694
msgid "{cert[!DIGEST[_ucr]]}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:697
msgid ""
"This template will add the hexadecimal digest/hash of the certificate where "
"DIGEST must be replaced with the name of a digest/hash function supported by "
"OpenSSL, e.g. 'sha512'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:703
msgid ""
"The hexadecimal output can be printed with upper-case letters ('!sha512_u'), "
"with a colon separating the hexadecimal bytes ('!sha512_c') or with the "
"hexadecimal bytes in reverse order ('!sha512_r'). The postfix letters can be "
"combined so that e.g. '!sha512_uc' will produce a colon-separated "
"hexadecimal string with upper-case letters."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:712
msgid "Example: LDAPU1:(dgst={cert!sha256})"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:718
msgid "{subject_dn_component[(.attr_name|[number]]}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:721
msgid ""
"This template will add an attribute value of a component of the subject DN, "
"by default the value of the most specific component."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:726
msgid ""
"A different component can it either selected by attribute name, e.g. "
"{subject_dn_component.uid} or by position, e.g. {subject_dn_component.[2]} "
"where positive numbers start counting from the most specific component and "
"negative numbers start counting from the least specific component. Attribute "
"name and the position can be combined as e.g.  {subject_dn_component.uid[2]} "
"which means that the name of the second component must be 'uid'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:737
msgid "Example: LDAPU1:(uid={subject_dn_component.uid})"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:743
msgid "{issuer_dn_component[(.attr_name|[number]]}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:746
msgid ""
"This template will add an attribute value of a component of the issuer DN, "
"by default the value of the most specific component."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:751
msgid ""
"See 'subject_dn_component' for details about the attribute name and position "
"specifiers."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:755
msgid ""
"Example: LDAPU1:(domain={issuer_dn_component.[-2]}.{issuer_dn_component."
"dc[-1]})"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:760
msgid "{sid[.rid]}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:763
msgid ""
"This template will add the SID if the corresponding extension introduced by "
"Microsoft with the OID 1.3.6.1.4.1.311.25.2 is available. With the '.rid' "
"selector only the last component, i.e. the RID, will be added."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:770
msgid "Example: LDAPU1:(objectsid={sid})"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:779
msgid "DOMAIN LIST"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:781
msgid ""
"If the domain list is not empty users mapped to a given certificate are not "
"only searched in the local domain but in the listed domains as well as long "
"as they are know by SSSD. Domains not know to SSSD will be ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:10 sssd-ipa.5.xml:16
msgid "sssd-ipa"
msgstr "sssd-ipa"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:17
msgid "SSSD IPA provider"
msgstr "Fournisseur IPA SSSD"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:23
msgid ""
"This manual page describes the configuration of the IPA provider for "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> "
"</citerefentry>.  For a detailed syntax reference, refer to the <quote>FILE "
"FORMAT</quote> section of the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page."
msgstr ""
"Cette page de manuel décrit la configuration du fournisseur IPA pour "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> "
"</citerefentry>. Pour une référence détaillée sur la syntaxe, veuillez "
"regarder la section <quote>FORMAT DE FICHIER</quote> de la page de manuel "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry>."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:36
msgid ""
"The IPA provider is a back end used to connect to an IPA server.  (Refer to "
"the freeipa.org web site for information about IPA servers.)  This provider "
"requires that the machine be joined to the IPA domain; configuration is "
"almost entirely self-discovered and obtained directly from the server."
msgstr ""
"Le fournisseur IPA est le moteur pour se connecter à un serveur IPA. (Cf. le "
"site freeipa.org pour plus d'informations sur les serveurs IPA). Ce "
"fournisseur nécessite que la machine soit joignable pour le domaine IPA ; la "
"configuration est presque entièrement obtenue et auto-découverte à partir du "
"serveur."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:43
msgid ""
"The IPA provider enables SSSD to use the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
"ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> identity "
"provider and the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> authentication provider with "
"optimizations for IPA environments. The IPA provider accepts the same "
"options used by the sssd-ldap and sssd-krb5 providers with some exceptions. "
"However, it is neither necessary nor recommended to set these options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:57
msgid ""
"The IPA provider primarily copies the traditional ldap and krb5 provider "
"default options with some exceptions, the differences are listed in the "
"<quote>MODIFIED DEFAULT OPTIONS</quote> section."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:62
msgid ""
"As an access provider, the IPA provider has a minimal configuration (see "
"<quote>ipa_access_order</quote>) as it mainly uses HBAC (host-based access "
"control) rules. Please refer to freeipa.org for more information about HBAC."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:68
msgid ""
"If <quote>auth_provider=ipa</quote> or <quote>access_provider=ipa</quote> is "
"configured in sssd.conf then the id_provider must also be set to <quote>ipa</"
"quote>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:74
msgid ""
"The IPA provider will use the PAC responder if the Kerberos tickets of users "
"from trusted realms contain a PAC. To make configuration easier the PAC "
"responder is started automatically if the IPA ID provider is configured."
msgstr ""
"Le fournisseur IPA utilisera le répondeur PAC si les tickets Kerberos "
"d'utilisateurs de domaines Kerberos approuvés contiennent un PAC. Pour "
"rendre la configuration plus facile, le répondeur PAC est démarré "
"automatiquement si le fournisseur d'ID de IPA est configuré."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:90
msgid "ipa_domain (string)"
msgstr "ipa_domain (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:93
msgid ""
"Specifies the name of the IPA domain.  This is optional. If not provided, "
"the configuration domain name is used."
msgstr ""
"Définit le nom du domaine IPA. Facultatif, s'il n'est pas fourni, le nom de "
"domaine de la configuration est utilisé."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:101
msgid "ipa_server, ipa_backup_server (string)"
msgstr "ipa_server, ipa_backup_server (string)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:104
msgid ""
"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to "
"which SSSD should connect in the order of preference. For more information "
"on failover and server redundancy, see the <quote>FAILOVER</quote> section.  "
"This is optional if autodiscovery is enabled.  For more information on "
"service discovery, refer to the <quote>SERVICE DISCOVERY</quote> section."
msgstr ""
"La liste par ordre de préférence séparée par des virgules des adresses IP ou "
"des noms de systèmes des serveurs IPA auxquels SSSD doit se connecter . Pour "
"plus d'informations sur la redondance de serveurs et la bascule, consulter "
"la section <quote>BASCULE</quote>.  Ceci est facultatif si la découverte "
"automatique est activée.  Pour plus d'informations sur la découverte de "
"services, se reporter à la section de <quote>DÉCOUVERTE DE SERVICE</quote>."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:117
msgid "ipa_hostname (string)"
msgstr "ipa_hostname (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:120
msgid ""
"Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the "
"fully qualified name used in the IPA domain to identify this host.  The "
"hostname must be fully qualified."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:129 sssd-ad.5.xml:1181
msgid "dyndns_update (boolean)"
msgstr "dyndns_update (booléen)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:132
msgid ""
"Optional. This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server "
"built into FreeIPA with the IP address of this client. The update is secured "
"using GSS-TSIG. The IP address of the IPA LDAP connection is used for the "
"updates, if it is not otherwise specified by using the <quote>dyndns_iface</"
"quote> option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:141 sssd-ad.5.xml:1195
msgid ""
"NOTE: On older systems (such as RHEL 5), for this behavior to work reliably, "
"the default Kerberos realm must be set properly in /etc/krb5.conf"
msgstr ""
"NOTE : Sur les systèmes plus anciens (tels que RHEL 5), afin que ce "
"comportement fonctionne de façon fiable, le domaine Kerberos par défaut doit "
"être défini correctement dans /etc/krb5.conf"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:146
msgid ""
"NOTE: While it is still possible to use the old <emphasis>ipa_dyndns_update</"
"emphasis> option, users should migrate to using <emphasis>dyndns_update</"
"emphasis> in their config file."
msgstr ""
"REMARQUE : Bien qu'il soit toujours possible d'utiliser l'ancienne option "
"<emphasis>ipa_dyndns_update</emphasis>, les utilisateurs doivent maintenant "
"utiliser <emphasis>dyndns_update</emphasis> dans leur fichier de "
"configuration."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:158 sssd-ad.5.xml:1206
msgid "dyndns_ttl (integer)"
msgstr "dyndns_ttl (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:161 sssd-ad.5.xml:1209
msgid ""
"The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it.  If "
"dyndns_update is false this has no effect. This will override the TTL "
"serverside if set by an administrator."
msgstr ""
"Le TTL à appliquer à l'enregistrement du client DNS lors de sa mise à jour.  "
"Si dyndns_update a la valeur false, cela n'a aucun effet. Cela remplacera le "
"TTL côté serveur s'il est défini par un administrateur."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:166
msgid ""
"NOTE: While it is still possible to use the old <emphasis>ipa_dyndns_ttl</"
"emphasis> option, users should migrate to using <emphasis>dyndns_ttl</"
"emphasis> in their config file."
msgstr ""
"REMARQUE : Bien qu'il soit toujours possible d'utiliser l'ancienne option "
"<emphasis>ipa_dyndns_ttl</emphasis>, les utilisateurs doivent maintenant "
"utiliser <emphasis>dyndns_ttl</emphasis> dans leur fichier de configuration."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:172
msgid "Default: 1200 (seconds)"
msgstr "Par défaut : 1200 (secondes)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:178 sssd-ad.5.xml:1220
msgid "dyndns_iface (string)"
msgstr "dyndns_iface (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:181 sssd-ad.5.xml:1223
msgid ""
"Optional. Applicable only when dyndns_update is true. Choose the interface "
"or a list of interfaces whose IP addresses should be used for dynamic DNS "
"updates. Special value <quote>*</quote> implies that IPs from all interfaces "
"should be used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:188
msgid ""
"NOTE: While it is still possible to use the old <emphasis>ipa_dyndns_iface</"
"emphasis> option, users should migrate to using <emphasis>dyndns_iface</"
"emphasis> in their config file."
msgstr ""
"REMARQUE : Bien qu'il soit toujours possible d'utiliser l'ancienne option "
"<emphasis>ipa_dyndns_iface</emphasis>, les utilisateurs doivent maintenant "
"utiliser <emphasis>dyndns_iface</emphasis> dans leur fichier de "
"configuration."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:194
msgid ""
"Default: Use the IP addresses of the interface which is used for IPA LDAP "
"connection"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:198 sssd-ad.5.xml:1234
msgid "Example: dyndns_iface = em1, vnet1, vnet2"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:204 sssd-ad.5.xml:1290
msgid "dyndns_auth (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:207 sssd-ad.5.xml:1293
msgid ""
"Whether the nsupdate utility should use GSS-TSIG authentication for secure "
"updates with the DNS server, insecure updates can be sent by setting this "
"option to 'none'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:213 sssd-ad.5.xml:1299
msgid "Default: GSS-TSIG"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:219 sssd-ad.5.xml:1305
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "dyndns_iface (string)"
msgid "dyndns_auth_ptr (string)"
msgstr "dyndns_iface (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:222 sssd-ad.5.xml:1308
msgid ""
"Whether the nsupdate utility should use GSS-TSIG authentication for secure "
"PTR updates with the DNS server, insecure updates can be sent by setting "
"this option to 'none'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:228 sssd-ad.5.xml:1314
msgid "Default: Same as dyndns_auth"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:234
msgid "ipa_enable_dns_sites (boolean)"
msgstr "ipa_enable_dns_sites (booléen)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:237 sssd-ad.5.xml:238
msgid "Enables DNS sites - location based service discovery."
msgstr "Active les sites DNS - découverte de service basée sur l'emplacement"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:241
msgid ""
"If true and service discovery (see Service Discovery paragraph at the bottom "
"of the man page)  is enabled, then the SSSD will first attempt location "
"based discovery using a query that contains \"_location.hostname.example."
"com\" and then fall back to traditional SRV discovery. If the location based "
"discovery succeeds, the IPA servers located with the location based "
"discovery are treated as primary servers and the IPA servers located using "
"the traditional SRV discovery are used as back up servers"
msgstr ""
"Si true et que la découverte de service (cf. le paragraphe Découverte de "
"service au bas de la page de manuel) est activée, alors SSSD tentera d'abord "
"une découverte basée sur l'emplacement en utilisant une requête contenant "
"« _location.hostname.example.com », puis reviendra à une découverte SRV "
"traditionnelle. Si la découverte basée sur l'emplacement réussit, les "
"serveurs IPA ainsi découverts sont traités comme serveurs primaires, et les "
"serveurs identifiés via la découverte basée sur les enregistrements SRV "
"seront utilisés comme serveurs de repli"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:260 sssd-ad.5.xml:1240
msgid "dyndns_refresh_interval (integer)"
msgstr "dyndns_refresh_interval (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:263
msgid ""
"How often should the back end perform periodic DNS update in addition to the "
"automatic update performed when the back end goes online.  This option is "
"optional and applicable only when dyndns_update is true."
msgstr ""
"Fréquence de mise à jour des DNS par le moteur en plus des mises à jour "
"automatiques effectuées lorsque le moteur arrive en ligne. Cette option est "
"facultative, et n'est applicable que lorsque l'option dyndns_update est "
"configurée à true."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:276 sssd-ad.5.xml:1258
msgid "dyndns_update_ptr (bool)"
msgstr "dyndns_update_ptr (booléen)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:279 sssd-ad.5.xml:1261
msgid ""
"Whether the PTR record should also be explicitly updated when updating the "
"client's DNS records.  Applicable only when dyndns_update is true."
msgstr ""
"Selon que l'enregistrement PTR doit être explicitement mis à jour lors de la "
"mise à jour des enregistrements DNS du client. Applicable uniquement lorsque "
"l'option dyndns_update est configurée à true."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:284
msgid ""
"This option should be False in most IPA deployments as the IPA server "
"generates the PTR records automatically when forward records are changed."
msgstr ""
"Cette option doit être positionnée à False pour la plupart des déploiements "
"IPA, puisque le serveur IPA crée les enregistrements PTR automatiquement "
"quand les enregistrements directs sont modifiés."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:290 sssd-ad.5.xml:1266
msgid ""
"Note that <emphasis>dyndns_update_per_family</emphasis> parameter does not "
"apply for PTR record updates.  Those updates are always sent separately."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:295
msgid "Default: False (disabled)"
msgstr "Par défaut : False (désactivé)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:301 sssd-ad.5.xml:1277
msgid "dyndns_force_tcp (bool)"
msgstr "dyndns_force_tcp (booléen)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:304 sssd-ad.5.xml:1280
msgid ""
"Whether the nsupdate utility should default to using TCP for communicating "
"with the DNS server."
msgstr ""
"Selon que l'utilitaire nsupdate doit utiliser TCP par défaut pour la "
"communication avec le serveur DNS."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:308 sssd-ad.5.xml:1284
msgid "Default: False (let nsupdate choose the protocol)"
msgstr "Par défaut : False (laisser nsupdate choisir le protocole)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:314 sssd-ad.5.xml:1320
msgid "dyndns_server (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:317 sssd-ad.5.xml:1323
msgid ""
"The DNS server to use when performing a DNS update. In most setups, it's "
"recommended to leave this option unset."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:322 sssd-ad.5.xml:1328
msgid ""
"Setting this option makes sense for environments where the DNS server is "
"different from the identity server."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:327 sssd-ad.5.xml:1333
msgid ""
"Please note that this option will be only used in fallback attempt when "
"previous attempt using autodetected settings failed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:332 sssd-ad.5.xml:1338
msgid "Default: None (let nsupdate choose the server)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:338 sssd-ad.5.xml:1344
msgid "dyndns_update_per_family (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:341 sssd-ad.5.xml:1347
msgid ""
"DNS update is by default performed in two steps - IPv4 update and then IPv6 "
"update. In some cases it might be desirable to perform IPv4 and IPv6 update "
"in single step."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:353
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ldap_access_order (string)"
msgid "ipa_access_order (string)"
msgstr "ldap_access_order (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:360
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<emphasis>expire</emphasis>: use ldap_account_expire_policy"
msgid "<emphasis>expire</emphasis>: use IPA's account expiration policy."
msgstr "<emphasis>expire</emphasis>: utiliser ldap_account_expire_policy"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:399
msgid ""
"Please note that 'access_provider = ipa' must be set for this feature to "
"work."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:406
msgid "ipa_deskprofile_search_base (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:409
msgid ""
"Optional. Use the given string as search base for Desktop Profile related "
"objects."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:413 sssd-ipa.5.xml:440
msgid "Default: Use base DN"
msgstr "Par défaut : utilise le DN de base"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:419
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ipa_subdomains_search_base (string)"
msgid "ipa_subid_ranges_search_base (string)"
msgstr "ipa_subdomains_search_base (string)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:422
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Optional. Use the given string as search base for HBAC related objects."
msgid ""
"Optional. Use the given string as search base for subordinate ranges related "
"objects."
msgstr ""
"Facultatif. Utilise la chaîne donnée comme base de recherche pour les objets "
"HBAC associés."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:426
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Default: the value of <emphasis>cn=trusts,%basedn</emphasis>"
msgid "Default: the value of <emphasis>cn=subids,%basedn</emphasis>"
msgstr "Par défaut : la valeur de <emphasis>cn=trusts,%basedn</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:433
msgid "ipa_hbac_search_base (string)"
msgstr "ipa_hbac_search_base (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:436
msgid "Optional. Use the given string as search base for HBAC related objects."
msgstr ""
"Facultatif. Utilise la chaîne donnée comme base de recherche pour les objets "
"HBAC associés."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:446
msgid "ipa_host_search_base (string)"
msgstr "ipa_host_search_base (string)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:449
msgid "Deprecated. Use ldap_host_search_base instead."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:455
msgid "ipa_selinux_search_base (string)"
msgstr "ipa_selinux_search_base (string)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:458
msgid "Optional. Use the given string as search base for SELinux user maps."
msgstr ""
"Facultatif. Utiliser la chaîne donnée comme base de recherche pour les "
"mappages utilisateur SELinux."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:474
msgid "ipa_subdomains_search_base (string)"
msgstr "ipa_subdomains_search_base (string)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:477
msgid "Optional. Use the given string as search base for trusted domains."
msgstr ""
"Facultatif. Utiliser la chaîne donnée comme base de recherche pour les "
"domaines approuvés."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:486
msgid "Default: the value of <emphasis>cn=trusts,%basedn</emphasis>"
msgstr "Par défaut : la valeur de <emphasis>cn=trusts,%basedn</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:493
msgid "ipa_master_domain_search_base (string)"
msgstr "ipa_master_domain_search_base (string)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:496
msgid "Optional. Use the given string as search base for master domain object."
msgstr ""
"Facultatif. Utiliser la chaîne donnée comme base de recherche objet de "
"domaine maître."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:505
msgid "Default: the value of <emphasis>cn=ad,cn=etc,%basedn</emphasis>"
msgstr "Par défaut : la valeur de <emphasis>cn=ad,cn=etc,%basedn</emphasis>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:512
msgid "ipa_views_search_base (string)"
msgstr "ipa_views_search_base (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:515
msgid "Optional. Use the given string as search base for views containers."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:524
msgid "Default: the value of <emphasis>cn=views,cn=accounts,%basedn</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:534
msgid ""
"The name of the Kerberos realm. This is optional and defaults to the value "
"of <quote>ipa_domain</quote>."
msgstr ""
"Le nom du domaine Kerberos. Facultatif, prend comme valeur par défaut la "
"valeur de <quote>ipa_domain</quote>."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:538
msgid ""
"The name of the Kerberos realm has a special meaning in IPA - it is "
"converted into the base DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
msgstr ""
"Le nom du domaine Kerberos a une signification spéciale dans IPA. Il est "
"convertit en DN de base pour effectuer les opérations LDAP."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:546 sssd-ad.5.xml:1362
msgid "krb5_confd_path (string)"
msgstr "krb5_confd_path (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:549 sssd-ad.5.xml:1365
msgid ""
"Absolute path of a directory where SSSD should place Kerberos configuration "
"snippets."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:553 sssd-ad.5.xml:1369
msgid ""
"To disable the creation of the configuration snippets set the parameter to "
"'none'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:557 sssd-ad.5.xml:1373
msgid ""
"Default: not set (krb5.include.d subdirectory of SSSD's pubconf directory)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:564
msgid "ipa_deskprofile_refresh (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:567
msgid ""
"The amount of time between lookups of the Desktop Profile rules against the "
"IPA server. This will reduce the latency and load on the IPA server if there "
"are many desktop profiles requests made in a short period."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:574 sssd-ipa.5.xml:604 sssd-ipa.5.xml:620 sssd-ad.5.xml:599
msgid "Default: 5 (seconds)"
msgstr "Par défaut : 5 (secondes)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:580
msgid "ipa_deskprofile_request_interval (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:583
msgid ""
"The amount of time between lookups of the Desktop Profile rules against the "
"IPA server in case the last request did not return any rule."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:588
msgid "Default: 60 (minutes)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:594
msgid "ipa_hbac_refresh (integer)"
msgstr "ipa_hbac_refresh (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:597
msgid ""
"The amount of time between lookups of the HBAC rules against the IPA server. "
"This will reduce the latency and load on the IPA server if there are many "
"access-control requests made in a short period."
msgstr ""
"Le temps entre deux recherches de règles HBAC sur un serveur IPA. Cela "
"permet de réduire le temps de latence et la charge du serveur IPA si il y a "
"beaucoup de requêtes de contrôle d'accès sur une courte période."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:610
msgid "ipa_hbac_selinux (integer)"
msgstr "ipa_hbac_selinux (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:613
msgid ""
"The amount of time between lookups of the SELinux maps against the IPA "
"server. This will reduce the latency and load on the IPA server if there are "
"many user login requests made in a short period."
msgstr ""
"Le temps entre les recherches de cartes SELinux sur un serveur IPA. Cela "
"réduit le temps de latence et la charge du serveur IPA s'il y a beaucoup de "
"requêtes de connexions utilisateurs sur une courte période."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:626
msgid "ipa_server_mode (boolean)"
msgstr "ipa_server_mode (booléen)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:629
msgid ""
"This option will be set by the IPA installer (ipa-server-install) "
"automatically and denotes if SSSD is running on an IPA server or not."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:634
msgid ""
"On an IPA server SSSD will lookup users and groups from trusted domains "
"directly while on a client it will ask an IPA server."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:639
msgid ""
"NOTE: There are currently some assumptions that must be met when SSSD is "
"running on an IPA server."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:644
msgid ""
"The <quote>ipa_server</quote> option must be configured to point to the IPA "
"server itself. This is already the default set by the IPA installer, so no "
"manual change is required."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:653
msgid ""
"The <quote>full_name_format</quote> option must not be tweaked to only print "
"short names for users from trusted domains."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:668
msgid "ipa_automount_location (string)"
msgstr "ipa_automount_location (string)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:671
msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using"
msgstr "L'emplacement à automonter qu'utilisera ce client IPA"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:674
msgid "Default: The location named \"default\""
msgstr "Par défaut : Le lieu nommé « default »"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:682
msgid "VIEWS AND OVERRIDES"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:691
msgid "ipa_view_class (string)"
msgstr "ipa_view_class (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:694
msgid "Objectclass of the view container."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:697
msgid "Default: nsContainer"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:703
msgid "ipa_view_name (string)"
msgstr "ipa_view_name (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:706
msgid "Name of the attribute holding the name of the view."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:710 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:496
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:832 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:913
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1010 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1068
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1226 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1271
msgid "Default: cn"
msgstr "Par défaut : cn"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:716
msgid "ipa_override_object_class (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:719
msgid "Objectclass of the override objects."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:722
msgid "Default: ipaOverrideAnchor"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:728
msgid "ipa_anchor_uuid (string)"
msgstr "ipa_anchor_uuid (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:731
msgid ""
"Name of the attribute containing the reference to the original object in a "
"remote domain."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:735
msgid "Default: ipaAnchorUUID"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:741
msgid "ipa_user_override_object_class (string)"
msgstr "ipa_user_override_object_class (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:744
msgid ""
"Name of the objectclass for user overrides. It is used to determine if the "
"found override object is related to a user or a group."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:749
msgid "User overrides can contain attributes given by"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:752
msgid "ldap_user_name"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:755
msgid "ldap_user_uid_number"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:758
msgid "ldap_user_gid_number"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:761
msgid "ldap_user_gecos"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:764
msgid "ldap_user_home_directory"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:767
msgid "ldap_user_shell"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:770
msgid "ldap_user_ssh_public_key"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:775
msgid "Default: ipaUserOverride"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:781
msgid "ipa_group_override_object_class (string)"
msgstr "ipa_group_override_object_class (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:784
msgid ""
"Name of the objectclass for group overrides. It is used to determine if the "
"found override object is related to a user or a group."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:789
msgid "Group overrides can contain attributes given by"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:792
msgid "ldap_group_name"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:795
msgid "ldap_group_gid_number"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:800
msgid "Default: ipaGroupOverride"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:684
msgid ""
"SSSD can handle views and overrides which are offered by FreeIPA 4.1 and "
"later version. Since all paths and objectclasses are fixed on the server "
"side there is basically no need to configure anything. For completeness the "
"related options are listed here with their default values.  <placeholder "
"type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:812
msgid "SUBDOMAINS PROVIDER"
msgstr "FOURNISSEURS DE SOUS-DOMAINES"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:814
msgid ""
"The IPA subdomains provider behaves slightly differently if it is configured "
"explicitly or implicitly."
msgstr ""
"Le fournisseur de sous-domaines IPA se comporte un peu différemment s'il est "
"configuré explicitement ou implicitement."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:818
msgid ""
"If the option 'subdomains_provider = ipa' is found in the domain section of "
"sssd.conf, the IPA subdomains provider is configured explicitly, and all "
"subdomain requests are sent to the IPA server if necessary."
msgstr ""
"Si l'option « subdomains_provider = ipa » se trouve dans la section domaine "
"de sssd.conf, le fournisseur de sous-domaines d'IPA est configuré "
"explicitement, et toutes les demandes de sous-domaines sont envoyées au "
"serveur IPA si nécessaire."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:824
msgid ""
"If the option 'subdomains_provider' is not set in the domain section of sssd."
"conf but there is the option 'id_provider = ipa', the IPA subdomains "
"provider is configured implicitly. In this case, if a subdomain request "
"fails and indicates that the server does not support subdomains, i.e. is not "
"configured for trusts, the IPA subdomains provider is disabled. After an "
"hour or after the IPA provider goes online, the subdomains provider is "
"enabled again."
msgstr ""
"Si l'option « subdomains_provider » n'est pas définie dans la section "
"domaine de sssd.conf, mais qu'il y a l'option « id_provider = ipa », le "
"fournisseur de sous-domaines IPA est configuré implicitement. Dans ce cas, "
"si une demande de sous-domaine échoue et indique que le serveur ne prend pas "
"en charge les sous-domaines, c'est-à-dire qu'il n'est pas configuré pour les "
"relations d'approbations, le fournisseur de sous-domaines IPA est désactivé. "
"Après une heure ou après que le fournisseur IPA arrive en ligne, le "
"fournisseur de sous-domaines est à nouveau activé."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:835
msgid "TRUSTED DOMAINS CONFIGURATION"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:843
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[domain/ipa.domain.com/ad.domain.com]\n"
"ad_server = dc.ad.domain.com\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:837
msgid ""
"Some configuration options can also be set for a trusted domain.  A trusted "
"domain configuration can be set using the trusted domain subsection as shown "
"in the example below. Alternatively, the <quote>subdomain_inherit</quote> "
"option can be used in the parent domain.  <placeholder "
"type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:848
msgid ""
"For more details, see the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:855
msgid ""
"Different configuration options are tunable for a trusted domain depending "
"on whether you are configuring SSSD on an IPA server or an IPA client."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:860
msgid "OPTIONS TUNABLE ON IPA MASTERS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:862
msgid ""
"The following options can be set in a subdomain section on an IPA master:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:866 sssd-ipa.5.xml:896
msgid "ad_server"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:869
msgid "ad_backup_server"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:872 sssd-ipa.5.xml:899
msgid "ad_site"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:875
msgid "ldap_search_base"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:878
msgid "ldap_user_search_base"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:881
msgid "ldap_group_search_base"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:890
msgid "OPTIONS TUNABLE ON IPA CLIENTS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:892
msgid ""
"The following options can be set in a subdomain section on an IPA client:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:904
msgid ""
"Note that if both options are set, only <quote>ad_server</quote> is "
"evaluated."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:908
msgid ""
"Since any request for a user or a group identity from a trusted domain "
"triggered from an IPA client is resolved by the IPA server, the "
"<quote>ad_server</quote> and <quote>ad_site</quote> options only affect "
"which AD DC will the authentication be performed against. In particular, the "
"addresses resolved from these lists will be written to <quote>kdcinfo</"
"quote> files read by the Kerberos locator plugin. Please refer to the "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd_krb5_locator_plugin</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for more details on the "
"Kerberos locator plugin."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:932
msgid ""
"The following example assumes that SSSD is correctly configured and example."
"com is one of the domains in the <replaceable>[sssd]</replaceable> section. "
"This examples shows only the ipa provider-specific options."
msgstr ""
"L'exemple suivant suppose que SSSD est correctement configuré et example.com "
"est un des domaines de la section <replaceable>[sssd]</replaceable>. Ces "
"exemples montrent seulement les options spécifiques au fournisseur IPA."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:939
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[domain/example.com]\n"
"id_provider = ipa\n"
"ipa_server = ipaserver.example.com\n"
"ipa_hostname = myhost.example.com\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:10 sssd-ad.5.xml:16
msgid "sssd-ad"
msgstr "sssd-ad"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:17
msgid "SSSD Active Directory provider"
msgstr "Fournisseur Active Directory SSSD"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:23
msgid ""
"This manual page describes the configuration of the AD provider for "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> "
"</citerefentry>.  For a detailed syntax reference, refer to the <quote>FILE "
"FORMAT</quote> section of the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page."
msgstr ""
"Cette page de manuel décrit la configuration du fournisseur AD pour "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> "
"</citerefentry>. Pour une référence détaillée sur la syntaxe, cf. la section "
"<quote>FORMAT DE FICHIER</quote> de la page de manuel <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:36
msgid ""
"The AD provider is a back end used to connect to an Active Directory server. "
"This provider requires that the machine be joined to the AD domain and a "
"keytab is available. Back end communication occurs over a GSSAPI-encrypted "
"channel, SSL/TLS options should not be used with the AD provider and will be "
"superseded by Kerberos usage."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:44
msgid ""
"The AD provider supports connecting to Active Directory 2008 R2 or later. "
"Earlier versions may work, but are unsupported."
msgstr ""
"Le fournisseur AD prend en charge la connexion à Active Directory 2008 R2 ou "
"ultérieures. Les versions antérieures peuvent fonctionner, mais ne sont pas "
"supportées."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:48
msgid ""
"The AD provider can be used to get user information and authenticate users "
"from trusted domains. Currently only trusted domains in the same forest are "
"recognized. In addition servers from trusted domains are always auto-"
"discovered."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:54
msgid ""
"The AD provider enables SSSD to use the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
"ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> identity "
"provider and the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> authentication provider with "
"optimizations for Active Directory environments. The AD provider accepts the "
"same options used by the sssd-ldap and sssd-krb5 providers with some "
"exceptions. However, it is neither necessary nor recommended to set these "
"options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:69
msgid ""
"The AD provider primarily copies the traditional ldap and krb5 provider "
"default options with some exceptions, the differences are listed in the "
"<quote>MODIFIED DEFAULT OPTIONS</quote> section."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:74
msgid ""
"The AD provider can also be used as an access, chpass, sudo and autofs "
"provider. No configuration of the access provider is required on the client "
"side."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:79
msgid ""
"If <quote>auth_provider=ad</quote> or <quote>access_provider=ad</quote> is "
"configured in sssd.conf then the id_provider must also be set to <quote>ad</"
"quote>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:91
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ldap_id_mapping = False\n"
"            "
msgstr ""
"ldap_id_mapping = False\n"
"            "

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:85
msgid ""
"By default, the AD provider will map UID and GID values from the objectSID "
"parameter in Active Directory. For details on this, see the <quote>ID "
"MAPPING</quote> section below. If you want to disable ID mapping and instead "
"rely on POSIX attributes defined in Active Directory, you should set "
"<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> If POSIX attributes should "
"be used, it is recommended for performance reasons that the attributes are "
"also replicated to the Global Catalog. If POSIX attributes are replicated, "
"SSSD will attempt to locate the domain of a requested numerical ID with the "
"help of the Global Catalog and only search that domain. In contrast, if "
"POSIX attributes are not replicated to the Global Catalog, SSSD must search "
"all the domains in the forest sequentially. Please note that the "
"<quote>cache_first</quote> option might be also helpful in speeding up "
"domainless searches.  Note that if only a subset of POSIX attributes is "
"present in the Global Catalog, the non-replicated attributes are currently "
"not read from the LDAP port."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:108
msgid ""
"Users, groups and other entities served by SSSD are always treated as case-"
"insensitive in the AD provider for compatibility with Active Directory's "
"LDAP implementation."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:113
msgid ""
"SSSD only resolves Active Directory Security Groups. For more information "
"about AD group types see: <ulink url=\"https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/"
"windows-server/identity/ad-ds/manage/understand-security-groups\"> Active "
"Directory security groups</ulink>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:120
msgid ""
"SSSD filters out Domain Local groups from remote domains in the AD forest. "
"By default they are filtered out e.g. when following a nested group "
"hierarchy in remote domains because they are not valid in the local domain. "
"This is done to be in agreement with Active Directory's group-membership "
"assignment which can be seen in the PAC of the Kerberos ticket of a user "
"issued by Active Directory."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:138
msgid "ad_domain (string)"
msgstr "ad_domain (string)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:141
msgid ""
"Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain.  This is optional. If not "
"provided, the configuration domain name is used."
msgstr ""
"Spécifie le nom du domaine Active Directory.  Ceci est facultatif. S'il "
"n'est pas fourni, le nom de domaine de la configuration est utilisé."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:146
msgid ""
"For proper operation, this option should be specified as the lower-case "
"version of the long version of the Active Directory domain."
msgstr ""
"Pour un fonctionnement correct, cette option doit être le nom long du "
"domaine Active Directory, spécifié en minuscules."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:151
msgid ""
"The short domain name (also known as the NetBIOS or the flat name) is "
"autodetected by the SSSD."
msgstr ""
"Le nom de domaine court (aussi connu comme le nom NetBIOS ou nom plat) est "
"autodétecté par SSSD."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:158
msgid "ad_enabled_domains (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:161
msgid ""
"A comma-separated list of enabled Active Directory domains. If provided, "
"SSSD will ignore any domains not listed in this option. If left unset, all "
"discovered domains from the AD forest will be available."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:168
msgid ""
"During the discovery of the domains SSSD will filter out some domains where "
"flags or attributes indicate that they do not belong to the local forest or "
"are not trusted. If ad_enabled_domains is set, SSSD will try to enable all "
"listed domains."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:179
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ad_enabled_domains = sales.example.com, eng.example.com\n"
"                            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:175
msgid ""
"For proper operation, this option must be specified in all lower-case and as "
"the fully qualified domain name of the Active Directory domain. For example: "
"<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:183
msgid ""
"The short domain name (also known as the NetBIOS or the flat name) will be "
"autodetected by SSSD."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:193
msgid "ad_server, ad_backup_server (string)"
msgstr "ad_server, ad_backup_server (string)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:196
msgid ""
"The comma-separated list of hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should "
"connect in order of preference. For more information on failover and server "
"redundancy, see the <quote>FAILOVER</quote> section."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:203
msgid ""
"This is optional if autodiscovery is enabled.  For more information on "
"service discovery, refer to the <quote>SERVICE DISCOVERY</quote> section."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:208
msgid ""
"Note: Trusted domains will always auto-discover servers even if the primary "
"server is explicitly defined in the ad_server option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:216
msgid "ad_hostname (string)"
msgstr "ad_hostname (string)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:219
msgid ""
"Optional. On machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully "
"qualified name, sssd will try to expand the short name. If it is not "
"possible or the short name should be really used instead, set this parameter "
"explicitly."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:226
msgid ""
"This field is used to determine the host principal in use in the keytab and "
"to perform dynamic DNS updates. It must match the hostname for which the "
"keytab was issued."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:235
msgid "ad_enable_dns_sites (boolean)"
msgstr "ad_enable_dns_sites (booléen)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:242
msgid ""
"If true and service discovery (see Service Discovery paragraph at the bottom "
"of the man page)  is enabled, the SSSD will first attempt to discover the "
"Active Directory server to connect to using the Active Directory Site "
"Discovery and fall back to the DNS SRV records if no AD site is found. The "
"DNS SRV configuration, including the discovery domain, is used during site "
"discovery as well."
msgstr ""
"Si configuré à true et que la découverte de service (cf. le paragraphe "
"Découverte de service au bas de la page de manuel) est activée, SSSD tentera "
"d'abord de découvrir le serveur Active Directory auquel se connecter en "
"utilisant Active Directory Site Discovery, puis se repliera sur "
"l'utilisation des enregistrements DNS SRV si aucun site AD n'est trouvé. La "
"configuration SRV du DNS, incluant la découverte de domaine, est aussi "
"utilisée pendant la découverte de site."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:258
msgid "ad_access_filter (string)"
msgstr "ad_access_filter (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:261
msgid ""
"This option specifies LDAP access control filter that the user must match in "
"order to be allowed access. Please note that the <quote>access_provider</"
"quote> option must be explicitly set to <quote>ad</quote> in order for this "
"option to have an effect."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:269
msgid ""
"The option also supports specifying different filters per domain or forest. "
"This extended filter would consist of: <quote>KEYWORD:NAME:FILTER</quote>.  "
"The keyword can be either <quote>DOM</quote>, <quote>FOREST</quote> or "
"missing."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:277
msgid ""
"If the keyword equals to <quote>DOM</quote> or is missing, then <quote>NAME</"
"quote> specifies the domain or subdomain the filter applies to.  If the "
"keyword equals to <quote>FOREST</quote>, then the filter equals to all "
"domains from the forest specified by <quote>NAME</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:285
msgid ""
"Multiple filters can be separated with the <quote>?</quote> character, "
"similarly to how search bases work."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:290
msgid ""
"Nested group membership must be searched for using a special OID "
"<quote>:1.2.840.113556.1.4.1941:</quote> in addition to the full DOM:domain."
"example.org: syntax to ensure the parser does not attempt to interpret the "
"colon characters associated with the OID. If you do not use this OID then "
"nested group membership will not be resolved. See usage example below and "
"refer here for further information about the OID: <ulink url=\"https://msdn."
"microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc223367.aspx\"> [MS-ADTS] section LDAP "
"extensions</ulink>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:303
msgid ""
"The most specific match is always used. For example, if the option specified "
"filter for a domain the user is a member of and a global filter, the per-"
"domain filter would be applied.  If there are more matches with the same "
"specification, the first one is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:314
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# apply filter on domain called dom1 only:\n"
"dom1:(memberOf=cn=admins,ou=groups,dc=dom1,dc=com)\n"
"\n"
"# apply filter on domain called dom2 only:\n"
"DOM:dom2:(memberOf=cn=admins,ou=groups,dc=dom2,dc=com)\n"
"\n"
"# apply filter on forest called EXAMPLE.COM only:\n"
"FOREST:EXAMPLE.COM:(memberOf=cn=admins,ou=groups,dc=example,dc=com)\n"
"\n"
"# apply filter for a member of a nested group in dom1:\n"
"DOM:dom1:(memberOf:1.2.840.113556.1.4.1941:=cn=nestedgroup,ou=groups,dc=example,dc=com)\n"
"                        "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:333
msgid "ad_site (string)"
msgstr "ad_site (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:336
msgid ""
"Specify AD site to which client should try to connect.  If this option is "
"not provided, the AD site will be auto-discovered."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:347
msgid "ad_enable_gc (boolean)"
msgstr "ad_enable_gc (booléen)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:350
msgid ""
"By default, the SSSD connects to the Global Catalog first to retrieve users "
"from trusted domains and uses the LDAP port to retrieve group memberships or "
"as a fallback. Disabling this option makes the SSSD only connect to the LDAP "
"port of the current AD server."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:358
msgid ""
"Please note that disabling Global Catalog support does not disable "
"retrieving users from trusted domains. The SSSD would connect to the LDAP "
"port of trusted domains instead. However, Global Catalog must be used in "
"order to resolve cross-domain group memberships."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:372
msgid "ad_gpo_access_control (string)"
msgstr "ad_gpo_access_control (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:375
msgid ""
"This option specifies the operation mode for GPO-based access control "
"functionality: whether it operates in disabled mode, enforcing mode, or "
"permissive mode. Please note that the <quote>access_provider</quote> option "
"must be explicitly set to <quote>ad</quote> in order for this option to have "
"an effect."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:384
msgid ""
"GPO-based access control functionality uses GPO policy settings to determine "
"whether or not a particular user is allowed to logon to the host.  For more "
"information on the supported policy settings please refer to the "
"<quote>ad_gpo_map</quote> options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:392
msgid ""
"Please note that current version of SSSD does not support Active Directory's "
"built-in groups.  Built-in groups (such as Administrators with SID "
"S-1-5-32-544) in GPO access control rules will be ignored by SSSD.  See "
"upstream issue tracker https://github.com/SSSD/sssd/issues/5063 ."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:401
msgid ""
"Before performing access control SSSD applies group policy security "
"filtering on the GPOs. For every single user login, the applicability of the "
"GPOs that are linked to the host is checked. In order for a GPO to apply to "
"a user, the user or at least one of the groups to which it belongs must have "
"following permissions on the GPO:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:411
msgid ""
"Read: The user or one of its groups must have read access to the properties "
"of the GPO (RIGHT_DS_READ_PROPERTY)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:418
msgid ""
"Apply Group Policy: The user or at least one of its groups must be allowed "
"to apply the GPO (RIGHT_DS_CONTROL_ACCESS)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:426
msgid ""
"By default, the Authenticated Users group is present on a GPO and this group "
"has both Read and Apply Group Policy access rights. Since authentication of "
"a user must have been completed successfully before GPO security filtering "
"and access control are started, the Authenticated Users group permissions on "
"the GPO always apply also to the user."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:435
msgid ""
"NOTE: If the operation mode is set to enforcing, it is possible that users "
"that were previously allowed logon access will now be denied logon access "
"(as dictated by the GPO policy settings). In order to facilitate a smooth "
"transition for administrators, a permissive mode is available that will not "
"enforce the access control rules, but will evaluate them and will output a "
"syslog message if access would have been denied. By examining the logs, "
"administrators can then make the necessary changes before setting the mode "
"to enforcing. For logging GPO-based access control debug level 'trace "
"functions' is required (see <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssctl</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:454
msgid "There are three supported values for this option:"
msgstr "Il existe trois valeurs prises en charge pour cette option :"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:458
msgid ""
"disabled: GPO-based access control rules are neither evaluated nor enforced."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:464
msgid "enforcing: GPO-based access control rules are evaluated and enforced."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:470
msgid ""
"permissive: GPO-based access control rules are evaluated, but not enforced.  "
"Instead, a syslog message will be emitted indicating that the user would "
"have been denied access if this option's value were set to enforcing."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:481
msgid "Default: permissive"
msgstr "Par défaut : permissive"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:484
msgid "Default: enforcing"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:490
msgid "ad_gpo_implicit_deny (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:493
msgid ""
"Normally when no applicable GPOs are found the users are allowed access. "
"When this option is set to True users will be allowed access only when "
"explicitly allowed by a GPO rule. Otherwise users will be denied access. "
"This can be used to harden security but be careful when using this option "
"because it can deny access even to users in the built-in Administrators "
"group if no GPO rules apply to them."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:509
msgid ""
"The following 2 tables should illustrate when a user is allowed or rejected "
"based on the allow and deny login rights defined on the server-side and the "
"setting of ad_gpo_implicit_deny."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informaltable><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:521
msgid "ad_gpo_implicit_deny = False (default)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informaltable><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:522 sssd-ad.5.xml:548
msgid "allow-rules"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informaltable><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:522 sssd-ad.5.xml:548
msgid "deny-rules"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informaltable><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:523 sssd-ad.5.xml:549
msgid "results"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:526 sssd-ad.5.xml:529 sssd-ad.5.xml:532 sssd-ad.5.xml:552
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:555 sssd-ad.5.xml:558
msgid "missing"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:527
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The following values are allowed:"
msgid "all users are allowed"
msgstr "Les valeurs suivantes sont autorisées :"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:529 sssd-ad.5.xml:532 sssd-ad.5.xml:535 sssd-ad.5.xml:555
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:558 sssd-ad.5.xml:561
msgid "present"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:530
msgid "only users not in deny-rules are allowed"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:533 sssd-ad.5.xml:559
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The following values are allowed:"
msgid "only users in allow-rules are allowed"
msgstr "Les valeurs suivantes sont autorisées :"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:536 sssd-ad.5.xml:562
msgid "only users in allow-rules and not in deny-rules are allowed"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informaltable><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:547
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ad_gpo_map_deny (string)"
msgid "ad_gpo_implicit_deny = True"
msgstr "ad_gpo_map_deny (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:553 sssd-ad.5.xml:556
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The following values are allowed:"
msgid "no users are allowed"
msgstr "Les valeurs suivantes sont autorisées :"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:569
msgid "ad_gpo_ignore_unreadable (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:572
msgid ""
"Normally when some group policy containers (AD object) of applicable group "
"policy objects are not readable by SSSD then users are denied access.  This "
"option allows to ignore group policy containers and with them associated "
"policies if their attributes in group policy containers are not readable for "
"SSSD."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:589
msgid "ad_gpo_cache_timeout (integer)"
msgstr "ad_gpo_cache_timeout (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:592
msgid ""
"The amount of time between lookups of GPO policy files against the AD "
"server. This will reduce the latency and load on the AD server if there are "
"many access-control requests made in a short period."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:605
msgid "ad_gpo_map_interactive (string)"
msgstr "ad_gpo_map_interactive (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:608
msgid ""
"A comma-separated list of PAM service names for which GPO-based access "
"control is evaluated based on the InteractiveLogonRight and "
"DenyInteractiveLogonRight policy settings.  Only those GPOs are evaluated "
"for which the user has Read and Apply Group Policy permission (see option "
"<quote>ad_gpo_access_control</quote>).  If an evaluated GPO contains the "
"deny interactive logon setting for the user or one of its groups, the user "
"is denied local access.  If none of the evaluated GPOs has an interactive "
"logon right defined, the user is granted local access. If at least one "
"evaluated GPO contains interactive logon right settings, the user is granted "
"local access only, if it or at least one of its groups is part of the policy "
"settings."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:626
msgid ""
"Note: Using the Group Policy Management Editor this value is called \"Allow "
"log on locally\" and \"Deny log on locally\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:640
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ad_gpo_map_interactive = +my_pam_service, -login\n"
"                            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:631
msgid ""
"It is possible to add another PAM service name to the default set by using "
"<quote>+service_name</quote> or to explicitly remove a PAM service name from "
"the default set by using <quote>-service_name</quote>.  For example, in "
"order to replace a default PAM service name for this logon right (e.g. "
"<quote>login</quote>)  with a custom pam service name (e.g. "
"<quote>my_pam_service</quote>), you would use the following configuration: "
"<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:663
msgid "gdm-fingerprint"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:683
msgid "lightdm"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:688
msgid "lxdm"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:693
msgid "sddm"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:698
msgid "unity"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:703
msgid "xdm"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:712
msgid "ad_gpo_map_remote_interactive (string)"
msgstr "ad_gpo_map_remote_interactive (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:715
msgid ""
"A comma-separated list of PAM service names for which GPO-based access "
"control is evaluated based on the RemoteInteractiveLogonRight and "
"DenyRemoteInteractiveLogonRight policy settings.  Only those GPOs are "
"evaluated for which the user has Read and Apply Group Policy permission (see "
"option <quote>ad_gpo_access_control</quote>).  If an evaluated GPO contains "
"the deny remote logon setting for the user or one of its groups, the user is "
"denied remote interactive access.  If none of the evaluated GPOs has a "
"remote interactive logon right defined, the user is granted remote access. "
"If at least one evaluated GPO contains remote interactive logon right "
"settings, the user is granted remote access only, if it or at least one of "
"its groups is part of the policy settings."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:734
msgid ""
"Note: Using the Group Policy Management Editor this value is called \"Allow "
"log on through Remote Desktop Services\" and \"Deny log on through Remote "
"Desktop Services\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:749
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ad_gpo_map_remote_interactive = +my_pam_service, -sshd\n"
"                            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:740
msgid ""
"It is possible to add another PAM service name to the default set by using "
"<quote>+service_name</quote> or to explicitly remove a PAM service name from "
"the default set by using <quote>-service_name</quote>.  For example, in "
"order to replace a default PAM service name for this logon right (e.g. "
"<quote>sshd</quote>)  with a custom pam service name (e.g. "
"<quote>my_pam_service</quote>), you would use the following configuration: "
"<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:757
msgid "sshd"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:762
msgid "cockpit"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:771
msgid "ad_gpo_map_network (string)"
msgstr "ad_gpo_map_network (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:774
msgid ""
"A comma-separated list of PAM service names for which GPO-based access "
"control is evaluated based on the NetworkLogonRight and "
"DenyNetworkLogonRight policy settings.  Only those GPOs are evaluated for "
"which the user has Read and Apply Group Policy permission (see option "
"<quote>ad_gpo_access_control</quote>).  If an evaluated GPO contains the "
"deny network logon setting for the user or one of its groups, the user is "
"denied network logon access.  If none of the evaluated GPOs has a network "
"logon right defined, the user is granted logon access. If at least one "
"evaluated GPO contains network logon right settings, the user is granted "
"logon access only, if it or at least one of its groups is part of the policy "
"settings."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:792
msgid ""
"Note: Using the Group Policy Management Editor this value is called \"Access "
"this computer from the network\" and \"Deny access to this computer from the "
"network\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:807
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ad_gpo_map_network = +my_pam_service, -ftp\n"
"                            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:798
msgid ""
"It is possible to add another PAM service name to the default set by using "
"<quote>+service_name</quote> or to explicitly remove a PAM service name from "
"the default set by using <quote>-service_name</quote>.  For example, in "
"order to replace a default PAM service name for this logon right (e.g. "
"<quote>ftp</quote>)  with a custom pam service name (e.g. "
"<quote>my_pam_service</quote>), you would use the following configuration: "
"<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:815
msgid "ftp"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:820
msgid "samba"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:829
msgid "ad_gpo_map_batch (string)"
msgstr "ad_gpo_map_batch (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:832
msgid ""
"A comma-separated list of PAM service names for which GPO-based access "
"control is evaluated based on the BatchLogonRight and DenyBatchLogonRight "
"policy settings.  Only those GPOs are evaluated for which the user has Read "
"and Apply Group Policy permission (see option <quote>ad_gpo_access_control</"
"quote>).  If an evaluated GPO contains the deny batch logon setting for the "
"user or one of its groups, the user is denied batch logon access.  If none "
"of the evaluated GPOs has a batch logon right defined, the user is granted "
"logon access. If at least one evaluated GPO contains batch logon right "
"settings, the user is granted logon access only, if it or at least one of "
"its groups is part of the policy settings."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:850
msgid ""
"Note: Using the Group Policy Management Editor this value is called \"Allow "
"log on as a batch job\" and \"Deny log on as a batch job\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:864
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ad_gpo_map_batch = +my_pam_service, -crond\n"
"                            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:855
msgid ""
"It is possible to add another PAM service name to the default set by using "
"<quote>+service_name</quote> or to explicitly remove a PAM service name from "
"the default set by using <quote>-service_name</quote>.  For example, in "
"order to replace a default PAM service name for this logon right (e.g. "
"<quote>crond</quote>)  with a custom pam service name (e.g. "
"<quote>my_pam_service</quote>), you would use the following configuration: "
"<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:867
msgid ""
"Note: Cron service name may differ depending on Linux distribution used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:873
msgid "crond"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:882
msgid "ad_gpo_map_service (string)"
msgstr "ad_gpo_map_service (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:885
msgid ""
"A comma-separated list of PAM service names for which GPO-based access "
"control is evaluated based on the ServiceLogonRight and "
"DenyServiceLogonRight policy settings.  Only those GPOs are evaluated for "
"which the user has Read and Apply Group Policy permission (see option "
"<quote>ad_gpo_access_control</quote>).  If an evaluated GPO contains the "
"deny service logon setting for the user or one of its groups, the user is "
"denied service logon access.  If none of the evaluated GPOs has a service "
"logon right defined, the user is granted logon access. If at least one "
"evaluated GPO contains service logon right settings, the user is granted "
"logon access only, if it or at least one of its groups is part of the policy "
"settings."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:903
msgid ""
"Note: Using the Group Policy Management Editor this value is called \"Allow "
"log on as a service\" and \"Deny log on as a service\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:916
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ad_gpo_map_service = +my_pam_service\n"
"                            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:908 sssd-ad.5.xml:983
msgid ""
"It is possible to add a PAM service name to the default set by using "
"<quote>+service_name</quote>.  Since the default set is empty, it is not "
"possible to remove a PAM service name from the default set.  For example, in "
"order to add a custom pam service name (e.g. <quote>my_pam_service</quote>), "
"you would use the following configuration: <placeholder "
"type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:926
msgid "ad_gpo_map_permit (string)"
msgstr "ad_gpo_map_permit (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:929
msgid ""
"A comma-separated list of PAM service names for which GPO-based access is "
"always granted, regardless of any GPO Logon Rights."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:943
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ad_gpo_map_permit = +my_pam_service, -sudo\n"
"                            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:934
msgid ""
"It is possible to add another PAM service name to the default set by using "
"<quote>+service_name</quote> or to explicitly remove a PAM service name from "
"the default set by using <quote>-service_name</quote>.  For example, in "
"order to replace a default PAM service name for unconditionally permitted "
"access (e.g. <quote>sudo</quote>)  with a custom pam service name (e.g. "
"<quote>my_pam_service</quote>), you would use the following configuration: "
"<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:951
msgid "polkit-1"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:966
msgid "systemd-user"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:975
msgid "ad_gpo_map_deny (string)"
msgstr "ad_gpo_map_deny (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:978
msgid ""
"A comma-separated list of PAM service names for which GPO-based access is "
"always denied, regardless of any GPO Logon Rights."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:991
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ad_gpo_map_deny = +my_pam_service\n"
"                            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1001
msgid "ad_gpo_default_right (string)"
msgstr "ad_gpo_default_right (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1004
msgid ""
"This option defines how access control is evaluated for PAM service names "
"that are not explicitly listed in one of the ad_gpo_map_* options. This "
"option can be set in two different manners. First, this option can be set to "
"use a default logon right. For example, if this option is set to "
"'interactive', it means that unmapped PAM service names will be processed "
"based on the InteractiveLogonRight and DenyInteractiveLogonRight policy "
"settings. Alternatively, this option can be set to either always permit or "
"always deny access for unmapped PAM service names."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1017
msgid "Supported values for this option include:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1026
msgid "remote_interactive"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1031
msgid "network"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1036
msgid "batch"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1041
msgid "service"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1046
msgid "permit"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1051
msgid "deny"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1057
msgid "Default: deny"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1063
msgid "ad_maximum_machine_account_password_age (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1066
msgid ""
"SSSD will check once a day if the machine account password is older than the "
"given age in days and try to renew it. A value of 0 will disable the renewal "
"attempt."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1072
msgid "Default: 30 days"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1078
msgid "ad_machine_account_password_renewal_opts (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1081
msgid ""
"This option should only be used to test the machine account renewal task. "
"The option expects 2 integers separated by a colon (':'). The first integer "
"defines the interval in seconds how often the task is run. The second "
"specifies the initial timeout in seconds before the task is run for the "
"first time after startup."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1090
msgid "Default: 86400:750 (24h and 15m)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1096
msgid "ad_update_samba_machine_account_password (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1099
msgid ""
"If enabled, when SSSD renews the machine account password, it will also be "
"updated in Samba's database. This prevents Samba's copy of the machine "
"account password from getting out of date when it is set up to use AD for "
"authentication."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1112
msgid "ad_use_ldaps (bool)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1115
msgid ""
"By default SSSD uses the plain LDAP port 389 and the Global Catalog port "
"3628. If this option is set to True SSSD will use the LDAPS port 636 and "
"Global Catalog port 3629 with LDAPS protection. Since AD does not allow to "
"have multiple encryption layers on a single connection and we still want to "
"use SASL/GSSAPI or SASL/GSS-SPNEGO for authentication the SASL security "
"property maxssf is set to 0 (zero)  for those connections."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1132
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ldap_sudo_include_netgroups (boolean)"
msgid "ad_allow_remote_domain_local_groups (boolean)"
msgstr "ldap_sudo_include_netgroups (boolean)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1135
msgid ""
"If this option is set to <quote>true</quote> SSSD will not filter out Domain "
"Local groups from remote domains in the AD forest. By default they are "
"filtered out e.g. when following a nested group hierarchy in remote domains "
"because they are not valid in the local domain. To be compatible with other "
"solutions which make AD users and groups available on Linux client this "
"option was added."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1145
msgid ""
"Please note that setting this option to <quote>true</quote> will be against "
"the intention of Domain Local group in Active Directory and <emphasis>SHOULD "
"ONLY BE USED TO FACILITATE MIGRATION FROM OTHER SOLUTIONS</emphasis>. "
"Although the group exists and user can be member of the group the intention "
"is that the group should be only used in the domain it is defined and in no "
"others. Since there is only one type of POSIX groups the only way to achieve "
"this on the Linux side is to ignore those groups. This is also done by "
"Active Directory as can be seen in the PAC of the Kerberos ticket for a "
"local service or in tokenGroups requests where remote Domain Local groups "
"are missing as well."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1161
msgid ""
"Given the comments above, if this option is set to <quote>true</quote> the "
"tokenGroups request must be disabled by setting <quote>ldap_use_tokengroups</"
"quote> to <quote>false</quote> to get consistent group-memberships of a "
"users. Additionally the Global Catalog lookup should be skipped as well by "
"setting <quote>ad_enable_gc</quote> to <quote>false</quote>. Finally it "
"might be necessary to modify <quote>ldap_group_nesting_level</quote> if the "
"remote Domain Local groups can only be found with a deeper nesting level."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1184
msgid ""
"Optional. This option tells SSSD to automatically update the Active "
"Directory DNS server with the IP address of this client. The update is "
"secured using GSS-TSIG. As a consequence, the Active Directory administrator "
"only needs to allow secure updates for the DNS zone. The IP address of the "
"AD LDAP connection is used for the updates, if it is not otherwise specified "
"by using the <quote>dyndns_iface</quote> option."
msgstr ""
"Facultatif. Cette option indique à SSSD de mettre à jour automatiquement le "
"serveur DNS intégré à IPA v2 avec l'adresse IP de ce client. La mise à jour "
"est sécurisée avec GSS-TSIG. Ainsi, l'administrateur Active Directory a "
"uniquement besoin d'activer les mises à jour sécurisées pour la zone DNS. "
"L'adresse IP de la connexion LDAP AD est utilisée pour les mises à jour, à "
"moins qu'elle ne soit spécifiée par l'utilisation de l'option "
"<quote>dyndns_iface</quote>."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1214
msgid "Default: 3600 (seconds)"
msgstr "Par défaut : 3600 (secondes)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1230
msgid ""
"Default: Use the IP addresses of the interface which is used for AD LDAP "
"connection"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1243
msgid ""
"How often should the back end perform periodic DNS update in addition to the "
"automatic update performed when the back end goes online.  This option is "
"optional and applicable only when dyndns_update is true. Note that the "
"lowest possible value is 60 seconds in-case if value is provided less than "
"60, parameter will assume lowest value only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1393
msgid ""
"The following example assumes that SSSD is correctly configured and example."
"com is one of the domains in the <replaceable>[sssd]</replaceable> section. "
"This example shows only the AD provider-specific options."
msgstr ""
"L'exemple suivant suppose que SSSD est correctement configuré et example.com "
"est un des domaines de la section <replaceable>[sssd]</replaceable>. Ces "
"exemples montrent seulement les options spécifiques au fournisseur AD."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1400
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[domain/EXAMPLE]\n"
"id_provider = ad\n"
"auth_provider = ad\n"
"access_provider = ad\n"
"chpass_provider = ad\n"
"\n"
"ad_server = dc1.example.com\n"
"ad_hostname = client.example.com\n"
"ad_domain = example.com\n"
msgstr ""
"[domain/EXAMPLE]\n"
"id_provider = ad\n"
"auth_provider = ad\n"
"access_provider = ad\n"
"chpass_provider = ad\n"
"\n"
"ad_server = dc1.example.com\n"
"ad_hostname = client.example.com\n"
"ad_domain = example.com\n"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1420
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"access_provider = ldap\n"
"ldap_access_order = expire\n"
"ldap_account_expire_policy = ad\n"
msgstr ""
"access_provider = ldap\n"
"ldap_access_order = expire\n"
"ldap_account_expire_policy = ad\n"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1416
msgid ""
"The AD access control provider checks if the account is expired.  It has the "
"same effect as the following configuration of the LDAP provider: "
"<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
"Le fournisseur de contrôle d'accès AD vérifie si le compte a expiré.  Cela a "
"le même effet que la configuration suivante du fournisseur LDAP : "
"<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1426
msgid ""
"However, unless the <quote>ad</quote> access control provider is explicitly "
"configured, the default access provider is <quote>permit</quote>. Please "
"note that if you configure an access provider other than <quote>ad</quote>, "
"you need to set all the connection parameters (such as LDAP URIs and "
"encryption details) manually."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1434
msgid ""
"When the autofs provider is set to <quote>ad</quote>, the RFC2307 schema "
"attribute mapping (nisMap, nisObject, ...) is used, because these attributes "
"are included in the default Active Directory schema."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:10 sssd-sudo.5.xml:16
msgid "sssd-sudo"
msgstr "sssd-sudo"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:17
msgid "Configuring sudo with the SSSD back end"
msgstr "Configuration de sudo avec le moteur SSSD"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:23
msgid ""
"This manual page describes how to configure <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sudo</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> "
"to work with <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> and how SSSD caches sudo rules."
msgstr ""
"Cette page de manuel décrit comment configurer "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sudo</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> pour travailler avec <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sssd</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> et comment SSSD met "
"en cache les règles sudo."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:36
msgid "Configuring sudo to cooperate with SSSD"
msgstr "Configuration de sudo pour coopérer avec SSSD"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:38
msgid ""
"To enable SSSD as a source for sudo rules, add <emphasis>sss</emphasis> to "
"the <emphasis>sudoers</emphasis> entry in <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>nsswitch.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
"Pour activer SSSD comme source pour les règles de sudo, ajouter "
"<emphasis>sss</emphasis> à l'entrée <emphasis>sudoers</emphasis> dans "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>nsswitch.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:47
msgid ""
"For example, to configure sudo to first lookup rules in the standard "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sudoers</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> file (which should contain rules that apply to "
"local users) and then in SSSD, the nsswitch.conf file should contain the "
"following line:"
msgstr ""
"Par exemple, pour configurer sudo pour rechercher d'abord les règles dans le "
"fichier standard <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sudoers</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> (qui doit contenir les règles qui "
"s'appliquent aux utilisateurs locaux) et ensuite dans SSSD, le fichier "
"nsswitch.conf doit contenir la ligne suivante :"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "sudoers: files sss\n"
msgstr "sudoers: files sss\n"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:61
msgid ""
"More information about configuring the sudoers search order from the "
"nsswitch.conf file as well as information about the LDAP schema that is used "
"to store sudo rules in the directory can be found in <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sudoers.ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
"Plus d'informations sur la configuration de l'ordre de recherche de sudoers "
"depuis le fichier nsswitch.conf, mais aussi les informations sur le schéma "
"LDAP qui est utilisé pour stocker les règles sudo dans l'annuaire sont "
"disponibles dans <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sudoers.ldap</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:70
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Note</emphasis>: in order to use netgroups or IPA hostgroups in "
"sudo rules, you also need to correctly set <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>nisdomainname</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> to your NIS domain name (which equals to IPA domain name when "
"using hostgroups)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:82
msgid "Configuring SSSD to fetch sudo rules"
msgstr "Configuration de SSSD pour aller chercher les règles de sudo"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:84
msgid ""
"All configuration that is needed on SSSD side is to extend the list of "
"<emphasis>services</emphasis> with \"sudo\" in [sssd] section of "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry>. To speed up the LDAP lookups, you can also set "
"search base for sudo rules using <emphasis>ldap_sudo_search_base</emphasis> "
"option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:94
msgid ""
"The following example shows how to configure SSSD to download sudo rules "
"from an LDAP server."
msgstr ""
"L'exemple suivant montre comment configurer SSSD pour télécharger les règles "
"sudo à partir d'un serveur LDAP."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:99
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[sssd]\n"
"config_file_version = 2\n"
"services = nss, pam, sudo\n"
"domains = EXAMPLE\n"
"\n"
"[domain/EXAMPLE]\n"
"id_provider = ldap\n"
"sudo_provider = ldap\n"
"ldap_uri = ldap://example.com\n"
"ldap_sudo_search_base = ou=sudoers,dc=example,dc=com\n"
msgstr ""
"[sssd]\n"
"config_file_version = 2\n"
"services = nss, pam, sudo\n"
"domains = EXAMPLE\n"
"\n"
"[domain/EXAMPLE]\n"
"id_provider = ldap\n"
"sudo_provider = ldap\n"
"ldap_uri = ldap://example.com\n"
"ldap_sudo_search_base = ou=sudoers,dc=example,dc=com\n"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:98
msgid ""
"<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> <phrase "
"condition=\"have_systemd\"> It's important to note that on platforms where "
"systemd is supported there's no need to add the \"sudo\" provider to the "
"list of services, as it became optional. However, sssd-sudo.socket must be "
"enabled instead.  </phrase>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:118
msgid ""
"When SSSD is configured to use IPA as the ID provider, the sudo provider is "
"automatically enabled. The sudo search base is configured to use the IPA "
"native LDAP tree (cn=sudo,$SUFFIX).  If any other search base is defined in "
"sssd.conf, this value will be used instead. The compat tree (ou=sudoers,"
"$SUFFIX) is no longer required for IPA sudo functionality."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:128
msgid "The SUDO rule caching mechanism"
msgstr "Le mécanisme de mise en cache de règles SUDO"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:130
msgid ""
"The biggest challenge, when developing sudo support in SSSD, was to ensure "
"that running sudo with SSSD as the data source provides the same user "
"experience and is as fast as sudo but keeps providing the most current set "
"of rules as possible. To satisfy these requirements, SSSD uses three kinds "
"of updates. They are referred to as full refresh, smart refresh and rules "
"refresh."
msgstr ""
"Le plus grand défi lors du développement de la prise en charge de sudo dans "
"SSSD était de de s'assurer que l'utilisation d'un sudo exploitant SSSD comme "
"source de données fournissait la même expérience utilisateur et était aussi "
"rapide que sudo, tout en conservant le jeu de règles le plus à jour "
"possible. Pour satisfaire ces exigences, SSSD utilise trois types de mises à "
"jour. Elles sont appelées actualisation complète, rafraîchissement "
"intelligent et rafraîchissement des règles."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:138
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>smart refresh</emphasis> periodically downloads rules that are "
"new or were modified after the last update. Its primary goal is to keep the "
"database growing by fetching only small increments that do not generate "
"large amounts of network traffic."
msgstr ""
"Le <emphasis>rafraîchissement intelligent</emphasis> télécharge "
"périodiquement les règles qui sont nouvelles ou qui ont été modifiées après "
"la dernière mise à jour. Son but premier est d'éviter à la base de données "
"de grossir en allant chercher de petits incréments qui ne génèrent pas de "
"gros de trafic réseau."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:144
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>full refresh</emphasis> simply deletes all sudo rules stored "
"in the cache and replaces them with all rules that are stored on the server. "
"This is used to keep the cache consistent by removing every rule which was "
"deleted from the server. However, full refresh may produce a lot of traffic "
"and thus it should be run only occasionally depending on the size and "
"stability of the sudo rules."
msgstr ""
"Le <emphasis>rafracîchissement complèt</emphasis> supprime simplement toutes "
"les règles sudo stockées dans le cache et les remplace par toutes les règles "
"qui sont stockées sur le serveur. Ceci est utilisé pour assurer la cohérence "
"de cache en supprimant toutes les règles qui ont été supprimées du serveur. "
"Cependant, un rafraîchissement complet peut produire beaucoup de trafic et "
"doit n'être exécuté qu'occasionnellement selon la taille et de la stabilité "
"des règles sudo."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:152
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>rules refresh</emphasis> ensures that we do not grant the user "
"more permission than defined. It is triggered each time the user runs sudo. "
"Rules refresh will find all rules that apply to this user, check their "
"expiration time and redownload them if expired.  In the case that any of "
"these rules are missing on the server, the SSSD will do an out of band full "
"refresh because more rules (that apply to other users) may have been deleted."
msgstr ""
"Le <emphasis>rafraîchissement des règles</emphasis> fait en sorte de ne pas "
"accorder à  l'utilisateur plus d'autorisations que défini. Il est déclenché "
"chaque fois que l'utilisateur exécute sudo. L'actualisation des règles "
"trouvera toutes les règles qui s'appliquent à cet utilisateur, vérifie leur "
"date d'expiration et les retéléchargera si elles ont expiré.  Dans le cas où "
"l'une de ces règles est manquante sur le serveur, SSSD programmera en "
"parallèle un rafraîchissement complet hors ligne car d'autres règles "
"(s'appliquant à d'autres utilisateurs) peuvent avoir été supprimées."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:161
msgid ""
"If enabled, SSSD will store only rules that can be applied to this machine. "
"This means rules that contain one of the following values in "
"<emphasis>sudoHost</emphasis> attribute:"
msgstr ""
"Si activé, SSSD stocke uniquement les règles qui peuvent être appliquées à "
"cette machine. En d'autres termes, ce sont les règles qui contiennent une "
"des valeurs suivantes dans l'attribut de <emphasis>sudoHost</emphasis> :"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:168
msgid "keyword ALL"
msgstr "mot-clé ALL"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:173
msgid "wildcard"
msgstr "joker"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:178
msgid "netgroup (in the form \"+netgroup\")"
msgstr "netgroup (sous la forme « +netgroup »)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:183
msgid "hostname or fully qualified domain name of this machine"
msgstr ""
"nom de système ou le nom de domaine pleinement qualifié de cette machine"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:188
msgid "one of the IP addresses of this machine"
msgstr "une des adresses IP de cette machine"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:193
msgid "one of the IP addresses of the network (in the form \"address/mask\")"
msgstr "une des adresses IP du réseau (sous la forme « adresse/masque »)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:199
msgid ""
"There are many configuration options that can be used to adjust the "
"behavior. Please refer to \"ldap_sudo_*\" in <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> and \"sudo_*\" in <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
"Il existe de nombreuses options de configuration qui peuvent être utilisées "
"pour ajuster le comportement. Consulter « ldap_sudo_ * » dans "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> et « sudo_ * » dans "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:213
msgid "Tuning the performance"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:215
msgid ""
"SSSD uses different kinds of mechanisms with more or less complex LDAP "
"filters to keep the cached sudo rules up to date. The default configuration "
"is set to values that should satisfy most of our users, but the following "
"paragraphs contain few tips on how to fine- tune the configuration to your "
"requirements."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:222
msgid ""
"1. <emphasis>Index LDAP attributes</emphasis>. Make sure that following LDAP "
"attributes are indexed: objectClass, cn, entryUSN or modifyTimestamp."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:227
msgid ""
"2. <emphasis>Set ldap_sudo_search_base</emphasis>. Set the search base to "
"the container that holds the sudo rules to limit the scope of the lookup."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:232
msgid ""
"3. <emphasis>Set full and smart refresh interval</emphasis>. If your sudo "
"rules do not change often and you do not require quick update of cached "
"rules on your clients, you may consider increasing the "
"<emphasis>ldap_sudo_full_refresh_interval</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>ldap_sudo_smart_refresh_interval</emphasis>. You may also consider "
"disabling the smart refresh by setting "
"<emphasis>ldap_sudo_smart_refresh_interval = 0</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:241
msgid ""
"4. If you have large number of clients, you may consider increasing the "
"value of <emphasis>ldap_sudo_random_offset</emphasis> to distribute the load "
"on the server better."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sssd.8.xml:10 sssd.8.xml:15
msgid "sssd"
msgstr "sssd"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sssd.8.xml:16
msgid "System Security Services Daemon"
msgstr "System Security Services Daemon"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: sssd.8.xml:21
msgid ""
"<command>sssd</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
"replaceable> </arg>"
msgstr ""
"<command>sssd</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
"replaceable> </arg>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:31
msgid ""
"<command>SSSD</command> provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote "
"directories and authentication mechanisms. It provides an NSS and PAM "
"interface toward the system and a pluggable backend system to connect to "
"multiple different account sources as well as D-Bus interface. It is also "
"the basis to provide client auditing and policy services for projects like "
"FreeIPA. It provides a more robust database to store local users as well as "
"extended user data."
msgstr ""
"<command>SSSD</command> fournit un jeu de démons pour gérer l'accès à des "
"dossiers distants et les mécanismes d'authentification. Il fournit une "
"interface NSS et PAM au travers du système et un moteur système extensible  "
"par greffons pour se connecter à de multiples comptes de sources différentes "
"en plus d'une interface D-Bus. C'est aussi un moyen de fournir un moyen "
"d'audit client et une politique de services pour les projets tels que "
"FreeIPA. Il fournit une base de donnée plus robuste pour stocker les "
"utilisateurs locaux ainsi que les données étendues des utilisateurs."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.8.xml:46
msgid ""
"<option>-d</option>,<option>--debug-level</option> <replaceable>LEVEL</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""
"<option>-d</option>,<option>--debug-level</option> <replaceable>LEVEL</"
"replaceable>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.8.xml:53
msgid "<option>--debug-timestamps=</option><replaceable>mode</replaceable>"
msgstr "<option>--debug-timestamps=</option><replaceable>mode</replaceable>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:57
msgid "<emphasis>1</emphasis>: Add a timestamp to the debug messages"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>1</emphasis> : Ajouter un horodatage aux messages de débogage"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:60
msgid "<emphasis>0</emphasis>: Disable timestamp in the debug messages"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>0</emphasis> : Désactiver l'horodatage dans les messages de "
"débogage"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.8.xml:69
msgid "<option>--debug-microseconds=</option><replaceable>mode</replaceable>"
msgstr "<option>--debug-microseconds=</option><replaceable>mode</replaceable>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:73
msgid ""
"<emphasis>1</emphasis>: Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>1</emphasis> : Ajouter les microsecondes à l'horodatage dans les "
"messages de débogage"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:76
msgid "<emphasis>0</emphasis>: Disable microseconds in timestamp"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>0</emphasis> : Désactiver les microsecondes dans l'horodatage"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.8.xml:85
msgid "<option>--logger=</option><replaceable>value</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:89
msgid "Location where SSSD will send log messages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:92
msgid ""
"<emphasis>stderr</emphasis>: Redirect debug messages to standard error "
"output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:96
msgid ""
"<emphasis>files</emphasis>: Redirect debug messages to the log files. By "
"default, the log files are stored in <filename>/var/log/sssd</filename> and "
"there are separate log files for every SSSD service and domain."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:102
msgid ""
"<emphasis>journald</emphasis>: Redirect debug messages to systemd-journald"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:106
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Default: not set, fallback to InfoPipe option"
msgid ""
"Default: not set (fall back to journald if available, otherwise to stderr)"
msgstr "Par défaut : non défini, repli sur l'option InfoPipe"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.8.xml:113
msgid "<option>-D</option>,<option>--daemon</option>"
msgstr "<option>-D</option>,<option>--daemon</option>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:117
msgid "Become a daemon after starting up."
msgstr "Devenir un démon après le démarrage."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.8.xml:123 sss_seed.8.xml:136
msgid "<option>-i</option>,<option>--interactive</option>"
msgstr "<option>-i</option>,<option>--interactive</option>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:127
msgid "Run in the foreground, don't become a daemon."
msgstr "Tourner en avant-plan et ne pas devenir un démon."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.8.xml:133
msgid "<option>-c</option>,<option>--config</option>"
msgstr "<option>-c</option>,<option>--config</option>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:137
msgid ""
"Specify a non-default config file. The default is <filename>/etc/sssd/sssd."
"conf</filename>. For reference on the config file syntax and options, "
"consult the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page."
msgstr ""
"Définit un fichier de configuration autre que celui par défaut (<filename>/"
"etc/sssd/sssd.conf</filename>). Pour obtenir des informations sur la syntaxe "
"et les options du fichier de configuration, consulter les pages de manuel de "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry>."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.8.xml:150
msgid "<option>-g</option>,<option>--genconf</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:154
msgid ""
"Do not start the SSSD, but refresh the configuration database from the "
"contents of <filename>/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</filename> and exit."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.8.xml:162
msgid "<option>-s</option>,<option>--genconf-section</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:166
msgid ""
"Similar to <quote>--genconf</quote>, but only refresh a single section from "
"the configuration file.  This option is useful mainly to be called from "
"systemd unit files to allow socket-activated responders to refresh their "
"configuration without requiring the administrator to restart the whole SSSD."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.8.xml:178
msgid "<option>--version</option>"
msgstr "<option>--version</option>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:182
msgid "Print version number and exit."
msgstr "Afficher le numéro de version et quitter."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd.8.xml:190
msgid "Signals"
msgstr "Signaux"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.8.xml:193
msgid "SIGTERM/SIGINT"
msgstr "SIGTERM/SIGINT"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:196
msgid ""
"Informs the SSSD to gracefully terminate all of its child processes and then "
"shut down the monitor."
msgstr ""
"Indique à SSSD de fermer normalement tous ses processus fils puis d'arrêter "
"le moniteur."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.8.xml:202
msgid "SIGHUP"
msgstr "SIGHUP"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:205
msgid ""
"Tells the SSSD to stop writing to its current debug file descriptors and to "
"close and reopen them. This is meant to facilitate log rolling with programs "
"like logrotate."
msgstr ""
"Précise à SSSD de ne plus écrire vers son fichier de débogage actuel, de le "
"fermer et de le rouvrir. Cela permet de faciliter les rotations de fichiers "
"de sortie avec des programmes tels que logrotate."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.8.xml:213
msgid "SIGUSR1"
msgstr "SIGUSR1"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:216
msgid ""
"Tells the SSSD to simulate offline operation for the duration of the "
"<quote>offline_timeout</quote> parameter. This is useful for testing. The "
"signal can be sent to either the sssd process or any sssd_be process "
"directly."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.8.xml:225
msgid "SIGUSR2"
msgstr "SIGUSR2"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:228
msgid ""
"Tells the SSSD to go online immediately. This is useful for testing. The "
"signal can be sent to either the sssd process or any sssd_be process "
"directly."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:240
msgid ""
"If the environment variable SSS_NSS_USE_MEMCACHE is set to \"NO\", client "
"applications will not use the fast in-memory cache."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:244
msgid ""
"If the environment variable SSS_LOCKFREE is set to \"NO\", requests from "
"multiple threads of a single application will be serialized."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:10 sss_obfuscate.8.xml:15
msgid "sss_obfuscate"
msgstr "sss_obfuscate"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:16
msgid "obfuscate a clear text password"
msgstr "obscurcir un mot de passe en clair"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:21
msgid ""
"<command>sss_obfuscate</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
"replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>[PASSWORD]</"
"replaceable></arg>"
msgstr ""
"<command>sss_obfuscate</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
"replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>[PASSWORD]</"
"replaceable></arg>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:32
msgid ""
"<command>sss_obfuscate</command> converts a given password into human-"
"unreadable format and places it into appropriate domain section of the SSSD "
"config file."
msgstr ""
"<command>sss_obfuscate</command> convertit un mot de passe donné en un "
"format illisible par un humain et le place dans la section de domaine "
"appropriée du fichier de configuration SSSD."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:37
msgid ""
"The cleartext password is read from standard input or entered "
"interactively.  The obfuscated password is put into "
"<quote>ldap_default_authtok</quote> parameter of a given SSSD domain and the "
"<quote>ldap_default_authtok_type</quote> parameter is set to "
"<quote>obfuscated_password</quote>. Refer to <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> for more details on these parameters."
msgstr ""
"Le mot de passe en clair est lu dans l'entrée standard ou entré "
"interactivement. Les mots de passes chiffrés sont mis dans "
"<quote>ldap_default_authtok</quote> pour un domaine SSSD donné et le "
"paramètre <quote>ldap_default_authtok_type</quote> est défini à "
"<quote>obfuscated_password</quote>. Cf. <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
"ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> pour plus de "
"détails sur ces paramètres."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:49
msgid ""
"Please note that obfuscating the password provides <emphasis>no real "
"security benefit</emphasis> as it is still possible for an attacker to "
"reverse-engineer the password back. Using better authentication mechanisms "
"such as client side certificates or GSSAPI is <emphasis>strongly</emphasis> "
"advised."
msgstr ""
"Veuillez noter que les mots de passe chiffrés ne fournissent <emphasis>aucun "
"réel bénéfice de sécurité</emphasis> étant donné qu'il est possible de "
"retrouver le mot de passe par ingénierie-inverse. Utiliser un meilleur "
"mécanisme d'authentification tel que les certificats côté client ou GSSAPI "
"est <emphasis>très</emphasis> conseillé."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:63
msgid "<option>-s</option>,<option>--stdin</option>"
msgstr "<option>-s</option>,<option>--stdin</option>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:67
msgid "The password to obfuscate will be read from standard input."
msgstr "Le mot de passe chiffré sera lu sur l'entrée standard."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:74 sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:127
#: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:78
msgid ""
"<option>-d</option>,<option>--domain</option> <replaceable>DOMAIN</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""
"<option>-d</option>,<option>--domain</option> <replaceable>DOMAINE</"
"replaceable>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:79
msgid ""
"The SSSD domain to use the password in. The default name is <quote>default</"
"quote>."
msgstr ""
"Le domaine SSSD auquel est lié le mot de passe. Le nom par défaut est "
"<quote>default</quote>."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:86
msgid ""
"<option>-f</option>,<option>--file</option> <replaceable>FILE</replaceable>"
msgstr ""
"<option>-f</option>,<option>--file</option> <replaceable>FICHIER</"
"replaceable>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:91
msgid "Read the config file specified by the positional parameter."
msgstr "Lit le fichier de configuration spécifié par le paramètre."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:95
msgid "Default: <filename>/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</filename>"
msgstr "Par défaut : <filename>/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</filename>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sss_override.8.xml:10 sss_override.8.xml:15
msgid "sss_override"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sss_override.8.xml:16
msgid "create local overrides of user and group attributes"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: sss_override.8.xml:21
msgid ""
"<command>sss_override</command> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>COMMAND</"
"replaceable></arg> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</replaceable> </"
"arg>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:32
msgid ""
"<command>sss_override</command> enables to create a client-side view and "
"allows to change selected values of specific user and groups. This change "
"takes effect only on local machine."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:37
msgid ""
"Overrides data are stored in the SSSD cache. If the cache is deleted, all "
"local overrides are lost. Please note that after the first override is "
"created using any of the following <emphasis>user-add</emphasis>, "
"<emphasis>group-add</emphasis>, <emphasis>user-import</emphasis> or "
"<emphasis>group-import</emphasis> command. SSSD needs to be restarted to "
"take effect.  <emphasis>sss_override</emphasis> prints message when a "
"restart is required."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:48
msgid ""
"<emphasis>NOTE:</emphasis> The options provided in this man page only work "
"with <quote>ldap</quote> and <quote>AD</quote> <quote> id_provider</quote>. "
"IPA overrides can be managed centrally on the IPA server."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sss_override.8.xml:56 sssctl.8.xml:41
msgid "AVAILABLE COMMANDS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:58
msgid ""
"Argument <emphasis>NAME</emphasis> is the name of original object in all "
"commands. It is not possible to override <emphasis>uid</emphasis> or "
"<emphasis>gid</emphasis> to 0."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_override.8.xml:65
msgid ""
"<option>user-add</option> <emphasis>NAME</emphasis> <optional><option>-n,--"
"name</option> NAME</optional> <optional><option>-u,--uid</option> UID</"
"optional> <optional><option>-g,--gid</option> GID</optional> "
"<optional><option>-h,--home</option> HOME</optional> <optional><option>-s,--"
"shell</option> SHELL</optional> <optional><option>-c,--gecos</option> GECOS</"
"optional> <optional><option>-x,--certificate</option> BASE64 ENCODED "
"CERTIFICATE</optional>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:78
msgid ""
"Override attributes of an user. Please be aware that calling this command "
"will replace any previous override for the (NAMEd) user."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_override.8.xml:86
msgid "<option>user-del</option> <emphasis>NAME</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:91
msgid ""
"Remove user overrides. However be aware that overridden attributes might be "
"returned from memory cache. Please see SSSD option "
"<emphasis>memcache_timeout</emphasis> for more details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_override.8.xml:100
msgid ""
"<option>user-find</option> <optional><option>-d,--domain</option> DOMAIN</"
"optional>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:105
msgid ""
"List all users with set overrides.  If <emphasis>DOMAIN</emphasis> parameter "
"is set, only users from the domain are listed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_override.8.xml:113
msgid "<option>user-show</option> <emphasis>NAME</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:118
msgid "Show user overrides."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_override.8.xml:124
msgid "<option>user-import</option> <emphasis>FILE</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:129
msgid ""
"Import user overrides from <emphasis>FILE</emphasis>.  Data format is "
"similar to standard passwd file.  The format is:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:134
msgid "original_name:name:uid:gid:gecos:home:shell:base64_encoded_certificate"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:137
msgid ""
"where original_name is original name of the user whose attributes should be "
"overridden. The rest of fields correspond to new values. You can omit a "
"value simply by leaving corresponding field empty."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:146
msgid "ckent:superman::::::"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:149
msgid "ckent@krypton.com::501:501:Superman:/home/earth:/bin/bash:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_override.8.xml:155
msgid "<option>user-export</option> <emphasis>FILE</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:160
msgid ""
"Export all overridden attributes and store them in <emphasis>FILE</"
"emphasis>. See <emphasis>user-import</emphasis> for data format."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_override.8.xml:168
msgid ""
"<option>group-add</option> <emphasis>NAME</emphasis> <optional><option>-n,--"
"name</option> NAME</optional> <optional><option>-g,--gid</option> GID</"
"optional>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:175
msgid ""
"Override attributes of a group. Please be aware that calling this command "
"will replace any previous override for the (NAMEd) group."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_override.8.xml:183
msgid "<option>group-del</option> <emphasis>NAME</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:188
msgid ""
"Remove group overrides. However be aware that overridden attributes might be "
"returned from memory cache. Please see SSSD option "
"<emphasis>memcache_timeout</emphasis> for more details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_override.8.xml:197
msgid ""
"<option>group-find</option> <optional><option>-d,--domain</option> DOMAIN</"
"optional>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:202
msgid ""
"List all groups with set overrides.  If <emphasis>DOMAIN</emphasis> "
"parameter is set, only groups from the domain are listed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_override.8.xml:210
msgid "<option>group-show</option> <emphasis>NAME</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:215
msgid "Show group overrides."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_override.8.xml:221
msgid "<option>group-import</option> <emphasis>FILE</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:226
msgid ""
"Import group overrides from <emphasis>FILE</emphasis>.  Data format is "
"similar to standard group file.  The format is:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:231
msgid "original_name:name:gid"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:234
msgid ""
"where original_name is original name of the group whose attributes should be "
"overridden. The rest of fields correspond to new values. You can omit a "
"value simply by leaving corresponding field empty."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:243
msgid "admins:administrators:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:246
msgid "Domain Users:Users:501"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_override.8.xml:252
msgid "<option>group-export</option> <emphasis>FILE</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:257
msgid ""
"Export all overridden attributes and store them in <emphasis>FILE</"
"emphasis>. See <emphasis>group-import</emphasis> for data format."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sss_override.8.xml:267 sssctl.8.xml:50
msgid "COMMON OPTIONS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:269 sssctl.8.xml:52
msgid "Those options are available with all commands."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_override.8.xml:274 sssctl.8.xml:57
msgid "<option>--debug</option> <replaceable>LEVEL</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:10 sssd-krb5.5.xml:16
msgid "sssd-krb5"
msgstr "sssd-krb5"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:17
msgid "SSSD Kerberos provider"
msgstr "Fournisseur Kerberos SSSD"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:23
msgid ""
"This manual page describes the configuration of the Kerberos 5 "
"authentication backend for <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry>.  For a detailed "
"syntax reference, please refer to the <quote>FILE FORMAT</quote> section of "
"the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page."
msgstr ""
"Cette page de manuel décrit la configuration du moteur d'authentification de "
"Kerberos 5 pour <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry>. Pour une référence détaillée sur "
"la syntaex, veuillez vous référer à la section <quote>FORMAT DE FICHIER</"
"quote> du manuel de <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:36
msgid ""
"The Kerberos 5 authentication backend contains auth and chpass providers. It "
"must be paired with an identity provider in order to function properly (for "
"example, id_provider = ldap). Some information required by the Kerberos 5 "
"authentication backend must be provided by the identity provider, such as "
"the user's Kerberos Principal Name (UPN). The configuration of the identity "
"provider should have an entry to specify the UPN. Please refer to the man "
"page for the applicable identity provider for details on how to configure "
"this."
msgstr ""
"Le moteur d'authentification Kerberos 5 contient les fournisseurs "
"d'authentification et de changement de mot de passe. Il doit être couplé "
"avec un fournisseur d'identité de manière à fonctionner proprement (par "
"exemple, id_provider = ldap). Plusieurs informations requises par le moteur "
"d'authentification Kerberos 5 doivent être fournies par le fournisseur "
"d'identité, telles que le nom du principal de l'utilisateur Kerberos (UPN). "
"La configuration du fournisseur d'identité doit avoir une entrée pour "
"spécifier l'UPN. Veuillez vous référer aux pages du manuel du fournisseur "
"d'identité ad-hoc pour pouvoir le configurer."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:47
msgid ""
"This backend also provides access control based on the .k5login file in the "
"home directory of the user. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>k5login</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more details. "
"Please note that an empty .k5login file will deny all access to this user. "
"To activate this feature, use 'access_provider = krb5' in your SSSD "
"configuration."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:55
msgid ""
"In the case where the UPN is not available in the identity backend, "
"<command>sssd</command> will construct a UPN using the format "
"<replaceable>username</replaceable>@<replaceable>krb5_realm</replaceable>."
msgstr ""
"Dans le cas où l'UPN n'est pas valide dans le moteur d'identité, "
"<command>sssd</command> construira un UPN en utilisant le format "
"<replaceable>utilisateur</replaceable>@<replaceable>krb5_realm</replaceable>."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:77
msgid ""
"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the "
"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference. "
"For more information on failover and server redundancy, see the "
"<quote>FAILOVER</quote> section. An optional port number (preceded by a "
"colon) may be appended to the addresses or hostnames.  If empty, service "
"discovery is enabled; for more information, refer to the <quote>SERVICE "
"DISCOVERY</quote> section."
msgstr ""
"Spécifie la liste séparée par des virgules des adresses IP ou des noms de "
"systèmes des serveurs Kerberos auquel SSSD doit se connecter, par ordre de "
"préférence. Pour plus d'informations sur la redondance par bascule et le "
"serveur, consultez la section de <quote>BASCULE</quote>. Un numéro de port "
"facultatif (précédé de deux-points) peut être ajouté aux adresses ou aux "
"noms de systèmes. Si vide, le service de découverte est activé - pour plus "
"d'informations, se reporter à la section <quote>DÉCOUVERTE DE SERVICE</"
"quote>."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:106
msgid ""
"The name of the Kerberos realm. This option is required and must be "
"specified."
msgstr ""
"Le nom du domaine Kerberos. Cette option est nécessaire et doit être "
"renseignée."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:113
msgid "krb5_kpasswd, krb5_backup_kpasswd (string)"
msgstr "krb5_kpasswd, krb5_backup_kpasswd (string)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:116
msgid ""
"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative "
"servers can be defined here. An optional port number (preceded by a colon) "
"may be appended to the addresses or hostnames."
msgstr ""
"Si le service de changement de mot de passe ne fonctionne pas sur le KDC, "
"des serveurs de secours  peuvent être définis ici. Un numéro de port "
"facultatif (précédé par un signe deux-points) peut-être être suffixé aux "
"adresses ou aux noms de systèmes."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:122
msgid ""
"For more information on failover and server redundancy, see the "
"<quote>FAILOVER</quote> section.  NOTE: Even if there are no more kpasswd "
"servers to try, the backend is not switched to operate offline if "
"authentication against the KDC is still possible."
msgstr ""
"Pour plus d'information sur la bascule et la redondance de serveurs, voir la "
"section <quote>BASCULE</quote>. Noter que même si il n'y a plus de serveurs "
"kpasswd à essayer, le moteur ne passe pas en mode hors-ligne si "
"l'authentification KDC est toujours possible."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:129
msgid "Default: Use the KDC"
msgstr "Par défaut : utiliser le KDC"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:135
msgid "krb5_ccachedir (string)"
msgstr "krb5_ccachedir (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:138
msgid ""
"Directory to store credential caches. All the substitution sequences of "
"krb5_ccname_template can be used here, too, except %d and %P.  The directory "
"is created as private and owned by the user, with permissions set to 0700."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:145
msgid "Default: /tmp"
msgstr "Par défaut : /tmp"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:151
msgid "krb5_ccname_template (string)"
msgstr "krb5_ccname_template (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:165 include/override_homedir.xml:11
msgid "%u"
msgstr "%u"

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:166 include/override_homedir.xml:12
msgid "login name"
msgstr "identifiant de connexion"

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:169 include/override_homedir.xml:15
msgid "%U"
msgstr "%U"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:170
msgid "login UID"
msgstr "UID de l'utilisateur"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:173
msgid "%p"
msgstr "%p"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:174
msgid "principal name"
msgstr "nom du principal"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:178
msgid "%r"
msgstr "%r"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:179
msgid "realm name"
msgstr "nom de domaine"

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:182 include/override_homedir.xml:42
msgid "%h"
msgstr "%h"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:183 sssd-ifp.5.xml:124
msgid "home directory"
msgstr "répertoire personnel"

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:187 include/override_homedir.xml:19
msgid "%d"
msgstr "%d"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:188
msgid "value of krb5_ccachedir"
msgstr "valeur de krb5_ccachedir"

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:193 include/override_homedir.xml:31
msgid "%P"
msgstr "%P"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:194
msgid "the process ID of the SSSD client"
msgstr "l'ID de processus du client SSSD"

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:199 include/override_homedir.xml:56
msgid "%%"
msgstr "%%"

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:200 include/override_homedir.xml:57
msgid "a literal '%'"
msgstr "un « % » littéral"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:154
msgid ""
"Location of the user's credential cache. Three credential cache types are "
"currently supported: <quote>FILE</quote>, <quote>DIR</quote> and "
"<quote>KEYRING:persistent</quote>. The cache can be specified either as "
"<replaceable>TYPE:RESIDUAL</replaceable>, or as an absolute path, which "
"implies the <quote>FILE</quote> type. In the template, the following "
"sequences are substituted: <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/> If "
"the template ends with 'XXXXXX' mkstemp(3) is used to create a unique "
"filename in a safe way."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:208
msgid ""
"When using KEYRING types, the only supported mechanism is <quote>KEYRING:"
"persistent:%U</quote>, which uses the Linux kernel keyring to store "
"credentials on a per-UID basis. This is also the recommended choice, as it "
"is the most secure and predictable method."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:216
msgid ""
"The default value for the credential cache name is sourced from the profile "
"stored in the system wide krb5.conf configuration file in the [libdefaults] "
"section. The option name is default_ccache_name.  See krb5.conf(5)'s "
"PARAMETER EXPANSION paragraph for additional information on the expansion "
"format defined by krb5.conf."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:225
msgid ""
"NOTE: Please be aware that libkrb5 ccache expansion template from "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>krb5.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> uses different expansion sequences than SSSD."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:234
msgid "Default: (from libkrb5)"
msgstr "Par défaut : (valeur provenant de libkrb5)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:240
msgid "krb5_keytab (string)"
msgstr "krb5_keytab (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:243
msgid ""
"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from "
"KDCs."
msgstr ""
"L'emplacement du fichier keytab à utiliser pour valider les données "
"d'identification obtenues à partir de KDC."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:253
msgid "krb5_store_password_if_offline (boolean)"
msgstr "krb5_store_password_if_offline (booléen)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:256
msgid ""
"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to "
"request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
msgstr ""
"Stocke le mot de passe de l'utilisateur si le fournisseur est hors-ligne, "
"puis l'utilise pour obtenir un TGT lorsque le fournisseur redevient "
"disponible en ligne."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:261
msgid ""
"NOTE: this feature is only available on Linux.  Passwords stored in this way "
"are kept in plaintext in the kernel keyring and are potentially accessible "
"by the root user (with difficulty)."
msgstr ""
"NOTE : cette fonctionnalité n'est actuellement disponible que sur les plates-"
"formes Linux. Les mots de passe stockés de cette manière sont conservés en "
"texte brut dans le trousseau de clés du noyau et sont potentiellement "
"accessibles à l'utilisateur root (avec difficulté)."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:274
msgid "krb5_use_fast (string)"
msgstr "krb5_use_fast (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:277
msgid ""
"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-"
"authentication. The following options are supported:"
msgstr ""
"Active le flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) pour la pré-"
"authentification Kerberos. Les options suivantes sont supportées :"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:282
msgid ""
"<emphasis>never</emphasis> use FAST. This is equivalent to not setting this "
"option at all."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>never</emphasis> : ne jamais utiliser FAST. Ceci équivaut à ne pas "
"définir cette option."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:286
msgid ""
"<emphasis>try</emphasis> to use FAST. If the server does not support FAST, "
"continue the authentication without it."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>try</emphasis> : eassyer d'utiliser FAST. Si le serveur ne prend "
"pas en charge FAST, continuer l'authentification sans."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:291
msgid ""
"<emphasis>demand</emphasis> to use FAST. The authentication fails if the "
"server does not require fast."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>demander</emphasis>  : imposer d'utiliser FAST. L'authentification "
"échoue si le serveur ne requiert pas FAST."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:296
msgid "Default: not set, i.e. FAST is not used."
msgstr "Par défaut : non défini, i.e. FAST n'est pas utilisé."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:299
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "NOTE: a keytab is required to use FAST."
msgid "NOTE: a keytab or support for anonymous PKINIT is required to use FAST."
msgstr "NOTE : un fichier keytab est requis pour utiliser FAST."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:303
msgid ""
"NOTE: SSSD supports FAST only with MIT Kerberos version 1.8 and later. If "
"SSSD is used with an older version of MIT Kerberos, using this option is a "
"configuration error."
msgstr ""
"NOTE : SSSD prend en charge le paramètre FAST uniquement avec MIT Kerberos "
"version 1.8 et au-delà. L'utilisation de SSSD avec une version antérieure de "
"MIT Kerberos avec cette option est une erreur de configuration."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:312
msgid "krb5_fast_principal (string)"
msgstr "krb5_fast_principal (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:315
msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
msgstr "Spécifie le principal de serveur afin d'utiliser FAST."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:321
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "krb5_use_kdcinfo (boolean)"
msgid "krb5_fast_use_anonymous_pkinit (boolean)"
msgstr "krb5_use_kdcinfo (booléen)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:324
msgid ""
"If set to true try to use anonymous PKINIT instead of a keytab to get the "
"required credential for FAST. The krb5_fast_principal options is ignored in "
"this case."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:364
msgid "krb5_kdcinfo_lookahead (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:367
msgid ""
"When krb5_use_kdcinfo is set to true, you can limit the amount of servers "
"handed to <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd_krb5_locator_plugin</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry>.  This might be "
"helpful when there are too many servers discovered using SRV record."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:377
msgid ""
"The krb5_kdcinfo_lookahead option contains two numbers separated by a colon. "
"The first number represents number of primary servers used and the second "
"number specifies the number of backup servers."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:383
msgid ""
"For example <emphasis>10:0</emphasis> means that up to 10 primary servers "
"will be handed to <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd_krb5_locator_plugin</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> but no backup "
"servers."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:392
msgid "Default: 3:1"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:398
msgid "krb5_use_enterprise_principal (boolean)"
msgstr "krb5_use_enterprise_principal (booléen)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:401
msgid ""
"Specifies if the user principal should be treated as enterprise principal. "
"See section 5 of RFC 6806 for more details about enterprise principals."
msgstr ""
"Indique si le principal de l'utilisateur doit être traité comme un principal "
"d'entreprise. Cf. la section 5 de la RFC 6806 pour plus de détails sur les "
"principals d'entreprise."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:407
msgid "Default: false (AD provider: true)"
msgstr "Par défaut : false (AD provider : true)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:410
msgid ""
"The IPA provider will set to option to 'true' if it detects that the server "
"is capable of handling enterprise principals and the option is not set "
"explicitly in the config file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:419
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "krb5_use_kdcinfo (boolean)"
msgid "krb5_use_subdomain_realm (boolean)"
msgstr "krb5_use_kdcinfo (booléen)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:422
msgid ""
"Specifies to use subdomains realms for the authentication of users from "
"trusted domains. This option can be set to 'true' if enterprise principals "
"are used with upnSuffixes which are not known on the parent domain KDCs. If "
"the option is set to 'true' SSSD will try to send the request directly to a "
"KDC of the trusted domain the user is coming from."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:438
msgid "krb5_map_user (string)"
msgstr "krb5_map_user (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:441
msgid ""
"The list of mappings is given as a comma-separated list of pairs "
"<quote>username:primary</quote> where <quote>username</quote> is a UNIX user "
"name and <quote>primary</quote> is a user part of a kerberos principal. This "
"mapping is used when user is authenticating using <quote>auth_provider = "
"krb5</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:453
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"krb5_realm = REALM\n"
"krb5_map_user = joe:juser,dick:richard\n"
msgstr ""
"krb5_realm = REALM\n"
"krb5_map_user = joe:juser,dick:richard\n"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:458
msgid ""
"<quote>joe</quote> and <quote>dick</quote> are UNIX user names and "
"<quote>juser</quote> and <quote>richard</quote> are primaries of kerberos "
"principals. For user <quote>joe</quote> resp.  <quote>dick</quote> SSSD will "
"try to kinit as <quote>juser@REALM</quote> resp.  <quote>richard@REALM</"
"quote>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:65
msgid ""
"If the auth-module krb5 is used in an SSSD domain, the following options "
"must be used. See the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page, section "
"<quote>DOMAIN SECTIONS</quote>, for details on the configuration of an SSSD "
"domain.  <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
"Si le module auth krb5 est utilisé dans un domaine SSSD, les options "
"suivantes doivent être utilisées. Cf. la page de manuel "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, section <quote>SECTIONS DOMAINE</quote> pour plus "
"de détails sur la configuration d'un domaine SSSD.  <placeholder "
"type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:485
msgid ""
"The following example assumes that SSSD is correctly configured and FOO is "
"one of the domains in the <replaceable>[sssd]</replaceable> section. This "
"example shows only configuration of Kerberos authentication; it does not "
"include any identity provider."
msgstr ""
"L'exemple suivant suppose que SSSD est correctement configuré et que FOO est "
"l'un des domaines de la section <replaceable>[sssd]</replaceable>. Cet "
"exemple montre uniquement la configuration de l'authentification Kerberos, "
"et n'inclut aucun fournisseur d'identité."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:493
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[domain/FOO]\n"
"auth_provider = krb5\n"
"krb5_server = 192.168.1.1\n"
"krb5_realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
msgstr ""
"[domain/FOO]\n"
"auth_provider = krb5\n"
"krb5_server = 192.168.1.1\n"
"krb5_realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:10 sss_cache.8.xml:15
msgid "sss_cache"
msgstr "sss_cache"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:16
msgid "perform cache cleanup"
msgstr "effectue le nettoyage du cache"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:21
msgid ""
"<command>sss_cache</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
"replaceable> </arg>"
msgstr ""
"<command>sss_cache</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
"replaceable> </arg>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:31
msgid ""
"<command>sss_cache</command> invalidates records in SSSD cache.  Invalidated "
"records are forced to be reloaded from server as soon as related SSSD "
"backend is online. Options that invalidate a single object only accept a "
"single provided argument."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:43
msgid "<option>-E</option>,<option>--everything</option>"
msgstr "<option>-E</option>,<option>--everything</option>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:47
msgid "Invalidate all cached entries."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:53
msgid ""
"<option>-u</option>,<option>--user</option> <replaceable>login</replaceable>"
msgstr ""
"<option>-u</option>,<option>--user</option> <replaceable>login</replaceable>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:58
msgid "Invalidate specific user."
msgstr "Invalider un utilisateur spécifique."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:64
msgid "<option>-U</option>,<option>--users</option>"
msgstr "<option>-U</option>,<option>--users</option>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:68
msgid ""
"Invalidate all user records. This option overrides invalidation of specific "
"user if it was also set."
msgstr ""
"L'annulation de tous les enregistrements d'utilisateur. Cette option prend "
"le pas sur l'invalidation d'un utilisateur spécifique, si elle a été "
"également configuré."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:75
msgid ""
"<option>-g</option>,<option>--group</option> <replaceable>group</replaceable>"
msgstr ""
"<option>-g</option>,<option>--group</option> <replaceable>group</replaceable>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:80
msgid "Invalidate specific group."
msgstr "L'annulation de groupe spécifique."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:86
msgid "<option>-G</option>,<option>--groups</option>"
msgstr "<option>-G</option>,<option>--groups</option>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:90
msgid ""
"Invalidate all group records. This option overrides invalidation of specific "
"group if it was also set."
msgstr ""
"L'annulation de tous les enregistrements de groupe. Cette option prend le "
"pas sur l'invalidation d'un groupe spécifique si elle a été également "
"définie."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:97
msgid ""
"<option>-n</option>,<option>--netgroup</option> <replaceable>netgroup</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""
"<option>-n</option>,<option>--netgroup</option> <replaceable>netgroup</"
"replaceable>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:102
msgid "Invalidate specific netgroup."
msgstr "Invalide un netgroup spécifique."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:108
msgid "<option>-N</option>,<option>--netgroups</option>"
msgstr "<option>-N</option>,<option>--netgroups</option>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:112
msgid ""
"Invalidate all netgroup records. This option overrides invalidation of "
"specific netgroup if it was also set."
msgstr ""
"Invalider tous les enregistrements de netgroup. Cette option prend le pas "
"sur l'invalidation de netgroup spécifiques s'il a été également définie."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:119
msgid ""
"<option>-s</option>,<option>--service</option> <replaceable>service</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""
"<option>-s</option>,<option>--service</option> <replaceable>service</"
"replaceable>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:124
msgid "Invalidate specific service."
msgstr "Invalider le service spécifique."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:130
msgid "<option>-S</option>,<option>--services</option>"
msgstr "<option>-S</option>,<option>--services</option>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:134
msgid ""
"Invalidate all service records. This option overrides invalidation of "
"specific service if it was also set."
msgstr ""
"Invalider tous les enregistrements de service. Cette option se substitue à "
"l'invalidation de service spécifique s'elle a également été définie."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:141
msgid ""
"<option>-a</option>,<option>--autofs-map</option> <replaceable>autofs-map</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""
"<option>-a</option>,<option>--autofs-map</option> <replaceable>autofs-map</"
"replaceable>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:146
msgid "Invalidate specific autofs maps."
msgstr "Invalider des cartes autofs spécifiques."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:152
msgid "<option>-A</option>,<option>--autofs-maps</option>"
msgstr "<option>-A</option>,<option>--autofs-maps</option>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:156
msgid ""
"Invalidate all autofs maps. This option overrides invalidation of specific "
"map if it was also set."
msgstr ""
"Invalider toutes les cartes autofs. Cette option remplace l'invalidation de "
"carte spécifique s'elle a également été définie."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:163
msgid ""
"<option>-h</option>,<option>--ssh-host</option> <replaceable>hostname</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:168
msgid "Invalidate SSH public keys of a specific host."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:174
msgid "<option>-H</option>,<option>--ssh-hosts</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:178
msgid ""
"Invalidate SSH public keys of all hosts. This option overrides invalidation "
"of SSH public keys of specific host if it was also set."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:186
msgid ""
"<option>-r</option>,<option>--sudo-rule</option> <replaceable>rule</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:191
msgid "Invalidate particular sudo rule."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:197
msgid "<option>-R</option>,<option>--sudo-rules</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:201
msgid ""
"Invalidate all cached sudo rules. This option overrides invalidation of "
"specific sudo rule if it was also set."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:209
msgid ""
"<option>-d</option>,<option>--domain</option> <replaceable>domain</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""
"<option>-d</option>,<option>--domain</option> <replaceable>domain</"
"replaceable>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:214
msgid "Restrict invalidation process only to a particular domain."
msgstr "Restreindre le processus d'invalidation à un domaine particulier."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:224
msgid "EFFECTS ON THE FAST MEMORY CACHE"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:226
msgid ""
"<command>sss_cache</command> also invalidates the memory cache.  Since the "
"memory cache is a file which is mapped into the memory of each process which "
"called SSSD to resolve users or groups the file cannot be truncated. A "
"special flag is set in the header of the file to indicate that the content "
"is invalid and then the file is unlinked by SSSD's NSS responder and a new "
"cache file is created.  Whenever a process is now doing a new lookup for a "
"user or a group it will see the flag, close the old memory cache file and "
"map the new one into its memory. When all processes which had opened the old "
"memory cache file have closed it while looking up a user or a group the "
"kernel can release the occupied disk space and the old memory cache file is "
"finally removed completely."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:240
msgid ""
"A special case is long running processes which are doing user or group "
"lookups only at startup, e.g. to determine the name of the user the process "
"is running as. For those lookups the memory cache file is mapped into the "
"memory of the process. But since there will be no further lookups this "
"process would never detect if the memory cache file was invalidated and "
"hence it will be kept in memory and will occupy disk space until the process "
"stops. As a result calling <command>sss_cache</command> might increase the "
"disk usage because old memory cache files cannot be removed from the disk "
"because they are still mapped by long running processes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:252
msgid ""
"A possible work-around for long running processes which are looking up users "
"and groups only at startup or very rarely is to run them with the "
"environment variable SSS_NSS_USE_MEMCACHE set to \"NO\" so that they won't "
"use the memory cache at all and not map the memory cache file into the "
"memory. In general a better solution is to tune the cache timeout parameters "
"so that they meet the local expectations and calling <command>sss_cache</"
"command> is not needed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sss_debuglevel.8.xml:10 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:15
msgid "sss_debuglevel"
msgstr "sss_debuglevel"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sss_debuglevel.8.xml:16
msgid "[DEPRECATED] change debug level while SSSD is running"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: sss_debuglevel.8.xml:21
msgid ""
"<command>sss_debuglevel</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
"replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>NEW_DEBUG_LEVEL</"
"replaceable></arg>"
msgstr ""
"<command>sss_debuglevel</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
"replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>NEW_DEBUG_LEVEL</"
"replaceable></arg>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_debuglevel.8.xml:32
msgid ""
"<command>sss_debuglevel</command> is deprecated and replaced by the sssctl "
"debug-level command. Please refer to the <command>sssctl</command> man page "
"for more information on sssctl usage."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:10 sss_seed.8.xml:15
msgid "sss_seed"
msgstr "sss_seed"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:16
msgid "seed the SSSD cache with a user"
msgstr "initialise le cache SSSD avec un utilisateur"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:21
msgid ""
"<command>sss_seed</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
"replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'>-D <replaceable>DOMAIN</"
"replaceable></arg> <arg choice='plain'>-n <replaceable>USER</replaceable></"
"arg>"
msgstr ""
"<command>sss_seed</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
"replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'>-D <replaceable>DOMAIN</"
"replaceable></arg> <arg choice='plain'>-n <replaceable>USER</replaceable></"
"arg>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:33
msgid ""
"<command>sss_seed</command> seeds the SSSD cache with a user entry and "
"temporary password. If a user entry is already present in the SSSD cache "
"then the entry is updated with the temporary password."
msgstr ""
"<command>sss_seed</command> initialise le cache SSSD avec une entrée "
"d'utilisateur et le mot de passe temporaire. Si une entrée d'utilisateur est "
"déjà présente dans le cache de SSSD, l'entrée est mise à jour avec le mot de "
"passe temporaire."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:46
msgid ""
"<option>-D</option>,<option>--domain</option> <replaceable>DOMAIN</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""
"<option>-D</option>,<option>--domain</option> <replaceable>DOMAIN</"
"replaceable>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:51
msgid ""
"Provide the name of the domain in which the user is a member of. The domain "
"is also used to retrieve user information. The domain must be configured in "
"sssd.conf. The <replaceable>DOMAIN</replaceable> option must be provided.  "
"Information retrieved from the domain overrides what is provided in the "
"options."
msgstr ""
"Indique le nom de domaine duquel l'utilisateur est membre. Le domaine est "
"également utilisé pour récupérer les informations sur l'utilisateur. Le "
"domaine doit être configuré dans sssd.conf. L'option <replaceable>DOMAIN</"
"replaceable> doit être fournie.  Les informations récupérées depuis le "
"domaine prennent le pas sur ce qui est fourni dans les options."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:63
msgid ""
"<option>-n</option>,<option>--username</option> <replaceable>USER</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""
"<option>-n</option>,<option>--username</option> <replaceable>USER</"
"replaceable>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:68
msgid ""
"The username of the entry to be created or modified in the cache. The "
"<replaceable>USER</replaceable> option must be provided."
msgstr ""
"Le nom d'utilisateur de l'entrée devant être créée ou modifiée dans le "
"cache. L'option <replaceable>USER</replaceable> doit être fournie."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:76
msgid ""
"<option>-u</option>,<option>--uid</option> <replaceable>UID</replaceable>"
msgstr ""
"<option>-u</option>,<option>--uid</option> <replaceable>UID</replaceable>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:81
msgid "Set the UID of the user to <replaceable>UID</replaceable>."
msgstr "Définit l'UID de l'utilisateur à <replaceable>UID</replaceable>."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:88
msgid ""
"<option>-g</option>,<option>--gid</option> <replaceable>GID</replaceable>"
msgstr ""
"<option>-g</option>,<option>--gid</option> <replaceable>GID</replaceable>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:93
msgid "Set the GID of the user to <replaceable>GID</replaceable>."
msgstr "Définit le GID de l'utilisateur à <replaceable>GID</replaceable>."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:100
msgid ""
"<option>-c</option>,<option>--gecos</option> <replaceable>COMMENT</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""
"<option>-c</option>,<option>--gecos</option> <replaceable>COMMENTAIRE</"
"replaceable>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:105
msgid ""
"Any text string describing the user. Often used as the field for the user's "
"full name."
msgstr ""
"Toute chaîne de caractère décrivant l'utilisateur. Souvent utilisé comme "
"champ pour le nom entier de l'utilisateur."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:112
msgid ""
"<option>-h</option>,<option>--home</option> <replaceable>HOME_DIR</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""
"<option>-h</option>,<option>--home</option> <replaceable>HOME_DIR</"
"replaceable>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:117
msgid ""
"Set the home directory of the user to <replaceable>HOME_DIR</replaceable>."
msgstr ""
"Définit le répertoire de l'utilisateur à <replaceable>HOME_DIR</replaceable>."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:124
msgid ""
"<option>-s</option>,<option>--shell</option> <replaceable>SHELL</replaceable>"
msgstr ""
"<option>-s</option>,<option>--shell</option> <replaceable>SHELL</replaceable>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:129
msgid "Set the login shell of the user to <replaceable>SHELL</replaceable>."
msgstr ""
"Définit l'interpréteur de commande de l'utilisateur à <replaceable>SHELL</"
"replaceable>."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:140
msgid ""
"Interactive mode for entering user information. This option will only prompt "
"for information not provided in the options or retrieved from the domain."
msgstr ""
"Mode interactif pour la saisie des informations de l'utilisateur. Cette "
"option invite uniquement à la saisir des renseignements non fournis dans les "
"options ou non récupérés à partir du domaine."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:148
msgid ""
"<option>-p</option>,<option>--password-file</option> <replaceable>PASS_FILE</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""
"<option>-p</option>,<option>--password-file</option> <replaceable>PASS_FILE</"
"replaceable>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:153
msgid ""
"Specify file to read user's password from. (if not specified password is "
"prompted for)"
msgstr ""
"Spécifie le fichier dans lequel lire le mot de passe de l'utilisateur. (si "
"aucun mot de passe n'est spécifié, il sera demandé)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:165
msgid ""
"The length of the password (or the size of file specified with -p or --"
"password-file option) must be less than or equal to PASS_MAX bytes (64 bytes "
"on systems with no globally-defined PASS_MAX value)."
msgstr ""
"La taille du mot de passe (ou la taille du fichier spécifié avec l'option -p "
"ou --password-file) doit être inférieure ou égale à PASS_MAX octets (64 "
"octets sur les systèmes sans valeur globale définie de PASS_MAX)."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:10 sssd-ifp.5.xml:16
msgid "sssd-ifp"
msgstr "sssd-ifp"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:17
msgid "SSSD InfoPipe responder"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:23
msgid ""
"This manual page describes the configuration of the InfoPipe responder for "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> "
"</citerefentry>.  For a detailed syntax reference, refer to the <quote>FILE "
"FORMAT</quote> section of the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:36
msgid ""
"The InfoPipe responder provides a public D-Bus interface accessible over the "
"system bus. The interface allows the user to query information about remote "
"users and groups over the system bus."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:43
msgid "FIND BY VALID CERTIFICATE"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:45
msgid ""
"The following options can be used to control how the certificates are "
"validated when using the FindByValidCertificate() API:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:48 sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:92
msgid "ca_db"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:49 sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:93
msgid "p11_child_timeout"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:50 sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:94
msgid "certificate_verification"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:52
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Please refer to the <quote>dns_discovery_domain</quote> parameter in the "
#| "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
#| "manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for more details."
msgid ""
"For more details about the options see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sssd."
"conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
"Se reporter au paramètre <quote>dns_discovery_domain</quote> dans la page de "
"manuel <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> pour plus de détails."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:62
msgid "These options can be used to configure the InfoPipe responder."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:69
msgid ""
"Specifies the comma-separated list of UID values or user names that are "
"allowed to access the InfoPipe responder. User names are resolved to UIDs at "
"startup."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:75
msgid ""
"Default: 0 (only the root user is allowed to access the InfoPipe responder)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:79
msgid ""
"Please note that although the UID 0 is used as the default it will be "
"overwritten with this option. If you still want to allow the root user to "
"access the InfoPipe responder, which would be the typical case, you have to "
"add 0 to the list of allowed UIDs as well."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:93
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of white or blacklisted attributes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:107
msgid "name"
msgstr "name"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:108
msgid "user's login name"
msgstr "identifiant de connexion de l'utilisateur"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:111
msgid "uidNumber"
msgstr "uidNumber"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:112
msgid "user ID"
msgstr "identifiant de l'utilisateur"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:115
msgid "gidNumber"
msgstr "gidNumber"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:116
msgid "primary group ID"
msgstr "identifiant de groupe primaire"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:119
msgid "gecos"
msgstr "gecos"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:120
msgid "user information, typically full name"
msgstr "informations utilisateur, généralement le nom complet"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:123
msgid "homeDirectory"
msgstr "homeDirectory"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:127
msgid "loginShell"
msgstr "loginShell"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:128
msgid "user shell"
msgstr "interpréteur de commande"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:97
msgid ""
"By default, the InfoPipe responder only allows the default set of POSIX "
"attributes to be requested. This set is the same as returned by "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>getpwnam</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>3</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> and includes: <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" "
"id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:141
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"user_attributes = +telephoneNumber, -loginShell\n"
"                        "
msgstr ""
"user_attributes = +telephoneNumber, -loginShell\n"
"                        "

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:133
msgid ""
"It is possible to add another attribute to this set by using "
"<quote>+attr_name</quote> or explicitly remove an attribute using <quote>-"
"attr_name</quote>. For example, to allow <quote>telephoneNumber</quote> but "
"deny <quote>loginShell</quote>, you would use the following configuration: "
"<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:145
msgid "Default: not set. Only the default set of POSIX attributes is allowed."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut : non défini. Seul le jeu d'attributs POSIX par défaut est "
"autorisé."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:155
msgid ""
"Specifies an upper limit on the number of entries that are downloaded during "
"a wildcard lookup that overrides caller-supplied limit."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:160
msgid "Default: 0 (let the caller set an upper limit)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refentryinfo>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:8
msgid ""
"<productname>sss rpc.idmapd plugin</productname> <author> <firstname>Noam</"
"firstname> <surname>Meltzer</surname> <affiliation> <orgname>Primary Data "
"Inc.</orgname> </affiliation> <contrib>Developer (2013-2014)</contrib> </"
"author> <author> <firstname>Noam</firstname> <surname>Meltzer</surname> "
"<contrib>Developer (2014-)</contrib> <email>tsnoam@gmail.com</email> </"
"author>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:26 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:32
msgid "sss_rpcidmapd"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:33
msgid "sss plugin configuration directives for rpc.idmapd"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:37
msgid "CONFIGURATION FILE"
msgstr "FICHIER DE CONFIGURATION"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:39
msgid ""
"rpc.idmapd configuration file is usually found at <emphasis>/etc/idmapd."
"conf</emphasis>. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>idmapd.conf</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:49
msgid "SSS CONFIGURATION EXTENSION"
msgstr "EXTENSION DE CONFIGURATION SSS"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:51
msgid "Enable SSS plugin"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:53
msgid ""
"In section <quote>[Translation]</quote>, modify/set <quote>Method</quote> "
"attribute to contain <emphasis>sss</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:59
msgid "[sss] config section"
msgstr "Section de configuration [sss]"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:61
msgid ""
"In order to change the default of one of the configuration attributes of the "
"<emphasis>sss</emphasis> plugin listed below you will need to create a "
"config section for it, named <quote>[sss]</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><title>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:67
msgid "Configuration attributes"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:69
msgid "memcache (bool)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:72
msgid "Indicates whether or not to use memcache optimisation technique."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:85
msgid "SSSD INTEGRATION"
msgstr "INTÉGRATION SSSD"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:87
msgid ""
"The sss plugin requires the <emphasis>NSS Responder</emphasis> to be enabled "
"in sssd."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:91
msgid ""
"The attribute <quote>use_fully_qualified_names</quote> must be enabled on "
"all domains (NFSv4 clients expect a fully qualified name to be sent on the "
"wire)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:103
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[General]\n"
"Verbosity = 2\n"
"# domain must be synced between NFSv4 server and clients\n"
"# Solaris/Illumos/AIX use \"localdomain\" as default!\n"
"Domain = default\n"
"\n"
"[Mapping]\n"
"Nobody-User = nfsnobody\n"
"Nobody-Group = nfsnobody\n"
"\n"
"[Translation]\n"
"Method = sss\n"
msgstr ""
"[General]\n"
"Verbosity = 2\n"
"# domain must be synced between NFSv4 server and clients\n"
"# Solaris/Illumos/AIX use \"localdomain\" as default!\n"
"Domain = default\n"
"\n"
"[Mapping]\n"
"Nobody-User = nfsnobody\n"
"Nobody-Group = nfsnobody\n"
"\n"
"[Translation]\n"
"Method = sss\n"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:100
msgid ""
"The following example shows a minimal idmapd.conf which makes use of the sss "
"plugin.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><title>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:120 sssd-kcm.8.xml:316 include/seealso.xml:2
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "VOIR AUSSI"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:122
msgid ""
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>, <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>idmapd.conf</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>"
msgstr ""
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>, <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>idmapd.conf</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:10 sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:15
msgid "sss_ssh_authorizedkeys"
msgstr "sss_ssh_authorizedkeys"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
#: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:11 sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:11
msgid "1"
msgstr "1"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:16
msgid "get OpenSSH authorized keys"
msgstr "obtient les clés OpenSSH autorisées"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:21
msgid ""
"<command>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</command> <arg choice='opt'> "
"<replaceable>options</replaceable> </arg> <arg "
"choice='plain'><replaceable>USER</replaceable></arg>"
msgstr ""
"<command>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</command> <arg choice='opt'> "
"<replaceable>options</replaceable> </arg> <arg "
"choice='plain'><replaceable>USER</replaceable></arg>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:32
msgid ""
"<command>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</command> acquires SSH public keys for user "
"<replaceable>USER</replaceable> and outputs them in OpenSSH authorized_keys "
"format (see the <quote>AUTHORIZED_KEYS FILE FORMAT</quote> section of "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for more information)."
msgstr ""
"<command>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</command> acquiert les clés publiques SSH "
"pour <replaceable>USER</replaceable> et les renvoie dans le format "
"authorized_keys de OpenSSH (cf. la section <quote>FORMAT DE FICHIER "
"AUTHORIZED_KEYS</quote> de <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> pour plus d'informations)."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:41
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> can be configured to use <command>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</"
"command> for public key user authentication if it is compiled with support "
"for <quote>AuthorizedKeysCommand</quote> option. Please refer to the "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sshd_config</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> man page for more details about this option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:59
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"  AuthorizedKeysCommand /usr/bin/sss_ssh_authorizedkeys\n"
"  AuthorizedKeysCommandUser nobody\n"
msgstr ""
"  AuthorizedKeysCommand /usr/bin/sss_ssh_authorizedkeys\n"
"  AuthorizedKeysCommandUser nobody\n"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:52
msgid ""
"If <quote>AuthorizedKeysCommand</quote> is supported, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> can be configured to use it by putting the following "
"directives in <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sshd_config</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>: <placeholder "
"type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:65
msgid "KEYS FROM CERTIFICATES"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:67
msgid ""
"In addition to the public SSH keys for user <replaceable>USER</replaceable> "
"<command>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</command> can return public SSH keys derived "
"from the public key of a X.509 certificate as well."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:73
msgid ""
"To enable this the <quote>ssh_use_certificate_keys</quote> option must be "
"set to true (default) in the [ssh] section of <filename>sssd.conf</"
"filename>. If the user entry contains certificates (see "
"<quote>ldap_user_certificate</quote> in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sssd-"
"ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details) or "
"there is a certificate in an override entry for the user (see "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sss_override</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> or <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details) and the "
"certificate is valid SSSD will extract the public key from the certificate "
"and convert it into the format expected by sshd."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:90
msgid "Besides <quote>ssh_use_certificate_keys</quote> the options"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:96
msgid ""
"can be used to control how the certificates are validated (see "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for details)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:101
msgid ""
"The validation is the benefit of using X.509 certificates instead of SSH "
"keys directly because e.g. it gives a better control of the lifetime of the "
"keys. When the ssh client is configured to use the private keys from a "
"Smartcard with the help of a PKCS#11 shared library (see "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssh</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for details) it might be irritating that authentication is "
"still working even if the related X.509 certificate on the Smartcard is "
"already expired because neither <command>ssh</command> nor <command>sshd</"
"command> will look at the certificate at all."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:114
msgid ""
"It has to be noted that the derived public SSH key can still be added to the "
"<filename>authorized_keys</filename> file of the user to bypass the "
"certificate validation if the <command>sshd</command> configuration permits "
"this."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:132
msgid ""
"Search for user public keys in SSSD domain <replaceable>DOMAIN</replaceable>."
msgstr ""
"Rechercher des clés publiques dans le domaine SSSD <replaceable>DOMAIN</"
"replaceable>."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:141 sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:102
msgid "EXIT STATUS"
msgstr "CODE RETOUR"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:143 sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:104
msgid ""
"In case of success, an exit value of 0 is returned. Otherwise, 1 is returned."
msgstr ""
"Dans le cas d'un opération achevée avec succès, une valeur de retour de 0 "
"est renvoyée. Dans le cas contraire, 1 est renvoyé."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:10 sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:15
msgid "sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy"
msgstr "sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:16
msgid "get OpenSSH host keys"
msgstr "obtenir les clés d'hôtes OpenSSH"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:21
msgid ""
"<command>sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy</command> <arg choice='opt'> "
"<replaceable>options</replaceable> </arg> <arg "
"choice='plain'><replaceable>HOST</replaceable></arg> <arg "
"choice='opt'><replaceable>PROXY_COMMAND</replaceable></arg>"
msgstr ""
"<command>sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy</command> <arg choice='opt'> "
"<replaceable>options</replaceable> </arg> <arg "
"choice='plain'><replaceable>HOST</replaceable></arg> <arg "
"choice='opt'><replaceable>PROXY_COMMAND</replaceable></arg>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:33
msgid ""
"<command>sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy</command> acquires SSH host public keys for "
"host <replaceable>HOST</replaceable>, stores them in a custom OpenSSH "
"known_hosts file (see the <quote>SSH_KNOWN_HOSTS FILE FORMAT</quote> section "
"of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information)  <filename>/var/lib/sss/"
"pubconf/known_hosts</filename> and establishes the connection to the host."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:43
msgid ""
"If <replaceable>PROXY_COMMAND</replaceable> is specified, it is used to "
"create the connection to the host instead of opening a socket."
msgstr ""
"Si <replaceable>PROXY_COMMAND</replaceable> est indiqué, elle est alors "
"utilisée pour établier la connexion vers le système au lieu d'ouvrir une "
"socket."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:55
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ProxyCommand /usr/bin/sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy -p %p %h\n"
"GlobalKnownHostsFile /var/lib/sss/pubconf/known_hosts\n"
msgstr ""
"ProxyCommand /usr/bin/sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy -p %p %h\n"
"GlobalKnownHostsFile /var/lib/sss/pubconf/known_hosts\n"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:48
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssh</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> can be configured to use <command>sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy</"
"command> for host key authentication by using the following directives for "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssh</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> configuration: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssh</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> peut être configuré pour utiliser "
"<command>sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy</command> pour l'authentication par clés en "
"utilisant les directives suivantes pour la configuration de "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssh</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> : <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:66
msgid ""
"<option>-p</option>,<option>--port</option> <replaceable>PORT</replaceable>"
msgstr ""
"<option>-p</option>,<option>--port</option> <replaceable>PORT</replaceable>"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:71
msgid ""
"Use port <replaceable>PORT</replaceable> to connect to the host.  By "
"default, port 22 is used."
msgstr ""
"Utiliser le port <replaceable>PORT</replaceable> pour se connecter au "
"système.  Par défaut, le port 22 est utilisé."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:83
msgid ""
"Search for host public keys in SSSD domain <replaceable>DOMAIN</replaceable>."
msgstr ""
"Rechercher les clés publiques dans le domaine SSSD <replaceable>DOMAINE</"
"replaceable> hôte."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:89
msgid "<option>-k</option>,<option>--pubkey</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:93
msgid ""
"Print the host ssh public keys for host <replaceable>HOST</replaceable>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: idmap_sss.8.xml:10 idmap_sss.8.xml:15
msgid "idmap_sss"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: idmap_sss.8.xml:16
msgid "SSSD's idmap_sss Backend for Winbind"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: idmap_sss.8.xml:22
msgid ""
"The idmap_sss module provides a way to call SSSD to map UIDs/GIDs and SIDs. "
"No database is required in this case as the mapping is done by SSSD."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: idmap_sss.8.xml:29
msgid "IDMAP OPTIONS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: idmap_sss.8.xml:33
msgid "range = low - high"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: idmap_sss.8.xml:35
msgid ""
"Defines the available matching UID and GID range for which the backend is "
"authoritative."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: idmap_sss.8.xml:45
msgid ""
"This example shows how to configure idmap_sss as the default mapping module."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><programlisting>
#: idmap_sss.8.xml:50
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[global]\n"
"security = ads\n"
"workgroup = &lt;AD-DOMAIN-SHORTNAME&gt;\n"
"\n"
"idmap config &lt;AD-DOMAIN-SHORTNAME&gt; : backend        = sss\n"
"idmap config &lt;AD-DOMAIN-SHORTNAME&gt; : range          = 200000-2147483647\n"
"\n"
"idmap config * : backend        = tdb\n"
"idmap config * : range          = 100000-199999\n"
"        "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: idmap_sss.8.xml:62
msgid ""
"Please replace &lt;AD-DOMAIN-SHORTNAME&gt; with the NetBIOS domain name of "
"the AD domain. If multiple AD domains should be used each domain needs an "
"<literal>idmap config</literal> line with <literal>backend = sss</literal> "
"and a line with a suitable <literal>range</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: idmap_sss.8.xml:69
msgid ""
"Since Winbind requires a writeable default backend and idmap_sss is read-"
"only the example includes <literal>backend = tdb</literal> as default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sssctl.8.xml:10 sssctl.8.xml:15
msgid "sssctl"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sssctl.8.xml:16
msgid "SSSD control and status utility"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: sssctl.8.xml:21
msgid ""
"<command>sssctl</command> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>COMMAND</"
"replaceable></arg> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</replaceable> </"
"arg>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssctl.8.xml:32
msgid ""
"<command>sssctl</command> provides a simple and unified way to obtain "
"information about SSSD status, such as active server, auto-discovered "
"servers, domains and cached objects. In addition, it can manage SSSD data "
"files for troubleshooting in such a way that is safe to manipulate while "
"SSSD is running."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssctl.8.xml:43
msgid ""
"To list all available commands run <command>sssctl</command> without any "
"parameters. To print help for selected command run <command>sssctl COMMAND --"
"help</command>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sssd-files.5.xml:10 sssd-files.5.xml:16
msgid "sssd-files"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sssd-files.5.xml:17
msgid "SSSD files provider"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-files.5.xml:23
msgid ""
"This manual page describes the files provider for <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>.  For a detailed syntax reference, refer to the <quote>FILE "
"FORMAT</quote> section of the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-files.5.xml:36
msgid ""
"The files provider mirrors the content of the <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> and <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> files. The purpose of the files "
"provider is to make the users and groups traditionally only accessible with "
"NSS interfaces also available through the SSSD interfaces such as "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ifp</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-files.5.xml:55
msgid ""
"Another reason is to provide efficient caching of local users and groups."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-files.5.xml:58
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Please refer to the <quote>dns_discovery_domain</quote> parameter in the "
#| "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
#| "manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for more details."
msgid ""
"Please note that besides explicit domain definition the files provider can "
"be configured also implicitly using 'enable_files_domain' option. See "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""
"Se reporter au paramètre <quote>dns_discovery_domain</quote> dans la page de "
"manuel <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> pour plus de détails."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-files.5.xml:66
msgid ""
"SSSD never handles resolution of user/group \"root\". Also resolution of UID/"
"GID 0 is not handled by SSSD. Such requests are passed to next NSS module "
"(usually files)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-files.5.xml:71
msgid ""
"When SSSD is not running or responding, nss_sss returns the UNAVAIL code "
"which causes the request to be passed to the next module."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-files.5.xml:95
msgid "passwd_files (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-files.5.xml:98
msgid ""
"Comma-separated list of one or multiple password filenames to be read and "
"enumerated by the files provider, inotify monitor watches will be set on "
"each file to detect changes dynamically."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-files.5.xml:104
msgid "Default: /etc/passwd"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-files.5.xml:110
msgid "group_files (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-files.5.xml:113
msgid ""
"Comma-separated list of one or multiple group filenames to be read and "
"enumerated by the files provider, inotify monitor watches will be set on "
"each file to detect changes dynamically."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-files.5.xml:119
msgid "Default: /etc/group"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-files.5.xml:125
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ldap_rfc2307_fallback_to_local_users (boolean)"
msgid "fallback_to_nss (boolean)"
msgstr "ldap_rfc2307_fallback_to_local_users (booléen)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-files.5.xml:128
msgid ""
"While updating the internal data SSSD will return an error and let the "
"client continue with the next NSS module. This helps to avoid delays when "
"using the default system files <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> and "
"<filename>/etc/group</filename> and the NSS configuration has 'sss' before "
"'files' for the 'passwd' and 'group' maps."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-files.5.xml:138
msgid ""
"If the files provider is configured to monitor other files it makes sense to "
"set this option to 'False' to avoid inconsistent behavior because in general "
"there would be no other NSS module which can be used as a fallback."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-files.5.xml:79
msgid ""
"In addition to the options listed below, generic SSSD domain options can be "
"set where applicable.  Refer to the section <quote>DOMAIN SECTIONS</quote> "
"of the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for details on the configuration of "
"an SSSD domain. But the purpose of the files provider is to expose the same "
"data as the UNIX files, just through the SSSD interfaces. Therefore not all "
"generic domain options are supported. Likewise, some global options, such as "
"overriding the shell in the <quote>nss</quote> section for all domains has "
"no effect on the files domain unless explicitly specified per-domain.  "
"<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-files.5.xml:157
msgid ""
"The following example assumes that SSSD is correctly configured and files is "
"one of the domains in the <replaceable>[sssd]</replaceable> section."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-files.5.xml:163
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[domain/files]\n"
"id_provider = files\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-files.5.xml:168
msgid ""
"To leverage caching of local users and groups by SSSD nss_sss module must be "
"listed before nss_files module in /etc/nsswitch.conf."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-files.5.xml:174
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"passwd:     sss files\n"
"group:      sss files\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sssd-session-recording.5.xml:10 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:16
msgid "sssd-session-recording"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sssd-session-recording.5.xml:17
msgid "Configuring session recording with SSSD"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-session-recording.5.xml:23
msgid ""
"This manual page describes how to configure <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> "
"to work with <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>tlog-rec-session</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry>, a part of tlog package, to "
"implement user session recording on text terminals.  For a detailed "
"configuration syntax reference, refer to the <quote>FILE FORMAT</quote> "
"section of the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-session-recording.5.xml:41
msgid ""
"SSSD can be set up to enable recording of everything specific users see or "
"type during their sessions on text terminals. E.g.  when users log in on the "
"console, or via SSH. SSSD itself doesn't record anything, but makes sure "
"tlog-rec-session is started upon user login, so it can record according to "
"its configuration."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-session-recording.5.xml:48
msgid ""
"For users with session recording enabled, SSSD replaces the user shell with "
"tlog-rec-session in NSS responses, and adds a variable specifying the "
"original shell to the user environment, upon PAM session setup. This way "
"tlog-rec-session can be started in place of the user shell, and know which "
"actual shell to start, once it set up the recording."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-session-recording.5.xml:60
msgid "These options can be used to configure the session recording."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-session-recording.5.xml:178
msgid ""
"The following snippet of sssd.conf enables session recording for users "
"\"contractor1\" and \"contractor2\", and group \"students\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-session-recording.5.xml:183
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[session_recording]\n"
"scope = some\n"
"users = contractor1, contractor2\n"
"groups = students\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:10 sssd-kcm.8.xml:16
msgid "sssd-kcm"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:17
msgid "SSSD Kerberos Cache Manager"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:23
msgid ""
"This manual page describes the configuration of the SSSD Kerberos Cache "
"Manager (KCM). KCM is a process that stores, tracks and manages Kerberos "
"credential caches. It originates in the Heimdal Kerberos project, although "
"the MIT Kerberos library also provides client side (more details on that "
"below) support for the KCM credential cache."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:31
msgid ""
"In a setup where Kerberos caches are managed by KCM, the Kerberos library "
"(typically used through an application, like e.g., <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>kinit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>, is a <quote>\"KCM client\"</quote> and the KCM daemon is "
"being referred to as a <quote>\"KCM server\"</quote>. The client and server "
"communicate over a UNIX socket."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:42
msgid ""
"The KCM server keeps track of each credential caches's owner and performs "
"access check control based on the UID and GID of the KCM client. The root "
"user has access to all credential caches."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:47
msgid "The KCM credential cache has several interesting properties:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:51
msgid ""
"since the process runs in userspace, it is subject to UID namespacing, "
"unlike the kernel keyring"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:56
msgid ""
"unlike the kernel keyring-based cache, which is shared between all "
"containers, the KCM server is a separate process whose entry point is a UNIX "
"socket"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:61
msgid ""
"the SSSD implementation stores the ccaches in a database, typically located "
"at <replaceable>/var/lib/sss/secrets</replaceable> allowing the ccaches to "
"survive KCM server restarts or machine reboots."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:67
msgid ""
"This allows the system to use a collection-aware credential cache, yet share "
"the credential cache between some or no containers by bind-mounting the "
"socket."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:72
msgid ""
"The KCM default client idle timeout is 5 minutes, this allows more time for "
"user interaction with command line tools such as kinit."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:78
msgid "USING THE KCM CREDENTIAL CACHE"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:88
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[libdefaults]\n"
"    default_ccache_name = KCM:\n"
"            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:80
msgid ""
"In order to use KCM credential cache, it must be selected as the default "
"credential type in <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>krb5.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>, The credentials "
"cache name must be only <quote>KCM:</quote> without any template "
"expansions.  For example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:93
msgid ""
"Next, make sure the Kerberos client libraries and the KCM server must agree "
"on the UNIX socket path. By default, both use the same path <replaceable>/"
"var/run/.heim_org.h5l.kcm-socket</replaceable>. To configure the Kerberos "
"library, change its <quote>kcm_socket</quote> option which is described in "
"the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>krb5.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:115
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"systemctl start sssd-kcm.socket\n"
"systemctl enable sssd-kcm.socket\n"
"            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:104
msgid ""
"Finally, make sure the SSSD KCM server can be contacted.  The KCM service is "
"typically socket-activated by <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>systemd</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum> </citerefentry>.  Unlike other SSSD "
"services, it cannot be started by adding the <quote>kcm</quote> string to "
"the <quote>service</quote> directive.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
"id=\"0\"/> Please note your distribution may already configure the units for "
"you."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:124
msgid "THE CREDENTIAL CACHE STORAGE"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:126
msgid ""
"The credential caches are stored in a database, much like SSSD caches user "
"or group entries. The database is typically located at <quote>/var/lib/sss/"
"secrets</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:133
msgid "OBTAINING DEBUG LOGS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:144
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[kcm]\n"
"debug_level = 10\n"
"            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:149 sssd-kcm.8.xml:211
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"systemctl restart sssd-kcm.service\n"
"            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:135
msgid ""
"The sssd-kcm service is typically socket-activated <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>systemd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>. To generate debug logs, add the following either to the "
"<filename>/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</filename> file directly or as a configuration "
"snippet to <filename>/etc/sssd/conf.d/</filename> directory: <placeholder "
"type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> Then, restart the sssd-kcm service: "
"<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"1\"/> Finally, run whatever use-"
"case doesn't work for you. The KCM logs will be generated at <filename>/var/"
"log/sssd/sssd_kcm.log</filename>. It is recommended to disable the debug "
"logs when you no longer need the debugging to be enabled as the sssd-kcm "
"service can generate quite a large amount of debugging information."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:159
msgid ""
"Please note that configuration snippets are, at the moment, only processed "
"if the main configuration file at <filename>/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</filename> "
"exists at all."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:166
msgid "RENEWALS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:174
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"tgt_renewal = true\n"
"krb5_renew_interval = 60m\n"
"            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:168
msgid ""
"The sssd-kcm service can be configured to attempt TGT renewal for renewable "
"TGTs stored in the KCM ccache.  Renewals are only attempted when half of the "
"ticket lifetime has been reached. KCM Renewals are configured when the "
"following options are set in the [kcm] section: <placeholder "
"type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:179
msgid ""
"SSSD can also inherit krb5 options for renewals from an existing domain."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><programlisting>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:183
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"tgt_renewal = true\n"
"tgt_renewal_inherit = domain-name\n"
"            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:191
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"krb5_renew_interval\n"
"krb5_renewable_lifetime\n"
"krb5_lifetime\n"
"krb5_validate\n"
"krb5_canonicalize\n"
"krb5_auth_timeout\n"
"            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:187
msgid ""
"The following krb5 options can be configured in the [kcm] section to control "
"renewal behavior, these options are described in detail below <placeholder "
"type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:204
msgid ""
"The KCM service is configured in the <quote>kcm</quote> section of the sssd."
"conf file. Please note that because the KCM service is typically socket-"
"activated, it is enough to just restart the <quote>sssd-kcm</quote> service "
"after changing options in the <quote>kcm</quote> section of sssd.conf: "
"<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:215
msgid ""
"The KCM service is configured in the <quote>kcm</quote> For a detailed "
"syntax reference, refer to the <quote>FILE FORMAT</quote> section of the "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:223
msgid ""
"The generic SSSD service options such as <quote>debug_level</quote> or "
"<quote>fd_limit</quote> are accepted by the kcm service.  Please refer to "
"the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for a complete list. In addition, "
"there are some KCM-specific options as well."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:234
msgid "socket_path (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:237
msgid "The socket the KCM service will listen on."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:240
msgid "Default: <replaceable>/var/run/.heim_org.h5l.kcm-socket</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:243
msgid ""
"<phrase condition=\"have_systemd\"> Note: on platforms where systemd is "
"supported, the socket path is overwritten by the one defined in the sssd-kcm."
"socket unit file.  </phrase>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:252
msgid "max_ccaches (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:255
msgid "How many credential caches does the KCM database allow for all users."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:259
msgid "Default: 0 (unlimited, only the per-UID quota is enforced)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:264
msgid "max_uid_ccaches (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:267
msgid ""
"How many credential caches does the KCM database allow per UID. This is "
"equivalent to <quote>with how many principals you can kinit</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:272
msgid "Default: 64"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:277
msgid "max_ccache_size (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:280
msgid ""
"How big can a credential cache be per ccache. Each service ticket accounts "
"into this quota."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:284
msgid "Default: 65536"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:289
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "enumerate (bool)"
msgid "tgt_renewal (bool)"
msgstr "enumerate (booléen)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:292
msgid "Enables TGT renewals functionality."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:295
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Default: False (disabled)"
msgid "Default: False (Automatic renewals disabled)"
msgstr "Par défaut : False (désactivé)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:300
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "krb5_renew_interval (string)"
msgid "tgt_renewal_inherit (string)"
msgstr "krb5_renew_interval (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:303
msgid "Domain to inherit krb5_* options from, for use with TGT renewals."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:307
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Default: 3"
msgid "Default: NULL"
msgstr "Par défaut : 3"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:318
msgid ""
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>, <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>,"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:10 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:16
msgid "sssd-systemtap"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:17
msgid "SSSD systemtap information"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:23
msgid ""
"This manual page provides information about the systemtap functionality in "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> "
"</citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:32
msgid ""
"SystemTap Probe points have been added into various locations in SSSD code "
"to assist in troubleshooting and analyzing performance related issues."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:40
msgid "Sample SystemTap scripts are provided in /usr/share/sssd/systemtap/"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:46
msgid ""
"Probes and miscellaneous functions are defined in /usr/share/systemtap/"
"tapset/sssd.stp and /usr/share/systemtap/tapset/sssd_functions.stp "
"respectively."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:57
msgid "PROBE POINTS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:59 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:367
msgid ""
"The information below lists the probe points and arguments available in the "
"following format:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:64
msgid "probe $name"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:67
msgid "Description of probe point"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:70
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"variable1:datatype\n"
"variable2:datatype\n"
"variable3:datatype\n"
"...\n"
"                        "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:80
msgid "Database Transaction Probes"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:84
msgid "probe sssd_transaction_start"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:87
msgid ""
"Start of a sysdb transaction, probes the sysdb_transaction_start() function."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:91 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:105 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:118
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:131
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"nesting:integer\n"
"probestr:string\n"
"                        "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:97
msgid "probe sssd_transaction_cancel"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:100
msgid ""
"Cancellation of a sysdb transaction, probes the sysdb_transaction_cancel()  "
"function."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:111
msgid "probe sssd_transaction_commit_before"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:114
msgid "Probes the sysdb_transaction_commit_before()  function."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:124
msgid "probe sssd_transaction_commit_after"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:127
msgid "Probes the sysdb_transaction_commit_after()  function."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:141
msgid "LDAP Search Probes"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:145
msgid "probe sdap_search_send"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:148
msgid "Probes the sdap_get_generic_ext_send()  function."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:152
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"base:string\n"
"scope:integer\n"
"filter:string\n"
"attrs:string\n"
"probestr:string\n"
"                        "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:161
msgid "probe sdap_search_recv"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:164
msgid "Probes the sdap_get_generic_ext_recv()  function."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:168 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:222
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"base:string\n"
"scope:integer\n"
"filter:string\n"
"probestr:string\n"
"                        "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:176
msgid "probe sdap_parse_entry"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:179
msgid ""
"Probes the sdap_parse_entry()  function. It is called repeatedly with every "
"received attribute."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:184
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"attr:string\n"
"value:string\n"
"                        "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:190
msgid "probe sdap_parse_entry_done"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:193
msgid ""
"Probes the sdap_parse_entry()  function. It is called when parsing of "
"received object is finished."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:201
msgid "probe sdap_deref_send"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:204
msgid "Probes the sdap_deref_search_send()  function."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:208
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"base_dn:string\n"
"deref_attr:string\n"
"probestr:string\n"
"                        "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:215
msgid "probe sdap_deref_recv"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:218
msgid "Probes the sdap_deref_search_recv()  function."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:234
msgid "LDAP Account Request Probes"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:238
msgid "probe sdap_acct_req_send"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:241
msgid "Probes the sdap_acct_req_send()  function."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:245 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:260
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"entry_type:int\n"
"filter_type:int\n"
"filter_value:string\n"
"extra_value:string\n"
"                       "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:253
msgid "probe sdap_acct_req_recv"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:256
msgid "Probes the sdap_acct_req_recv()  function."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:272
msgid "LDAP User Search Probes"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:276
msgid "probe sdap_search_user_send"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:279
msgid "Probes the sdap_search_user_send()  function."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:283 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:295 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:307
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:319
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"filter:string\n"
"                       "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:288
msgid "probe sdap_search_user_recv"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:291
msgid "Probes the sdap_search_user_recv()  function."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:300
msgid "probe sdap_search_user_save_begin"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:303
msgid "Probes the sdap_search_user_save_begin()  function."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:312
msgid "probe sdap_search_user_save_end"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:315
msgid "Probes the sdap_search_user_save_end()  function."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:328
msgid "Data Provider Request Probes"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:332
msgid "probe dp_req_send"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:335
msgid "A Data Provider request is submitted."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:338
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dp_req_domain:string\n"
"dp_req_name:string\n"
"dp_req_target:int\n"
"dp_req_method:int\n"
"                       "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:346
msgid "probe dp_req_done"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:349
msgid "A Data Provider request is completed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:352
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dp_req_name:string\n"
"dp_req_target:int\n"
"dp_req_method:int\n"
"dp_ret:int\n"
"dp_errorstr:string\n"
"                       "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:365
msgid "MISCELLANEOUS FUNCTIONS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:372
msgid "function acct_req_desc(entry_type)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:375
msgid "Convert entry_type to string and return string"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:380
msgid ""
"function sssd_acct_req_probestr(fc_name, entry_type, filter_type, "
"filter_value, extra_value)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:384
msgid "Create probe string based on filter type"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:389
msgid "function dp_target_str(target)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:392
msgid "Convert target to string and return string"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:397
msgid "function dp_method_str(target)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:400
msgid "Convert method to string and return string"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:410
msgid "SAMPLE SYSTEMTAP SCRIPTS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:412
msgid ""
"Start the SystemTap script (<command>stap /usr/share/sssd/systemtap/&lt;"
"script_name&gt;.stp</command>), then perform an identity operation and the "
"script will collect information from probes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:418
msgid "Provided SystemTap scripts are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:422
msgid "dp_request.stp"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:425
msgid "Monitoring of data provider request performance."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:430
msgid "id_perf.stp"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:433
msgid "Monitoring of <command>id</command> command performance."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:439
msgid "ldap_perf.stp"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:442
msgid "Monitoring of LDAP queries."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:447
msgid "nested_group_perf.stp"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:450
msgid "Performance of nested groups resolving."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:10 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:16
msgid "sssd-ldap-attributes"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:17
msgid "SSSD LDAP Provider: Mapping Attributes"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:23
msgid ""
"This manual page describes the mapping attributes of SSSD LDAP provider "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry>. Refer to the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
"ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page "
"for full details about SSSD LDAP provider configuration options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:38
msgid "USER ATTRIBUTES"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:42
msgid "ldap_user_object_class (string)"
msgstr "ldap_user_object_class (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:45
msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP."
msgstr "La classe d'objet d'une entrée utilisateur dans LDAP."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:48
msgid "Default: posixAccount"
msgstr "Par défaut : posixAccount"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:54
msgid "ldap_user_name (string)"
msgstr "ldap_user_name (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:57
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name."
msgstr ""
"L'attribut LDAP correspondant à l'identifiant de connexion de l'utilisateur."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:61
msgid "Default: uid (rfc2307, rfc2307bis and IPA), sAMAccountName (AD)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:68
msgid "ldap_user_uid_number (string)"
msgstr "ldap_user_uid_number (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:71
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id."
msgstr "L'attribut LDAP correspondant à l'id de l'utilisateur."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:75
msgid "Default: uidNumber"
msgstr "par défaut : uidNumber"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:81
msgid "ldap_user_gid_number (string)"
msgstr "ldap_user_gid_number (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:84
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
msgstr ""
"L'attribut LDAP correspondant à l'id du groupe primaire de l'utilisateur."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:88 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:700
msgid "Default: gidNumber"
msgstr "Par défaut : gidNumber"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:94
msgid "ldap_user_primary_group (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:97
msgid ""
"Active Directory primary group attribute for ID-mapping. Note that this "
"attribute should only be set manually if you are running the <quote>ldap</"
"quote> provider with ID mapping."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:103
msgid "Default: unset (LDAP), primaryGroupID (AD)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:109
msgid "ldap_user_gecos (string)"
msgstr "ldap_user_gecos (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:112
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
msgstr "L'attribut LDAP correspondant au champ gecos de l'utilisateur."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:116
msgid "Default: gecos"
msgstr "Par défaut : gecos"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:122
msgid "ldap_user_home_directory (string)"
msgstr "ldap_user_home_directory (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:125
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
"L'attribut LDAP qui contient le nom du répertoire personnel de l'utilisateur."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:129
msgid "Default: homeDirectory (LDAP and IPA), unixHomeDirectory (AD)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:135
msgid "ldap_user_shell (string)"
msgstr "ldap_user_shell (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:138
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell."
msgstr ""
"L'attribut LDAP qui contient le chemin vers l'interpréteur de commandes de "
"l'utilisateur."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:142
msgid "Default: loginShell"
msgstr "Par défaut : loginShell"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:148
msgid "ldap_user_uuid (string)"
msgstr "ldap_user_uuid (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:151
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:155 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:726
msgid ""
"Default: not set in the general case, objectGUID for AD and ipaUniqueID for "
"IPA"
msgstr ""
"Par défaut : non défini dans le cas général, objectGUID pour AD et "
"ipaUniqueID pour IPA"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:162
msgid "ldap_user_objectsid (string)"
msgstr "ldap_user_objectsid (string)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:165
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object. This "
"is usually only necessary for ActiveDirectory servers."
msgstr ""
"L'attribut LDAP qui contient l'objectSID d'un objet d'utilisateur LDAP. Ceci "
"n'est habituellement nécessaire que pour les serveurs Active Directory."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:170 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:741
msgid "Default: objectSid for ActiveDirectory, not set for other servers."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:177
msgid "ldap_user_modify_timestamp (string)"
msgstr "ldap_user_modify_timestamp (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:180 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:751
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:874
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the "
"parent object."
msgstr ""
"L'attribut LDAP qui contient l'horodatage de la dernière modification de "
"l'objet parent."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:184 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:755
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:881
msgid "Default: modifyTimestamp"
msgstr "Par défaut : modifyTimestamp"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:190
msgid "ldap_user_shadow_last_change (string)"
msgstr "ldap_user_shadow_last_change (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:193
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
"LDAP attribute corresponding to its <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>shadow</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> counterpart (date of "
"the last password change)."
msgstr ""
"Lors de l'utilisation de ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, ce paramètre contient le "
"nom de l'attribut LDAP correspondant à sa contrepartie <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> (date de changement du dernier mot de passe)."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:203
msgid "Default: shadowLastChange"
msgstr "Par défaut : shadowLastChange"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:209
msgid "ldap_user_shadow_min (string)"
msgstr "ldap_user_shadow_min (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:212
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
"LDAP attribute corresponding to its <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>shadow</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> counterpart (minimum "
"password age)."
msgstr ""
"Lors de l'utilisation de ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, ce paramètre contient le "
"nom de l'attribut LDAP correspondant à sa contrepartie<citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> (durée de validité minimum du mot de passe)."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:221
msgid "Default: shadowMin"
msgstr "Par défaut : shadowMin"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:227
msgid "ldap_user_shadow_max (string)"
msgstr "ldap_user_shadow_max (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:230
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
"LDAP attribute corresponding to its <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>shadow</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> counterpart (maximum "
"password age)."
msgstr ""
"Lors de l'utilisation de ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, ce paramètre contient le "
"nom de l'attribut LDAP correspondant à sa contrepartie <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> (âge maximum du mot de passe)."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:239
msgid "Default: shadowMax"
msgstr "Par défaut : shadowMax"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:245
msgid "ldap_user_shadow_warning (string)"
msgstr "ldap_user_shadow_warning (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:248
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
"LDAP attribute corresponding to its <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>shadow</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> counterpart "
"(password warning period)."
msgstr ""
"Lors de l'utilisation de ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, ce paramètre contient le "
"nom de l'attribut LDAP correspondant à sa contrepartie <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> (période d'avertissement du mot de passe)."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:258
msgid "Default: shadowWarning"
msgstr "Par défaut : shadowWarning"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:264
msgid "ldap_user_shadow_inactive (string)"
msgstr "ldap_user_shadow_inactive (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:267
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
"LDAP attribute corresponding to its <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>shadow</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> counterpart "
"(password inactivity period)."
msgstr ""
"Lors de l'utilisation de ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, ce paramètre contient le "
"nom de l'attribut LDAP correspondant à sa contrepartie <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> (période d'inactivité du mot de passe)."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:277
msgid "Default: shadowInactive"
msgstr "Par défaut : shadowInactive"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:283
msgid "ldap_user_shadow_expire (string)"
msgstr "ldap_user_shadow_expire (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:286
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this "
"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> counterpart (account expiration date)."
msgstr ""
"Lors de l'utilisation de ldap_pwd_policy=shadow ou "
"ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, ce paramètre contient le nom de "
"l'attribut LDAP correspondant à sa contrepartie <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> (date d'expiration du compte)."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:296
msgid "Default: shadowExpire"
msgstr "Par défaut : shadowExpire"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:302
msgid "ldap_user_krb_last_pwd_change (string)"
msgstr "ldap_user_krb_last_pwd_change (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:305
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of "
"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in "
"kerberos."
msgstr ""
"Lors de l'utilisation de ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, ce paramètre contient "
"le nom de l'attribut LDAP stockant la date et l'heure du dernier changement "
"de mot de passe dans kerberos."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:311
msgid "Default: krbLastPwdChange"
msgstr "Par défaut : krbLastPwdChange"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:317
msgid "ldap_user_krb_password_expiration (string)"
msgstr "ldap_user_krb_password_expiration (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:320
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of "
"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
msgstr ""
"Lors de l'utilisation de ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, ce paramètre contient "
"le nom de l'attribut LDAP stockant la date et l'heure d'expiration du mot de "
"passe actuel."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:326
msgid "Default: krbPasswordExpiration"
msgstr "Par défaut : krbPasswordExpiration"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:332
msgid "ldap_user_ad_account_expires (string)"
msgstr "ldap_user_ad_account_expires (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:335
msgid ""
"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name "
"of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
msgstr ""
"Lors de l'utilisation de ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, ce paramètre "
"contient le nom d'un attribut LDAP stockant la date d'expiration du compte."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:340
msgid "Default: accountExpires"
msgstr "Par défaut : accountExpires"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:346
msgid "ldap_user_ad_user_account_control (string)"
msgstr "ldap_user_ad_user_account_control (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:349
msgid ""
"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name "
"of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
msgstr ""
"Lors de l'utilisation de ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, ce paramètre "
"contient le nom d'un attribut LDAP stockant le champ de bits de contrôle du "
"compte utilisateur."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:354
msgid "Default: userAccountControl"
msgstr "Par défaut : userAccountControl"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:360
msgid "ldap_ns_account_lock (string)"
msgstr "ldap_ns_account_lock (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:363
msgid ""
"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter "
"determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
"Lors de l'utilisation de ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds ou équivalent, ce "
"paramètre détermine si l'accès est autorisé ou non."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:368
msgid "Default: nsAccountLock"
msgstr "Par défaut : nsAccountLock"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:374
msgid "ldap_user_nds_login_disabled (string)"
msgstr "ldap_user_nds_login_disabled (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:377
msgid ""
"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if "
"access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
"Lors de l'utilisation de ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, cet attribut "
"détermine si l'accès est autorisé ou non."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:381 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:395
msgid "Default: loginDisabled"
msgstr "Par défaut : loginDisabled"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:387
msgid "ldap_user_nds_login_expiration_time (string)"
msgstr "ldap_user_nds_login_expiration_time (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:390
msgid ""
"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until "
"which date access is granted."
msgstr ""
"Lors de l'utilisation de ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, cet attribut "
"détermine jusqu'à quand l'accès est autorisé."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:401
msgid "ldap_user_nds_login_allowed_time_map (string)"
msgstr "ldap_user_nds_login_allowed_time_map (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:404
msgid ""
"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the "
"hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
msgstr ""
"Lors de l'utilisation de ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, cet attribut "
"détermine les heures des jours dans la semaine pendant lesquelles l'accès "
"est autorisé."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:409
msgid "Default: loginAllowedTimeMap"
msgstr "Par défaut : loginAllowedTimeMap"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:415
msgid "ldap_user_principal (string)"
msgstr "ldap_user_principal (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:418
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name "
"(UPN)."
msgstr ""
"L'attribut LDAP contenant le nom du principal d'utilisateur (UPN) Kerberos "
"de l'utilisateur."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:422
msgid "Default: krbPrincipalName"
msgstr "Par défaut : krbPrincipalName"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:428
msgid "ldap_user_extra_attrs (string)"
msgstr "ldap_user_extra_attrs (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:431
msgid ""
"Comma-separated list of LDAP attributes that SSSD would fetch along with the "
"usual set of user attributes."
msgstr ""
"Liste séparée par des virgules des attributs LDAP que SSSD va demander en "
"plus des attributs utilisateur habituels."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:436
msgid ""
"The list can either contain LDAP attribute names only, or colon-separated "
"tuples of SSSD cache attribute name and LDAP attribute name. In case only "
"LDAP attribute name is specified, the attribute is saved to the cache "
"verbatim.  Using a custom SSSD attribute name might be required by "
"environments that configure several SSSD domains with different LDAP schemas."
msgstr ""
"La liste ne peut contenir que des noms d'attributs LDAP, ou des tuples "
"séparés par des virgules de nom d'attribut de cache et nom d'attribut LDAP. "
"Dans le cas où seul le nom d'un attribut LDAP est indiqué, l'attribut est "
"enregistré tel quel dans le cache. L'utilisation d'un nom d'attribut SSSD "
"peut être nécessaire pour les environnements configurant plusieurs domaines "
"SSSD utilisant des schémas LDAP différents."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:446
msgid ""
"Please note that several attribute names are reserved by SSSD, notably the "
"<quote>name</quote> attribute. SSSD would report an error if any of the "
"reserved attribute names is used as an extra attribute name."
msgstr ""
"Veuillez noter que plusieurs noms d'attributs sont réservés par SSSD, dont "
"l'attribut <quote>name</quote>. SSSD émettrait une erreur si l'un des noms "
"d'attributs réservés est utilisé par un nom d'attribut supplémentaire."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:456
msgid "ldap_user_extra_attrs = telephoneNumber"
msgstr "ldap_user_extra_attrs = telephoneNumber"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:459
msgid ""
"Save the <quote>telephoneNumber</quote> attribute from LDAP as "
"<quote>telephoneNumber</quote> to the cache."
msgstr ""
"Enregistrer l'attribut LDAP <quote>telephoneNumber</quote> en tant que "
"<quote>telephoneNumber</quote> dans le cache."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:463
msgid "ldap_user_extra_attrs = phone:telephoneNumber"
msgstr "ldap_user_extra_attrs = phone:telephoneNumber"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:466
msgid ""
"Save the <quote>telephoneNumber</quote> attribute from LDAP as <quote>phone</"
"quote> to the cache."
msgstr ""
"Enregistrer l'attribut LDAP <quote>telephoneNumber</quote> en tant que "
"<quote>phone</quote> dans le cache."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:476
msgid "ldap_user_ssh_public_key (string)"
msgstr "ldap_user_ssh_public_key (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:479
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
msgstr "L'attribut LDAP qui contient les clés publiques SSH de l'utilisateur."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:483 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:965
msgid "Default: sshPublicKey"
msgstr "Par défaut : sshPublicKey"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:489
msgid "ldap_user_fullname (string)"
msgstr "ldap_user_fullname (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:492
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
msgstr "L'attribut LDAP correspondant au nom complet de l'utilisateur."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:502
msgid "ldap_user_member_of (string)"
msgstr "ldap_user_member_of (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:505
msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships."
msgstr ""
"L'attribut LDAP énumérant les groupes auquel appartient un utilisateur."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:509 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:952
msgid "Default: memberOf"
msgstr "Par défaut : memberOf"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:515
msgid "ldap_user_authorized_service (string)"
msgstr "ldap_user_authorized_service (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:518
msgid ""
"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will "
"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry "
"to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
"Lorsque access_provider=ldap et ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD "
"utilise la présence de l'attribut authorizedService dans l'entrée LDAP de "
"l'utilisateur pour déterminer les autorisations d'accès."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:525
msgid ""
"An explicit deny (!svc) is resolved first. Second, SSSD searches for "
"explicit allow (svc) and finally for allow_all (*)."
msgstr ""
"Le refus explicite (!svc) est résolu en premier. Ensuite, SSSD cherche une "
"autorisation explicite (svc) et enfin allow_all (*)."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:530
msgid ""
"Please note that the ldap_access_order configuration option <emphasis>must</"
"emphasis> include <quote>authorized_service</quote> in order for the "
"ldap_user_authorized_service option to work."
msgstr ""
"Noter que l'option de configuration ldap_access_order <emphasis>doit</"
"emphasis> inclure <quote>authorized_service</quote> de façon à permettre à "
"l'option ldap_user_authorized_service de fonctionner."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:537
msgid ""
"Some distributions (such as Fedora-29+ or RHEL-8)  always include the "
"<quote>systemd-user</quote> PAM service as part of the login process. "
"Therefore when using service-based access control, the <quote>systemd-user</"
"quote> service might need to be added to the list of allowed services."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:545
msgid "Default: authorizedService"
msgstr "Par défaut : authorizedService"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:551
msgid "ldap_user_authorized_host (string)"
msgstr "ldap_user_authorized_host (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:554
msgid ""
"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the "
"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access "
"privilege."
msgstr ""
"Si access_provider=ldap et ldap_access_order=host, SSSD va utiliser la "
"présence de l'attribut host dans l'entrée LDAP de l'utilisateur pour "
"déterminer les autorisations d'accès."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:560
msgid ""
"An explicit deny (!host) is resolved first. Second, SSSD searches for "
"explicit allow (host) and finally for allow_all (*)."
msgstr ""
"Le refus explicite (!host) est résolu en premier. SSSD recherche ensuite les "
"autorisations explicites (host) et enfin toutes les autorisations (*)."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:565
msgid ""
"Please note that the ldap_access_order configuration option <emphasis>must</"
"emphasis> include <quote>host</quote> in order for the "
"ldap_user_authorized_host option to work."
msgstr ""
"Noter que l'option de configuration ldap_access_order <emphasis>doit</"
"emphasis> inclure <quote>host</quote> de façon à permettre à l'option "
"ldap_user_authorized_host de fonctionner."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:572
msgid "Default: host"
msgstr "Par défaut : host"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:578
msgid "ldap_user_authorized_rhost (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:581
msgid ""
"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=rhost, SSSD will use the "
"presence of the rhost attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access "
"privilege. Similarly to host verification process."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:588
msgid ""
"An explicit deny (!rhost) is resolved first. Second, SSSD searches for "
"explicit allow (rhost) and finally for allow_all (*)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:593
msgid ""
"Please note that the ldap_access_order configuration option <emphasis>must</"
"emphasis> include <quote>rhost</quote> in order for the "
"ldap_user_authorized_rhost option to work."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:600
msgid "Default: rhost"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:606
msgid "ldap_user_certificate (string)"
msgstr "ldap_user_certificate (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:609
msgid "Name of the LDAP attribute containing the X509 certificate of the user."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:613
msgid "Default: userCertificate;binary"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:619
msgid "ldap_user_email (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:622
msgid "Name of the LDAP attribute containing the email address of the user."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:626
msgid ""
"Note: If an email address of a user conflicts with an email address or fully "
"qualified name of another user, then SSSD will not be able to serve those "
"users properly. This option allows users to login by (1) username, and (2) e-"
"mail address.  If for some reason several users need to share the same email "
"address then set this option to a nonexistent attribute name in order to "
"disable user lookup/login by email."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:637
msgid "Default: mail"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:642
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ldap_user_name (string)"
msgid "ldap_user_passkey (string)"
msgstr "ldap_user_name (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:645
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
msgid ""
"Name of the LDAP attribute containing the passkey mapping data of the user."
msgstr "L'attribut LDAP qui contient le port géré par ce service."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:649
msgid "Default: passkey (LDAP), ipaPassKey (IPA), altSecurityIdentities (AD)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:659
msgid "GROUP ATTRIBUTES"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:663
msgid "ldap_group_object_class (string)"
msgstr "ldap_group_object_class (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:666
msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
msgstr "La classe d'objet d'une entrée de groupe dans LDAP."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:669
msgid "Default: posixGroup"
msgstr "Par défaut : posixGroup"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:675
msgid "ldap_group_name (string)"
msgstr "ldap_group_name (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:678
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name. In an environment "
"with nested groups, this value must be an LDAP attribute which has a unique "
"name for every group. This requirement includes non-POSIX groups in the tree "
"of nested groups."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:686
msgid "Default: cn (rfc2307, rfc2307bis and IPA), sAMAccountName (AD)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:693
msgid "ldap_group_gid_number (string)"
msgstr "ldap_group_gid_number (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:696
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id."
msgstr "L'attribut LDAP correspondant à l'identifiant de groupe."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:706
msgid "ldap_group_member (string)"
msgstr "ldap_group_member (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:709
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members."
msgstr "L'attribut LDAP contenant les noms des membres du groupe."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:713
msgid "Default: memberuid (rfc2307) / member (rfc2307bis)"
msgstr "Par défaut : memberuid (rfc2307) / member (rfc2307bis)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:719
msgid "ldap_group_uuid (string)"
msgstr "ldap_group_uuid (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:722
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:733
msgid "ldap_group_objectsid (string)"
msgstr "ldap_group_objectsid (string)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:736
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object. This "
"is usually only necessary for ActiveDirectory servers."
msgstr ""
"L'attribut LDAP qui contient l'objectSID d'un objet de groupe LDAP. Ceci "
"n'est habituellement nécessaire que pour les serveurs Active Directory."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:748
msgid "ldap_group_modify_timestamp (string)"
msgstr "ldap_group_modify_timestamp (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:761
msgid "ldap_group_type (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:764
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that contains an integer value indicating the type of the "
"group and maybe other flags."
msgstr ""
"L'attribut LDAP qui contient une valeur entière indiquant le type de groupe "
"voire d'autres indicateurs."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:769
msgid ""
"This attribute is currently only used by the AD provider to determine if a "
"group is a domain local groups and has to be filtered out for trusted "
"domains."
msgstr ""
"Cet attribut est actuellement utilisé uniquement par le fournisseur AD pour "
"déterminer si un groupe est un groupe de domaine local et doit être filtré "
"hors des domaines approuvés."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:775
msgid "Default: groupType in the AD provider, otherwise not set"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:782
msgid "ldap_group_external_member (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:785
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that references group members that are defined in an "
"external domain. At the moment, only IPA's external members are supported."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:791
msgid "Default: ipaExternalMember in the IPA provider, otherwise unset."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:801
msgid "NETGROUP ATTRIBUTES"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:805
msgid "ldap_netgroup_object_class (string)"
msgstr "ldap_netgroup_object_class (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:808
msgid "The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
msgstr "La classe d'objet d'une entrée de netgroup dans LDAP."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:811
msgid "In IPA provider, ipa_netgroup_object_class should be used instead."
msgstr ""
"Pour un fournisseur IPA, ipa_netgroup_object_class doit être utilisé à la "
"place."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:815
msgid "Default: nisNetgroup"
msgstr "Par défaut : nisNetgroup"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:821
msgid "ldap_netgroup_name (string)"
msgstr "ldap_netgroup_name (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:824
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name."
msgstr "L'attribut LDAP correspondant au nom du netgroup."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:828
msgid "In IPA provider, ipa_netgroup_name should be used instead."
msgstr ""
"Dans le fournisseur IPA, ipa_netgroup_name doit être utilisé à la place."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:838
msgid "ldap_netgroup_member (string)"
msgstr "ldap_netgroup_member (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:841
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members."
msgstr "L'attribut LDAP contenant les noms des membres du netgroup."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:845
msgid "In IPA provider, ipa_netgroup_member should be used instead."
msgstr ""
"Dans le fournisseur IPA, ipa_netgroup_member doit être utilisé à la place."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:849
msgid "Default: memberNisNetgroup"
msgstr "Par défaut : memberNisNetgroup"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:855
msgid "ldap_netgroup_triple (string)"
msgstr "ldap_netgroup_triple (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:858
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
msgstr ""
"L'attribut LDAP contenant les triplets (hôte, utilisateur, domaine) d'un "
"netgroup."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:862 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:878
msgid "This option is not available in IPA provider."
msgstr "Cette option n'est pas disponible dans le fournisseur IPA."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:865
msgid "Default: nisNetgroupTriple"
msgstr "Par défaut : nisNetgroupTriple"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:871
msgid "ldap_netgroup_modify_timestamp (string)"
msgstr "ldap_netgroup_modify_timestamp (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:890
msgid "HOST ATTRIBUTES"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:894
msgid "ldap_host_object_class (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:897
msgid "The object class of a host entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:900 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:997
msgid "Default: ipService"
msgstr "Par défaut : ipService"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:906
msgid "ldap_host_name (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:909 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:935
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the host's name."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:919
msgid "ldap_host_fqdn (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:922
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the host's fully-qualified domain "
"name."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:926
msgid "Default: fqdn"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:932
msgid "ldap_host_serverhostname (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:939
msgid "Default: serverHostname"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:945
msgid "ldap_host_member_of (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:948
msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the host's group memberships."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:958
msgid "ldap_host_ssh_public_key (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:961
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the host's SSH public keys."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:971
msgid "ldap_host_uuid (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:974
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP host object."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:987
msgid "SERVICE ATTRIBUTES"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:991
msgid "ldap_service_object_class (string)"
msgstr "ldap_service_object_class (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:994
msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP."
msgstr "La classe d'objet d'une entrée de service LDAP."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1003
msgid "ldap_service_name (string)"
msgstr "ldap_service_name (string)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1006
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their "
"aliases."
msgstr ""
"L'attribut LDAP qui contient le nom des attributs de service et de leurs "
"alias."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1016
msgid "ldap_service_port (string)"
msgstr "ldap_service_port (string)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1019
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
msgstr "L'attribut LDAP qui contient le port géré par ce service."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1023
msgid "Default: ipServicePort"
msgstr "Par défaut : ipServicePort"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1029
msgid "ldap_service_proto (string)"
msgstr "ldap_service_proto (string)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1032
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
msgstr "L'attribut LDAP qui contient les protocoles compris par ce service."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1036
msgid "Default: ipServiceProtocol"
msgstr "Par défaut : ipServiceProtocol"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1045
msgid "SUDO ATTRIBUTES"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1049
msgid "ldap_sudorule_object_class (string)"
msgstr "ldap_sudorule_object_class (string)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1052
msgid "The object class of a sudo rule entry in LDAP."
msgstr "La classe d'objet d'une entrée de règle de sudo dans LDAP."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1055
msgid "Default: sudoRole"
msgstr "Par défaut : sudoRole"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1061
msgid "ldap_sudorule_name (string)"
msgstr "ldap_sudorule_name (string)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1064
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the sudo rule name."
msgstr "L'attribut LDAP qui correspond au nom de la règle de sudo."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1074
msgid "ldap_sudorule_command (string)"
msgstr "ldap_sudorule_command (string)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1077
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the command name."
msgstr "L'attribut LDAP qui correspond au nom de la commande."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1081
msgid "Default: sudoCommand"
msgstr "Par défaut : sudoCommand"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1087
msgid "ldap_sudorule_host (string)"
msgstr "ldap_sudorule_host (string)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1090
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the host name (or host IP address, "
"host IP network, or host netgroup)"
msgstr ""
"L'attribut LDAP qui correspond au nom d'hôte (ou adresse IP de l'hôte, "
"réseau IP de l'hôte ou netgroup de l'hôte)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1095
msgid "Default: sudoHost"
msgstr "Par défaut : sudoHost"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1101
msgid "ldap_sudorule_user (string)"
msgstr "ldap_sudorule_user (string)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1104
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user name (or UID, group name or "
"user's netgroup)"
msgstr ""
"L'attribut LDAP qui correspond au nom d'utilisateur (ou UID, le nom du "
"groupe ou netgroup de l'utilisateur)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1108
msgid "Default: sudoUser"
msgstr "Par défaut : sudoUser"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1114
msgid "ldap_sudorule_option (string)"
msgstr "ldap_sudorule_option (string)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1117
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the sudo options."
msgstr "L'attribut LDAP qui correspond aux options sudo."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1121
msgid "Default: sudoOption"
msgstr "Par défaut : sudoOption"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1127
msgid "ldap_sudorule_runasuser (string)"
msgstr "ldap_sudorule_runasuser (string)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1130
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user name that commands may be "
"run as."
msgstr ""
"L'attribut LDAP qui correspond aux commandes peuvent être exécutées sous le "
"nom d'utilisateur."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1134
msgid "Default: sudoRunAsUser"
msgstr "Par défaut : sudoRunAsUser"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1140
msgid "ldap_sudorule_runasgroup (string)"
msgstr "ldap_sudorule_runasgroup (string)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1143
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name or group GID that "
"commands may be run as."
msgstr ""
"L'attribut LDAP qui correspond au nom du groupe ou GID du groupe sous lequel "
"les commandes seront être exécutées."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1147
msgid "Default: sudoRunAsGroup"
msgstr "Par défaut : sudoRunAsGroup"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1153
msgid "ldap_sudorule_notbefore (string)"
msgstr "ldap_sudorule_notbefore (string)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1156
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the start date/time for when the sudo "
"rule is valid."
msgstr ""
"L'attribut LDAP qui correspond à la date/heure de début pour laquelle la "
"règle sudo est valide."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1160
msgid "Default: sudoNotBefore"
msgstr "Par défaut : sudoNotBefore"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1166
msgid "ldap_sudorule_notafter (string)"
msgstr "ldap_sudorule_notafter (string)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1169
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the expiration date/time, after which "
"the sudo rule will no longer be valid."
msgstr ""
"L'attribut LDAP qui correspond à la date/heure d'expiration, après quoi la "
"règle sudo ne sera plus valide."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1174
msgid "Default: sudoNotAfter"
msgstr "Par défaut : sudoNotAfter"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1180
msgid "ldap_sudorule_order (string)"
msgstr "ldap_sudorule_order (string)"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1183
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the ordering index of the rule."
msgstr "L'attribut LDAP qui correspond à l'index de tri de la règle."

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1187
msgid "Default: sudoOrder"
msgstr "Par défaut : sudoOrder"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1196
msgid "AUTOFS ATTRIBUTES"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1203
msgid "IP HOST ATTRIBUTES"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1207
msgid "ldap_iphost_object_class (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1210
msgid "The object class of an iphost entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1213
msgid "Default: ipHost"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1219
msgid "ldap_iphost_name (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1222
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the IP host attributes and "
"their aliases."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1232
msgid "ldap_iphost_number (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1235
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the IP host address."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1239
msgid "Default: ipHostNumber"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1248
msgid "IP NETWORK ATTRIBUTES"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1252
msgid "ldap_ipnetwork_object_class (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1255
msgid "The object class of an ipnetwork entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1258
msgid "Default: ipNetwork"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1264
msgid "ldap_ipnetwork_name (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1267
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the IP network attributes and "
"their aliases."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1277
msgid "ldap_ipnetwork_number (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1280
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the IP network address."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1284
msgid "Default: ipNetworkNumber"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sssd_krb5_localauth_plugin.8.xml:10 sssd_krb5_localauth_plugin.8.xml:15
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "sssd_krb5_locator_plugin"
msgid "sssd_krb5_localauth_plugin"
msgstr "sssd_krb5_locator_plugin"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sssd_krb5_localauth_plugin.8.xml:16
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Kerberos locator plugin"
msgid "Kerberos local authorization plugin"
msgstr "Greffon de localisation Kerberos"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd_krb5_localauth_plugin.8.xml:22
msgid ""
"The Kerberos local authorization plugin <command>sssd_krb5_localauth_plugin</"
"command> is used by libkrb5 to either find the local name for a given "
"Kerberos principal or to check if a given local name and a given Kerberos "
"principal relate to each other."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd_krb5_localauth_plugin.8.xml:29
msgid ""
"SSSD handles the local names for users from a remote source and can read the "
"Kerberos user principal name from the remote source as well. With this "
"information SSSD can easily handle the mappings mentioned above even if the "
"local name and the Kerberos principal differ considerably."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd_krb5_localauth_plugin.8.xml:36
msgid ""
"Additionally with the information read from the remote source SSSD can help "
"to prevent unexpected or unwanted mappings in case the user part of the "
"Kerberos principal accidentally corresponds to a local name of a different "
"user. By default libkrb5 might just strip the realm part of the Kerberos "
"principal to get the local name which would lead to wrong mappings in this "
"case."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd_krb5_localauth_plugin.8.xml:46
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "CONFIGURATION FILE"
msgid "CONFIGURATION"
msgstr "FICHIER DE CONFIGURATION"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd_krb5_localauth_plugin.8.xml:56
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[plugins]\n"
" localauth = {\n"
"  module = sssd:/usr/lib64/sssd/modules/sssd_krb5_localauth_plugin.so\n"
" }\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd_krb5_localauth_plugin.8.xml:48
msgid ""
"The Kerberos local authorization plugin must be enabled explicitly in the "
"Kerberos configuration, see <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>krb5.conf</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>.  SSSD will create a "
"config snippet with the content like e.g.  <placeholder "
"type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> automatically in the SSSD's public "
"Kerberos configuration snippet directory. If this directory is included in "
"the local Kerberos configuration the plugin will be enabled automatically."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/autofs_attributes.xml:3
msgid "ldap_autofs_map_object_class (string)"
msgstr "ldap_autofs_map_object_class (string)"

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/autofs_attributes.xml:6
msgid "The object class of an automount map entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
"La classe d'objet d'une entrée de table de montage automatique dans LDAP."

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/autofs_attributes.xml:9
msgid "Default: nisMap (rfc2307, autofs_provider=ad), otherwise automountMap"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/autofs_attributes.xml:16
msgid "ldap_autofs_map_name (string)"
msgstr "ldap_autofs_map_name (string)"

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/autofs_attributes.xml:19
msgid "The name of an automount map entry in LDAP."
msgstr "Le nom d'une entrée de table de montage automatique dans LDAP."

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/autofs_attributes.xml:22
msgid ""
"Default: nisMapName (rfc2307, autofs_provider=ad), otherwise automountMapName"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/autofs_attributes.xml:29
msgid "ldap_autofs_entry_object_class (string)"
msgstr "ldap_autofs_entry_object_class (string)"

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/autofs_attributes.xml:32
msgid ""
"The object class of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually "
"corresponds to a mount point."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/autofs_attributes.xml:37
msgid "Default: nisObject (rfc2307, autofs_provider=ad), otherwise automount"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/autofs_attributes.xml:44
msgid "ldap_autofs_entry_key (string)"
msgstr "ldap_autofs_entry_key (string)"

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/autofs_attributes.xml:47 include/autofs_attributes.xml:61
msgid ""
"The key of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually corresponds to a "
"mount point."
msgstr ""
"La clé d'une entrée de montage automatique dans LDAP. L'entrée correspond "
"généralement à un point de montage."

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/autofs_attributes.xml:51
msgid "Default: cn (rfc2307, autofs_provider=ad), otherwise automountKey"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/autofs_attributes.xml:58
msgid "ldap_autofs_entry_value (string)"
msgstr "ldap_autofs_entry_value (string)"

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/autofs_attributes.xml:65
msgid ""
"Default: nisMapEntry (rfc2307, autofs_provider=ad), otherwise "
"automountInformation"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><title>
#: include/service_discovery.xml:2
msgid "SERVICE DISCOVERY"
msgstr "DÉCOUVERTE DE SERVICE"

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><para>
#: include/service_discovery.xml:4
msgid ""
"The service discovery feature allows back ends to automatically find the "
"appropriate servers to connect to using a special DNS query. This feature is "
"not supported for backup servers."
msgstr ""
"La fonctionnalité de découverte de services permet aux moteurs de trouver "
"automatiquement les serveurs appropriés auxquels se connecter à l'aide d'une "
"requête DNS spéciale. Cette fonctionnalité n'est pas pris en charge pour sur "
"les serveurs secondaires."

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: include/service_discovery.xml:9 include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:99
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Configuration"

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/service_discovery.xml:11
msgid ""
"If no servers are specified, the back end automatically uses service "
"discovery to try to find a server. Optionally, the user may choose to use "
"both fixed server addresses and service discovery by inserting a special "
"keyword, <quote>_srv_</quote>, in the list of servers. The order of "
"preference is maintained. This feature is useful if, for example, the user "
"prefers to use service discovery whenever possible, and fall back to a "
"specific server when no servers can be discovered using DNS."
msgstr ""
"Si aucun serveur n'est spécifié, le moteur utilise automatiquement la "
"découverte de services pour tenter de trouver un serveur. L'utilisateur peut "
"aussi choisir d'utiliser des adresses de serveur et de découverte de "
"services fixes en insérant un mot-clé spécial, <quote>_srv_</quote>, dans la "
"liste des serveurs. L'ordre de préférence est maintenu. Cette fonctionnalité "
"est utile si, par exemple, l'utilisateur préfère utiliser la découverte de "
"services chaque fois que possible et se replier vers un serveur spécifique "
"lorsqu'aucun serveur ne peut être découvert à l'aide du DNS."

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: include/service_discovery.xml:23
msgid "The domain name"
msgstr "Le nom de domaine"

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/service_discovery.xml:25
msgid ""
"Please refer to the <quote>dns_discovery_domain</quote> parameter in the "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for more details."
msgstr ""
"Se reporter au paramètre <quote>dns_discovery_domain</quote> dans la page de "
"manuel <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> pour plus de détails."

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: include/service_discovery.xml:35
msgid "The protocol"
msgstr "Le protocole"

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/service_discovery.xml:37
msgid ""
"The queries usually specify _tcp as the protocol. Exceptions are documented "
"in respective option description."
msgstr ""
"Les requêtes spécifient généralement _tcp comme protocole. Les exceptions "
"sont documentées dans les descriptions respectives des options."

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: include/service_discovery.xml:42
msgid "See Also"
msgstr "Voir aussi"

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/service_discovery.xml:44
msgid ""
"For more information on the service discovery mechanism, refer to RFC 2782."
msgstr ""
"Pour plus d'informations sur le mécanisme de découverte de services, se "
"reporter à la RFC 2782."

#. type: Content of: <refentryinfo>
#: include/upstream.xml:2
msgid ""
"<productname>SSSD</productname> <orgname>The SSSD upstream - https://github."
"com/SSSD/sssd/</orgname>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?)
#: include/upstream.xml:1
msgid "<placeholder type=\"refentryinfo\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr "<placeholder type=\"refentryinfo\" id=\"0\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><title>
#: include/failover.xml:2
msgid "FAILOVER"
msgstr "BASCULE"

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><para>
#: include/failover.xml:4
msgid ""
"The failover feature allows back ends to automatically switch to a different "
"server if the current server fails."
msgstr ""
"La fonctionnalité de bascule autorise le moteur à basculer automatiquement "
"sur un serveur différent si le serveur actuel est défaillant."

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: include/failover.xml:8
msgid "Failover Syntax"
msgstr "Syntaxe de bascule"

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/failover.xml:10
msgid ""
"The list of servers is given as a comma-separated list; any number of spaces "
"is allowed around the comma. The servers are listed in order of preference. "
"The list can contain any number of servers."
msgstr ""
"La liste des serveurs est donnée sous forme de liste séparée par des "
"virgules ; un nombre quelconque d'espaces est autorisé autour de la virgule. "
"Les serveurs sont répertoriés par ordre de préférence. La liste peut "
"contenir un nombre quelconque de serveurs."

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/failover.xml:16
msgid ""
"For each failover-enabled config option, two variants exist: "
"<emphasis>primary</emphasis> and <emphasis>backup</emphasis>.  The idea is "
"that servers in the primary list are preferred and backup servers are only "
"searched if no primary servers can be reached. If a backup server is "
"selected, a timeout of 31 seconds is set. After this timeout SSSD will "
"periodically try to reconnect to one of the primary servers. If it succeeds, "
"it will replace the current active (backup) server."
msgstr ""
"Pour chaque option de configuration alors que la bascule est activée, il "
"existe deux variantes : <emphasis>primary</emphasis> et <emphasis>backup</"
"emphasis>.  L'idée est que les serveurs dans la liste principale sont "
"préférés et les serveurs de secours sont interrogés uniquement si aucun "
"serveur primaire ne peut être atteint. Si un serveur de secours est "
"sélectionné, un délai d'attente de 31 secondes est défini. Après ce délai "
"d'attente, SSSD tentera périodiquement de se reconnecter à un des serveurs "
"primaires. S'il réussit, il remplacera l'actuel serveur (de secours) actif."

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: include/failover.xml:27
msgid "The Failover Mechanism"
msgstr "Mécanisme de bascule"

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/failover.xml:29
msgid ""
"The failover mechanism distinguishes between a machine and a service. The "
"back end first tries to resolve the hostname of a given machine; if this "
"resolution attempt fails, the machine is considered offline. No further "
"attempts are made to connect to this machine for any other service. If the "
"resolution attempt succeeds, the back end tries to connect to a service on "
"this machine. If the service connection attempt fails, then only this "
"particular service is considered offline and the back end automatically "
"switches over to the next service.  The machine is still considered online "
"and might still be tried for another service."
msgstr ""
"Le mécanisme de bascule fait la distinction entre une machine et d'un "
"service. Le moteur tente d'abord de résoudre le nom d'hôte d'un ordinateur "
"donné ; en cas d'échec de cette tentative de résolution, la machine est "
"considérée comme hors ligne. Aucune autre tentative n'est faite pour se "
"connecter à cette machine pour tout autre service. Si la tentative de "
"résolution réussit, le serveur principal tente de se connecter à un service "
"sur cette machine. Si la tentative de connexion de service échoue, alors ce "
"seul service est considéré comme hors ligne et le moteur passe "
"automatiquement au service suivant.  La machine est toujours considérée en "
"ligne et peut toujours être considérée pour une tentative d'accès à un autre "
"service."

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/failover.xml:42
msgid ""
"Further connection attempts are made to machines or services marked as "
"offline after a specified period of time; this is currently hard coded to 30 "
"seconds."
msgstr ""
"Les tentatives de connexion ultérieures sont faites vers des machines ou des "
"services marqués comme hors connexion après un délai spécifié ; ce délai est "
"actuellement spécifié en dur à 30 secondes."

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/failover.xml:47
msgid ""
"If there are no more machines to try, the back end as a whole switches to "
"offline mode, and then attempts to reconnect every 30 seconds."
msgstr ""
"S'il n'y a plus aucune machine à essayer, le moteur dans son ensemble "
"bascule dans le mode hors connexion et tente ensuite de se reconnecter "
"toutes les 30 secondes."

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: include/failover.xml:53
msgid "Failover time outs and tuning"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/failover.xml:55
msgid ""
"Resolving a server to connect to can be as simple as running a single DNS "
"query or can involve several steps, such as finding the correct site or "
"trying out multiple host names in case some of the configured servers are "
"not reachable. The more complex scenarios can take some time and SSSD needs "
"to balance between providing enough time to finish the resolution process "
"but on the other hand, not trying for too long before falling back to "
"offline mode. If the SSSD debug logs show that the server resolution is "
"timing out before a live server is contacted, you can consider changing the "
"time outs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/failover.xml:76
msgid "dns_resolver_server_timeout"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/failover.xml:80
msgid ""
"Time in milliseconds that sets how long would SSSD talk to a single DNS "
"server before trying next one."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/failover.xml:90
msgid "dns_resolver_op_timeout"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/failover.xml:94
msgid ""
"Time in seconds to tell how long would SSSD try to resolve single DNS query "
"(e.g. resolution of a hostname or an SRV record) before trying the next "
"hostname or discovery domain."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/failover.xml:106
msgid "dns_resolver_timeout"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/failover.xml:110
msgid ""
"How long would SSSD try to resolve a failover service. This service "
"resolution internally might include several steps, such as resolving DNS SRV "
"queries or locating the site."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/failover.xml:67
msgid ""
"This section lists the available tunables. Please refer to their description "
"in the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry>, manual page.  <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" "
"id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/failover.xml:123
msgid ""
"For LDAP-based providers, the resolve operation is performed as part of an "
"LDAP connection operation. Therefore, also the <quote>ldap_opt_timeout</"
"quote> timeout should be set to a larger value than "
"<quote>dns_resolver_timeout</quote> which in turn should be set to a larger "
"value than <quote>dns_resolver_op_timeout</quote> which should be larger "
"than <quote>dns_resolver_server_timeout</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><title>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:2
msgid "ID MAPPING"
msgstr "CORRESPONDANCE D'IDENTIFIANTS"

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:4
msgid ""
"The ID-mapping feature allows SSSD to act as a client of Active Directory "
"without requiring administrators to extend user attributes to support POSIX "
"attributes for user and group identifiers."
msgstr ""
"La fonctionnalité de correspondance d'ID permet à SSSD d'agir comme un "
"client de Active Directory sans demander aux administrateurs d'étendre les "
"attributs utilisateur pour prendre en charge les attributs POSIX pour les "
"identifiants d'utilisateur et de groupe."

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:9
msgid ""
"NOTE: When ID-mapping is enabled, the uidNumber and gidNumber attributes are "
"ignored. This is to avoid the possibility of conflicts between automatically-"
"assigned and manually-assigned values. If you need to use manually-assigned "
"values, ALL values must be manually-assigned."
msgstr ""
"Remarque : Lorsque la mise en correspondance des ID est activée, les "
"attributs uidNumber et gidNumber sont ignorés. Ceci afin d'éviter les "
"risques de conflit entre les valeurs attribuées automatiquement et assignées "
"manuellement. Si vous avez besoin d'utiliser des valeurs attribuées "
"manuellement, TOUTES les valeurs doivent être assignées manuellement."

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:16
msgid ""
"Please note that changing the ID mapping related configuration options will "
"cause user and group IDs to change. At the moment, SSSD does not support "
"changing IDs, so the SSSD database must be removed. Because cached passwords "
"are also stored in the database, removing the database should only be "
"performed while the authentication servers are reachable, otherwise users "
"might get locked out. In order to cache the password, an authentication must "
"be performed. It is not sufficient to use <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sss_cache</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> to remove the database, rather the process consists of:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:33
msgid "Making sure the remote servers are reachable"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:38
msgid "Stopping the SSSD service"
msgstr "Arrêter le service SSSD"

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:43
msgid "Removing the database"
msgstr "Supprimer la base de donnée"

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:48
msgid "Starting the SSSD service"
msgstr "Démarrer le service SSSD"

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:52
msgid ""
"Moreover, as the change of IDs might necessitate the adjustment of other "
"system properties such as file and directory ownership, it's advisable to "
"plan ahead and test the ID mapping configuration thoroughly."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:59
msgid "Mapping Algorithm"
msgstr "Algorithme de correspondance"

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:61
msgid ""
"Active Directory provides an objectSID for every user and group object in "
"the directory. This objectSID can be broken up into components that "
"represent the Active Directory domain identity and the relative identifier "
"(RID) of the user or group object."
msgstr ""
"Active Directory fournit un objectSID pour chaque objet d'utilisateur et de "
"groupe dans l'annuaire. Cet objectSID peut être divisé en composants qui "
"représentent l'identité de domaine Active Directory et l'identificateur "
"relatif (RID) de l'objet utilisateur ou groupe."

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:67
msgid ""
"The SSSD ID-mapping algorithm takes a range of available UIDs and divides it "
"into equally-sized component sections - called \"slices\"-. Each slice "
"represents the space available to an Active Directory domain."
msgstr ""
"L'algorithme de mise en correspondance des ID de SSSD tient un éventail "
"d'uid disponibles et le divise en sections de même taille, appelées « "
"tranches ». Chaque tranche représente l'espace disponible dans un domaine "
"Active Directory."

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:73
msgid ""
"When a user or group entry for a particular domain is encountered for the "
"first time, the SSSD allocates one of the available slices for that domain. "
"In order to make this slice-assignment repeatable on different client "
"machines, we select the slice based on the following algorithm:"
msgstr ""
"Lorsqu'une entrée d'utilisateur ou de groupe pour un domaine particulier est "
"rencontrée pour la première fois, SSSD alloue une des plages disponibles "
"pour ce domaine. Afin de rendre cette affectation de plage reproductible sur "
"les ordinateurs clients différents, l'algorithme de sélection de plage "
"suivant est utilisé :"

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:80
msgid ""
"The SID string is passed through the murmurhash3 algorithm to convert it to "
"a 32-bit hashed value. We then take the modulus of this value with the total "
"number of available slices to pick the slice."
msgstr ""
"La chaîne du SID est passée par l'intermédiaire de l'algorithme murmurhash3 "
"pour le convertir en une valeur de hachage de 32 bits. Nous prenons ensuite "
"le modulo de cette valeur avec le nombre total des tranches disponibles pour "
"prendre la tranche."

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:86
msgid ""
"NOTE: It is possible to encounter collisions in the hash and subsequent "
"modulus. In these situations, we will select the next available slice, but "
"it may not be possible to reproduce the same exact set of slices on other "
"machines (since the order that they are encountered will determine their "
"slice). In this situation, it is recommended to either switch to using "
"explicit POSIX attributes in Active Directory (disabling ID-mapping) or "
"configure a default domain to guarantee that at least one is always "
"consistent. See <quote>Configuration</quote> for details."
msgstr ""
"Remarque : Il est possible de rencontrer les collisions dans le hachage et "
"le modulo en découlant. Dans ces situations, la tranche suivante disponible "
"sera sélectionnée, mais il n'est pas possible de reproduire le même jeu "
"exact des tranches sur d'autres machines (puisque l'ordre dans lequel elles "
"sont rencontrées déterminera leur tranche). Dans ce cas, il est recommandé "
"de passer à l'utilisation des attributs POSIX explicites dans Active "
"Directory (en désactivant la correspondance d'ID) ou configurer un domaine "
"par défaut afin de garantir qu'au moins un est toujours cohérent. Pour plus "
"d'informations, voir <quote>Configuration</quote>."

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:101
msgid ""
"Minimum configuration (in the <quote>[domain/DOMAINNAME]</quote> section):"
msgstr ""
"Configuration minimale (dans la section <quote>[domain/DOMAINNAME]</"
"quote>)  :"

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:106
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ldap_id_mapping = True\n"
"ldap_schema = ad\n"
msgstr ""
"ldap_id_mapping = True\n"
"ldap_schema = ad\n"

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:111
msgid ""
"The default configuration results in configuring 10,000 slices, each capable "
"of holding up to 200,000 IDs, starting from 200,000 and going up to "
"2,000,200,000. This should be sufficient for most deployments."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><title>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:117
msgid "Advanced Configuration"
msgstr "Configuration avancée"

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:120
msgid "ldap_idmap_range_min (integer)"
msgstr "ldap_idmap_range_min (integer)"

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:123
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping "
#| "Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgid ""
"Specifies the lower (inclusive) bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for "
"mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs. It is the first POSIX ID which "
"can be used for the mapping."
msgstr ""
"Spécifie la limite inférieure de la plage d'ID POSIX à utiliser pour la mise "
"en correspondance d'identifiants utilisateurs et groupes Active Directory."

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:129
msgid ""
"NOTE: This option is different from <quote>min_id</quote> in that "
"<quote>min_id</quote> acts to filter the output of requests to this domain, "
"whereas this option controls the range of ID assignment. This is a subtle "
"distinction, but the good general advice would be to have <quote>min_id</"
"quote> be less-than or equal to <quote>ldap_idmap_range_min</quote>"
msgstr ""
"NOTE : Cette option est différente de <quote>min_id</quote> en ce sens que "
"<quote>min_id</quote> agit comme filtre sur le résultat des requêtes vers ce "
"domaine, alors que cette option contrôle les plages de correspondance d'ID. "
"Il s'agit d'une distinction subtile, mais les bonnes pratiques conseillent "
"d'avoir <quote>min_id</quote> inférieur ou égal à "
"<quote>ldap_idmap_range_min</quote>"

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:139 include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:197
msgid "Default: 200000"
msgstr "Par défaut : 200000"

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:144
msgid "ldap_idmap_range_max (integer)"
msgstr "ldap_idmap_range_max (integer)"

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:147
msgid ""
"Specifies the upper (exclusive) bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for "
"mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs. It is the first POSIX ID which "
"cannot be used for the mapping anymore, i.e. one larger than the last one "
"which can be used for the mapping."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:155
msgid ""
"NOTE: This option is different from <quote>max_id</quote> in that "
"<quote>max_id</quote> acts to filter the output of requests to this domain, "
"whereas this option controls the range of ID assignment. This is a subtle "
"distinction, but the good general advice would be to have <quote>max_id</"
"quote> be greater-than or equal to <quote>ldap_idmap_range_max</quote>"
msgstr ""
"NOTE : Cette option est différente de <quote>max_id</quote> en ce sens que "
"<quote>max_id</quote> agit comme filtre sur le résultat des requêtes vers ce "
"domaine, alors que cette option contrôle les plages de correspondance d'ID. "
"Il s'agit d'une distinction subtile, mais les bonnes pratiques conseillent "
"d'avoir <quote>max_id</quote> supérieur ou égal à "
"<quote>ldap_idmap_range_max</quote>"

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:165
msgid "Default: 2000200000"
msgstr "Par défaut : 2000200000"

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:170
msgid "ldap_idmap_range_size (integer)"
msgstr "ldap_idmap_range_size (integer)"

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:173
msgid ""
"Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice.  If the range size "
"does not divide evenly into the min and max values, it will create as many "
"complete slices as it can."
msgstr ""
"Spécifie le nombre d'identifiants pour chaque tranche.  Si la taille de la "
"plage ne divise pas uniformément dans les valeurs minimale et maximale, des "
"tranches complètes seront créées autant que possible."

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:179
msgid ""
"NOTE: The value of this option must be at least as large as the highest user "
"RID planned for use on the Active Directory server. User lookups and login "
"will fail for any user whose RID is greater than this value."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:185
msgid ""
"For example, if your most recently-added Active Directory user has "
"objectSid=S-1-5-21-2153326666-2176343378-3404031434-1107, "
"<quote>ldap_idmap_range_size</quote> must be at least 1108 as range size is "
"equal to maximal SID minus minimal SID plus one (e.g. 1108 = 1107 - 0 + 1)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:192
msgid ""
"It is important to plan ahead for future expansion, as changing this value "
"will result in changing all of the ID mappings on the system, leading to "
"users with different local IDs than they previously had."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:202
msgid "ldap_idmap_default_domain_sid (string)"
msgstr "ldap_idmap_default_domain_sid (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:205
msgid ""
"Specify the domain SID of the default domain. This will guarantee that this "
"domain will always be assigned to slice zero in the ID map, bypassing the "
"murmurhash algorithm described above."
msgstr ""
"Spécifier le SID de domaine du domaine par défaut. Cela garantira que ce "
"domaine est toujours affecté à la tranche zéro dans la carte d'ID, sans "
"passer par l'algorithme murmurhash décrit ci-dessus."

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:216
msgid "ldap_idmap_default_domain (string)"
msgstr "ldap_idmap_default_domain (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:219
msgid "Specify the name of the default domain."
msgstr "Spécifier le nom de domaine par défaut."

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:227
msgid "ldap_idmap_autorid_compat (boolean)"
msgstr "ldap_idmap_autorid_compat (boolean)"

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:230
msgid ""
"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to "
"winbind's <quote>idmap_autorid</quote> algorithm."
msgstr ""
"Modifie le comportement de l'algorithme de mise en correspondance des ID "
"afin qu'il se comporte de manière identique à celui <quote>idmap_autorid</"
"quote> de winbind."

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:235
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "When this option is configured, domains will be allocated starting with "
#| "slice zero and increasing monatomically with each additional domain."
msgid ""
"When this option is configured, domains will be allocated starting with "
"slice zero and increasing monotonically with each additional domain."
msgstr ""
"Lorsque cette option est configurée, les domaines seront alloués en "
"commençant par la tranche zéro et augmentant de manière monotone pour chaque "
"domaine supplémentaire."

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:240
msgid ""
"NOTE: This algorithm is non-deterministic (it depends on the order that "
"users and groups are requested). If this mode is required for compatibility "
"with machines running winbind, it is recommended to also use the "
"<quote>ldap_idmap_default_domain_sid</quote> option to guarantee that at "
"least one domain is consistently allocated to slice zero."
msgstr ""
"Remarque : Cet algorithme n'est pas déterministe (il dépend de l'ordre dans "
"lequel utilisateurs et groupes sont invités). Si ce mode est nécessaire pour "
"assurer la compatibilité avec les ordinateurs qui utilisent winbind, il est "
"recommandé d'utiliser également l'option "
"<quote>ldap_idmap_default_domain_sid</quote> pour garantir qu'au moins un "
"domaine est systématiquement alloué à la tranche zéro."

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:255
msgid "ldap_idmap_helper_table_size (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:258
msgid ""
"Maximal number of secondary slices that is tried when performing mapping "
"from UNIX id to SID."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:262
msgid ""
"Note: Additional secondary slices might be generated when SID is being "
"mapped to UNIX id and RID part of SID is out of range for secondary slices "
"generated so far. If value of ldap_idmap_helper_table_size is equal to 0 "
"then no additional secondary slices are generated."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:279
msgid "Well-Known SIDs"
msgstr "SID bien connus"

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:281
msgid ""
"SSSD supports to look up the names of Well-Known SIDs, i.e. SIDs with a "
"special hardcoded meaning. Since the generic users and groups related to "
"those Well-Known SIDs have no equivalent in a Linux/UNIX environment no "
"POSIX IDs are available for those objects."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:287
msgid ""
"The SID name space is organized in authorities which can be seen as "
"different domains. The authorities for the Well-Known SIDs are"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:290
msgid "Null Authority"
msgstr "Null Authority"

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:291
msgid "World Authority"
msgstr "World Authority"

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:292
msgid "Local Authority"
msgstr "Local Authority"

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:293
msgid "Creator Authority"
msgstr "Creator Authority"

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:294
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Creator Authority"
msgid "Mandatory Label Authority"
msgstr "Creator Authority"

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:295
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Creator Authority"
msgid "Authentication Authority"
msgstr "Creator Authority"

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:296
msgid "NT Authority"
msgstr "NT Authority"

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:297
msgid "Built-in"
msgstr "Built-in"

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:299
msgid ""
"The capitalized version of these names are used as domain names when "
"returning the fully qualified name of a Well-Known SID."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:303
msgid ""
"Since some utilities allow to modify SID based access control information "
"with the help of a name instead of using the SID directly SSSD supports to "
"look up the SID by the name as well. To avoid collisions only the fully "
"qualified names can be used to look up Well-Known SIDs. As a result the "
"domain names <quote>NULL AUTHORITY</quote>, <quote>WORLD AUTHORITY</quote>, "
"<quote>LOCAL AUTHORITY</quote>, <quote>CREATOR AUTHORITY</quote>, "
"<quote>MANDATORY LABEL AUTHORITY</quote>, <quote>AUTHENTICATION AUTHORITY</"
"quote>, <quote>NT AUTHORITY</quote> and <quote>BUILTIN</quote> should not be "
"used as domain names in <filename>sssd.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><term>
#: include/param_help.xml:3
msgid "<option>-?</option>,<option>--help</option>"
msgstr "<option>-?</option>,<option>--help</option>"

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/param_help.xml:7 include/param_help_py.xml:7
msgid "Display help message and exit."
msgstr "Affiche l'aide et quitte."

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><term>
#: include/param_help_py.xml:3
msgid "<option>-h</option>,<option>--help</option>"
msgstr "<option>-h</option>,<option>--help</option>"

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:3 include/debug_levels_tools.xml:3
msgid ""
"SSSD supports two representations for specifying the debug level. The "
"simplest is to specify a decimal value from 0-9, which represents enabling "
"that level and all lower-level debug messages. The more comprehensive option "
"is to specify a hexadecimal bitmask to enable or disable specific levels "
"(such as if you wish to suppress a level)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:10
msgid ""
"Please note that each SSSD service logs into its own log file. Also please "
"note that enabling <quote>debug_level</quote> in the <quote>[sssd]</quote> "
"section only enables debugging just for the sssd process itself, not for the "
"responder or provider processes. The <quote>debug_level</quote> parameter "
"should be added to all sections that you wish to produce debug logs from."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:18
msgid ""
"In addition to changing the log level in the config file using the "
"<quote>debug_level</quote> parameter, which is persistent, but requires SSSD "
"restart, it is also possible to change the debug level on the fly using the "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_debuglevel</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> tool."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:29 include/debug_levels_tools.xml:10
msgid "Currently supported debug levels:"
msgstr "Niveaux de débogage actuellement pris en charge :"

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:32 include/debug_levels_tools.xml:13
msgid ""
"<emphasis>0</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x0010</emphasis>: Fatal failures. "
"Anything that would prevent SSSD from starting up or causes it to cease "
"running."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>0</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x0010</emphasis> : défaillances fatales. "
"Tout ce qui empêcherait SSSD de démarrer ou provoquerait son arrêt."

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:38 include/debug_levels_tools.xml:19
msgid ""
"<emphasis>1</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x0020</emphasis>: Critical failures. An "
"error that doesn't kill SSSD, but one that indicates that at least one major "
"feature is not going to work properly."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:45 include/debug_levels_tools.xml:26
msgid ""
"<emphasis>2</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x0040</emphasis>: Serious failures. An "
"error announcing that a particular request or operation has failed."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>2</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x0040</emphasis> : défaillances graves. "
"Une erreur qui annonce qu'une requête particulière ou une opération a échoué."

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:50 include/debug_levels_tools.xml:31
msgid ""
"<emphasis>3</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x0080</emphasis>: Minor failures. These "
"are the errors that would percolate down to cause the operation failure of 2."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>3</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x0080</emphasis> : erreurs mineures. Ce "
"sont les erreurs qui seraient susceptibles d'empirer pour provoquer l'erreur "
"en 2."

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:55 include/debug_levels_tools.xml:36
msgid ""
"<emphasis>4</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x0100</emphasis>: Configuration settings."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>4</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x0100</emphasis> : paramètres de "
"configuration."

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:59 include/debug_levels_tools.xml:40
msgid "<emphasis>5</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x0200</emphasis>: Function data."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>5</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x0200</emphasis> : données de "
"fonctionnement."

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:63 include/debug_levels_tools.xml:44
msgid ""
"<emphasis>6</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x0400</emphasis>: Trace messages for "
"operation functions."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>6</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x0400</emphasis> : traçage des fonctions "
"opérationnelles."

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:67 include/debug_levels_tools.xml:48
msgid ""
"<emphasis>7</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x1000</emphasis>: Trace messages for "
"internal control functions."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>7</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x1000</emphasis> : traçage des fonctions "
"de contrôles internes."

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:72 include/debug_levels_tools.xml:53
msgid ""
"<emphasis>8</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x2000</emphasis>: Contents of function-"
"internal variables that may be interesting."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>8</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x2000</emphasis> :  contenu des variables "
"internes de fonctions pouvent être intéressantes."

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:77 include/debug_levels_tools.xml:58
msgid ""
"<emphasis>9</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x4000</emphasis>: Extremely low-level "
"tracing information."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>9</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x4000</emphasis> : informations de "
"traçage de bas niveau."

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:81
msgid ""
"<emphasis>9</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x20000</emphasis>: Performance and "
"statistical data, please note that due to the way requests are processed "
"internally the logged execution time of a request might be longer than it "
"actually was."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:88 include/debug_levels_tools.xml:62
msgid ""
"<emphasis>10</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x10000</emphasis>: Even more low-level "
"libldb tracing information. Almost never really required."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:93 include/debug_levels_tools.xml:67
msgid ""
"To log required bitmask debug levels, simply add their numbers together as "
"shown in following examples:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:97 include/debug_levels_tools.xml:71
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Example</emphasis>: To log fatal failures, critical failures, "
"serious failures and function data use 0x0270."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Exemple</emphasis> : pour suivre erreurs fatales, critiques, "
"graves et les données de fonction, utiliser 0x0270."

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:101 include/debug_levels_tools.xml:75
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Example</emphasis>: To log fatal failures, configuration settings, "
"function data, trace messages for internal control functions use 0x1310."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Exemple</emphasis> : pour consigner les erreurs fatales, les "
"paramètres de configuration, les données de fonction, les messages de trace "
"pour les fonctions de contrôle interne, utiliser 0x1310."

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:106 include/debug_levels_tools.xml:80
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Note</emphasis>: The bitmask format of debug levels was introduced "
"in 1.7.0."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Note</emphasis> : le format des niveaux de débogage a été "
"introduit dans la version 1.7.0."

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:110 include/debug_levels_tools.xml:84
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Default</emphasis>: 0x0070 (i.e. fatal, critical and serious "
"failures; corresponds to setting 2 in decimal notation)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><title>
#: include/local.xml:2
msgid "THE LOCAL DOMAIN"
msgstr "LE DOMAINE LOCAL"

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><para>
#: include/local.xml:4
msgid ""
"In order to function correctly, a domain with <quote>id_provider=local</"
"quote> must be created and the SSSD must be running."
msgstr ""
"Pour fonctionner correctement, un domaine avec <quote>id_provider = local</"
"quote> doit être créé et SSSD doit s'exécuter."

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><para>
#: include/local.xml:9
msgid ""
"The administrator might want to use the SSSD local users instead of "
"traditional UNIX users in cases where the group nesting (see <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sss_groupadd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>) is needed. The local users are also useful for testing and "
"development of the SSSD without having to deploy a full remote server. The "
"<command>sss_user*</command> and <command>sss_group*</command> tools use a "
"local LDB storage to store users and groups."
msgstr ""
"L'administrateur peut vouloir utiliser les utilisateurs locaux SSSD au lieu "
"des utilisateurs UNIX traditionnels dans les cas où l'imbrication de groupes "
"(cf. <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sss_groupadd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>) est nécessaire. Les utilisateurs locaux sont "
"également utiles pour les tests et le développement de SSSD sans avoir à "
"déployer un serveur distant complet. Les outils <command>sss_user *</"
"command> et <command>sss_group *</command> utilisent alors un stockage local "
"de type LDB pour les utilisateurs et les groupes."

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><para>
#: include/seealso.xml:4
msgid ""
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>, <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>, <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>, <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap-attributes</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>, <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>, <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-simple</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>, <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>, <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ad</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>, <phrase "
"condition=\"with_files_provider\"> <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-files</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>, </phrase> <phrase "
"condition=\"with_sudo\"> <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-sudo</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>, </phrase> "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-session-recording</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>, <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sss_cache</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>, <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_debuglevel</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry>, <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sss_obfuscate</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>, <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_seed</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry>, <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd_krb5_locator_plugin</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry>, <phrase condition=\"with_ssh\"> <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry>, <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry>, </phrase> <phrase condition=\"with_ifp\"> "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ifp</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry>, </phrase> <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>pam_sss</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry>.  <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sss_rpcidmapd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> <phrase condition=\"with_stap\"> <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-systemtap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> </phrase>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_search_bases.xml:3
msgid ""
"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches "
"for this attribute type."
msgstr ""
"Un DN de base facultatif, une étendue de recherche et un filtre LDAP afin de "
"restreindre les recherches LDAP pour ce type d'attribut."

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para><programlisting>
#: include/ldap_search_bases.xml:9
#, no-wrap
msgid "search_base[?scope?[filter][?search_base?scope?[filter]]*]\n"
msgstr "search_base[?scope?[filter][?search_base?scope?[filter]]*]\n"

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_search_bases.xml:7
msgid "syntax: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr "syntaxe : <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_search_bases.xml:13
msgid ""
"The scope can be one of \"base\", \"onelevel\" or \"subtree\". The scope "
"functions as specified in section 4.5.1.2 of http://tools.ietf.org/html/"
"rfc4511"
msgstr ""
"La portée peut être l'une des « base »,  « onelevel » ou « subtree ». Les "
"fonctions de portée sont spécifiées dans la section 4.5.1.2 de http://tools."
"ietf.org/html/rfc4511"

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_search_bases.xml:23
msgid ""
"For examples of this syntax, please refer to the <quote>ldap_search_base</"
"quote> examples section."
msgstr ""
"Pour obtenir des exemples de cette syntaxe, reportez-vous à la section "
"d'exemples <quote>ldap_search_base</quote>."

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_search_bases.xml:31
msgid ""
"Please note that specifying scope or filter is not supported for searches "
"against an Active Directory Server that might yield a large number of "
"results and trigger the Range Retrieval extension in the response."
msgstr ""
"Noter que la spécification de portée ou de filtre n'est pas prise en charge "
"pour les recherches sur un serveur Active Directory qui serait susceptible "
"de produire un grand nombre de résultats et de déclencher l'extension Range "
"Retrieval dans sa réponse."

#. type: Content of: <para>
#: include/autofs_restart.xml:2
msgid ""
"Please note that the automounter only reads the master map on startup, so if "
"any autofs-related changes are made to the sssd.conf, you typically also "
"need to restart the automounter daemon after restarting the SSSD."
msgstr ""
"Veuillez noter que l'automounter ne lit que la carte maîtresse au démarrage. "
"Ainsi, si des modifications liées à autofs sont apportées à sssd.conf, vous "
"devrez généralement redémarrer le démon automounter après le redémarrage de "
"SSSD"

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><term>
#: include/override_homedir.xml:2
msgid "override_homedir (string)"
msgstr "override_homedir (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/override_homedir.xml:16
msgid "UID number"
msgstr "numéro d'UID"

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/override_homedir.xml:20
msgid "domain name"
msgstr "nom de domaine"

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/override_homedir.xml:23
msgid "%f"
msgstr "%f"

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/override_homedir.xml:24
msgid "fully qualified user name (user@domain)"
msgstr "nom d'utilisateur pleinement qualifié (utilisateur@domaine)"

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/override_homedir.xml:27
msgid "%l"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/override_homedir.xml:28
msgid "The first letter of the login name."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/override_homedir.xml:32
msgid "UPN - User Principal Name (name@REALM)"
msgstr ""
"UPN - Nom de principal d'utilisateur (User principal name, nom@ROYAUME)"

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/override_homedir.xml:35
msgid "%o"
msgstr "%o"

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/override_homedir.xml:37
msgid "The original home directory retrieved from the identity provider."
msgstr ""
"Le répertoire utilisateur original provenant du fournisseur d'identité."

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/override_homedir.xml:44
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The original home directory retrieved from the identity provider."
msgid ""
"The original home directory retrieved from the identity provider, but in "
"lower case."
msgstr ""
"Le répertoire utilisateur original provenant du fournisseur d'identité."

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/override_homedir.xml:49
msgid "%H"
msgstr "%H"

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/override_homedir.xml:51
msgid "The value of configure option <emphasis>homedir_substring</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"La valeur de l'option de configuration <emphasis>homedir_substring</"
"emphasis>."

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/override_homedir.xml:5
msgid ""
"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value "
"or a template. In the template, the following sequences are substituted: "
"<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
"Réécrit le répertoire personnel de l'utilisateur. Il est possible de fournir "
"une valeur absolue ou un patron. Dans le cas d'un patron, les séquences "
"suivantes sont substituées :<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/override_homedir.xml:63
msgid "This option can also be set per-domain."
msgstr "Cette option peut aussi être définie pour chaque domaine."

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: include/override_homedir.xml:68
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"override_homedir = /home/%u\n"
"        "
msgstr ""
"override_homedir = /home/%u\n"
"        "

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/override_homedir.xml:72
msgid "Default: Not set (SSSD will use the value retrieved from LDAP)"
msgstr "Par défaut : Indéfini (SSSD utilisera la valeur récupérée de LDAP)"

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/override_homedir.xml:76
msgid ""
"Please note, the home directory from a specific override for the user, "
"either locally (see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sss_override</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>) or centrally managed "
"IPA id-overrides, has a higher precedence and will be used instead of the "
"value given by override_homedir."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><term>
#: include/homedir_substring.xml:2
msgid "homedir_substring (string)"
msgstr "homedir_substring (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/homedir_substring.xml:5
msgid ""
"The value of this option will be used in the expansion of the "
"<emphasis>override_homedir</emphasis> option if the template contains the "
"format string <emphasis>%H</emphasis>. An LDAP directory entry can directly "
"contain this template so that this option can be used to expand the home "
"directory path for each client machine (or operating system). It can be set "
"per-domain or globally in the [nss] section. A value specified in a domain "
"section will override one set in the [nss] section."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/homedir_substring.xml:15
msgid "Default: /home"
msgstr "Par défaut : /home"

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><title>
#: include/ad_modified_defaults.xml:2 include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:2
msgid "MODIFIED DEFAULT OPTIONS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><para>
#: include/ad_modified_defaults.xml:4
msgid ""
"Certain option defaults do not match their respective backend provider "
"defaults, these option names and AD provider-specific defaults are listed "
"below:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: include/ad_modified_defaults.xml:9 include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:9
msgid "KRB5 Provider"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ad_modified_defaults.xml:13 include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:13
msgid "krb5_validate = true"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ad_modified_defaults.xml:18
msgid "krb5_use_enterprise_principal = true"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: include/ad_modified_defaults.xml:24
msgid "LDAP Provider"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ad_modified_defaults.xml:28
msgid "ldap_schema = ad"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ad_modified_defaults.xml:33 include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:38
msgid "ldap_force_upper_case_realm = true"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ad_modified_defaults.xml:38
msgid "ldap_id_mapping = true"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ad_modified_defaults.xml:43
msgid "ldap_sasl_mech = GSS-SPNEGO"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ad_modified_defaults.xml:48
msgid "ldap_referrals = false"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ad_modified_defaults.xml:53
msgid "ldap_account_expire_policy = ad"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ad_modified_defaults.xml:58 include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:58
msgid "ldap_use_tokengroups = true"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ad_modified_defaults.xml:63
msgid "ldap_sasl_authid = sAMAccountName@REALM (typically SHORTNAME$@REALM)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ad_modified_defaults.xml:66
msgid ""
"The AD provider looks for a different principal than the LDAP provider by "
"default, because in an Active Directory environment the principals are "
"divided into two groups - User Principals and Service Principals. Only User "
"Principal can be used to obtain a TGT and by default, computer object's "
"principal is constructed from its sAMAccountName and the AD realm. The well-"
"known host/hostname@REALM principal is a Service Principal and thus cannot "
"be used to get a TGT with."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: include/ad_modified_defaults.xml:80
msgid "NSS configuration"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ad_modified_defaults.xml:84
msgid "fallback_homedir = /home/%d/%u"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ad_modified_defaults.xml:87
msgid ""
"The AD provider automatically sets \"fallback_homedir = /home/%d/%u\" to "
"provide personal home directories for users without the homeDirectory "
"attribute. If your AD Domain is properly populated with Posix attributes, "
"and you want to avoid this fallback behavior, you can explicitly set "
"\"fallback_homedir = %o\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ad_modified_defaults.xml:96
msgid ""
"Note that the system typically expects a home directory in /home/%u folder. "
"If you decide to use a different directory structure, some other parts of "
"your system may need adjustments."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ad_modified_defaults.xml:102
msgid ""
"For example automated creation of home directories in combination with "
"selinux requires selinux adjustment, otherwise the home directory will be "
"created with wrong selinux context."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><para>
#: include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:4
msgid ""
"Certain option defaults do not match their respective backend provider "
"defaults, these option names and IPA provider-specific defaults are listed "
"below:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:18
msgid "krb5_use_fast = try"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:23
msgid "krb5_canonicalize = true"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:29
msgid "LDAP Provider - General"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:33
msgid "ldap_schema = ipa_v1"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:43
msgid "ldap_sasl_mech = GSSAPI"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:48
msgid "ldap_sasl_minssf = 56"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:53
msgid "ldap_account_expire_policy = ipa"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:64
msgid "LDAP Provider - User options"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:68
msgid "ldap_user_member_of = memberOf"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:73
msgid "ldap_user_uuid = ipaUniqueID"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:78
msgid "ldap_user_ssh_public_key = ipaSshPubKey"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:83
msgid "ldap_user_auth_type = ipaUserAuthType"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:89
msgid "LDAP Provider - Group options"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:93
msgid "ldap_group_object_class = ipaUserGroup"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:98
msgid "ldap_group_object_class_alt = posixGroup"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:103
msgid "ldap_group_member = member"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:108
msgid "ldap_group_uuid = ipaUniqueID"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:113
msgid "ldap_group_objectsid = ipaNTSecurityIdentifier"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:118
msgid "ldap_group_external_member = ipaExternalMember"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:3
msgid "krb5_auth_timeout (integer)"
msgstr "krb5_auth_timeout (entier)"

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:6
msgid ""
"Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password "
"request is aborted. If possible, the authentication request is continued "
"offline."
msgstr ""
"Délai d'attente, en secondes, après l'annulation d'une requête "
"d'authentification en ligne ou de changement de mot de passe. La requête "
"d'authentification sera effectuée hors-ligne si cela est possible."

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:17
msgid "krb5_validate (boolean)"
msgstr "krb5_validate (booléen)"

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:20
msgid ""
"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been "
"spoofed. The keytab is checked for entries sequentially, and the first entry "
"with a matching realm is used for validation. If no entry matches the realm, "
"the last entry in the keytab is used. This process can be used to validate "
"environments using cross-realm trust by placing the appropriate keytab entry "
"as the last entry or the only entry in the keytab file."
msgstr ""
"Vérifie à l'aide de krb5_keytab que le TGT obtenu n'a pas été usurpé. Les "
"entrées d'un fichier keytab sont vérifiées dans l'ordre, et la première "
"entrée avec un domaine correspondant est utilisée pour la validation. Si "
"aucune entrée ne correspond au domaine, la dernière entrée dans le fichier "
"keytab est utilisée. Ce processus peut être utilisé pour valider des "
"environnements utilisant l'approbation entre domaines en plaçant l'entrée "
"keytab appropriée comme dernière ou comme seule entrée dans le fichier "
"keytab."

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:29
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Default: false (AD provider: true)"
msgid "Default: false (IPA and AD provider: true)"
msgstr "Par défaut : false (AD provider : true)"

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:32
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Please refer to the <quote>dns_discovery_domain</quote> parameter in the "
#| "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
#| "manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for more details."
msgid ""
"Please note that the ticket validation is the first step when checking the "
"PAC (see 'pac_check' in the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for "
"details). If ticket validation is disabled the PAC checks will be skipped as "
"well."
msgstr ""
"Se reporter au paramètre <quote>dns_discovery_domain</quote> dans la page de "
"manuel <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> pour plus de détails."

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:44
msgid "krb5_renewable_lifetime (string)"
msgstr "krb5_renewable_lifetime (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:47
msgid ""
"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer "
"immediately followed by a time unit:"
msgstr ""
"Demande un ticket renouvelable avec une durée de vie totale, donnée par un "
"entier immédiatement suivi par une unité de temps :"

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:52 include/krb5_options.xml:86
#: include/krb5_options.xml:123
msgid "<emphasis>s</emphasis> for seconds"
msgstr "<emphasis>s</emphasis> pour secondes"

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:55 include/krb5_options.xml:89
#: include/krb5_options.xml:126
msgid "<emphasis>m</emphasis> for minutes"
msgstr "<emphasis>m</emphasis> pour minutes"

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:58 include/krb5_options.xml:92
#: include/krb5_options.xml:129
msgid "<emphasis>h</emphasis> for hours"
msgstr "<emphasis>h</emphasis> pour heures"

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:61 include/krb5_options.xml:95
#: include/krb5_options.xml:132
msgid "<emphasis>d</emphasis> for days."
msgstr "<emphasis>d</emphasis> pour jours."

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:64 include/krb5_options.xml:135
msgid "If there is no unit given, <emphasis>s</emphasis> is assumed."
msgstr "Si aucune unité n'est spécifiée, <emphasis>s</emphasis> est utilisé."

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:68 include/krb5_options.xml:139
msgid ""
"NOTE: It is not possible to mix units.  To set the renewable lifetime to one "
"and a half hours, use '90m' instead of '1h30m'."
msgstr ""
"NOTE : il n'est pas possible de mélanger les unités. Pour indiquer une durée "
"de vie renouvelable de une heure et trente minutes, utiliser « 90m » au lieu "
"de « 1h30m »."

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:73
msgid "Default: not set, i.e. the TGT is not renewable"
msgstr ""
"Par défaut : non défini, c'est-à-dire que le TGT n'est pas renouvelable"

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:79
msgid "krb5_lifetime (string)"
msgstr "krb5_lifetime (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:82
msgid ""
"Request ticket with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by "
"a time unit:"
msgstr ""
"Demande un ticket avec une durée de vie, donnée par un entier immédiatement "
"suivi par une unité de temps :"

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:98
msgid "If there is no unit given <emphasis>s</emphasis> is assumed."
msgstr "Si aucune unité n'est spécifiée, <emphasis>s</emphasis> est utilisé."

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:102
msgid ""
"NOTE: It is not possible to mix units.  To set the lifetime to one and a "
"half hours please use '90m' instead of '1h30m'."
msgstr ""
"NOTE : il n'est pas possible de mélanger les unités. Pour indiquer une durée "
"de vie de une heure et trente minutes, utiliser « 90m » au lieu de « 1h30m »."

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:107
msgid ""
"Default: not set, i.e. the default ticket lifetime configured on the KDC."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut : non défini, c'est-à-dire la durée de vie par défaut configurée "
"dans le KDC."

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:114
msgid "krb5_renew_interval (string)"
msgstr "krb5_renew_interval (chaîne)"

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:117
msgid ""
"The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed. TGTs "
"are renewed if about half of their lifetime is exceeded, given as an integer "
"immediately followed by a time unit:"
msgstr ""
"La durée, en secondes, entre deux vérifications pour savoir si le TGT doit "
"être renouvelé. Les TGT sont renouvelés si environ la moitié de leur durée "
"de vie est dépassée. Indiquée par un entier immédiatement suivi d'une unité "
"de temps :"

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:144
msgid "If this option is not set or is 0 the automatic renewal is disabled."
msgstr ""
"Si cette option n'est pas définie ou définie à 0, le renouvellement "
"automatique est désactivé."

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:157
msgid ""
"Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized. This "
"feature is available with MIT Kerberos 1.7 and later versions."
msgstr ""
"Spécifie si les principaux du système et de l'utilisateur doivent être "
"rendus canoniques. Cette fonctionnalité est disponible avec MIT Kerberos 1.7 "
"et versions suivantes."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "This option is not available in IPA provider."
#~ msgid "This option is ignored for the files provider."
#~ msgstr "Cette option n'est pas disponible dans le fournisseur IPA."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Détermine si les données d'identification de l'utilisateur sont aussi mis "
#~ "en cache dans le cache LDB local"

#~ msgid "User credentials are stored in a SHA512 hash, not in plaintext"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les informations d'identification utilisateur sont stockées dans une "
#~ "table de hachage SHA512, et non en texte brut"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Default: <quote>(?P&lt;name&gt;[^@]+)@?(?P&lt;domain&gt;[^@]*$)</quote> "
#~ "which translates to \"the name is everything up to the <quote>@</quote> "
#~ "sign, the domain everything after that\""
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Par défaut : <quote>(?P&lt;name&gt;[^@]+)@?(?P&lt;domain&gt;[^@]*$)</"
#~ "quote> qui se traduit par « peu importe le nom jusqu'au <quote>@</quote>, "
#~ "peu importe le domaine après »"

#~ msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name."
#~ msgstr "L'attribut LDAP correspondant au nom du groupe."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping "
#~ "Active Directory user and group SIDs."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Spécifie la limite supérieure de la plage d'ID POSIX à utiliser pour la "
#~ "mise en correspondance d'identifiants utilisateurs et groupes Active "
#~ "Directory."

#~ msgid "sss_groupmod"
#~ msgstr "sss_groupmod"

#~ msgid "modify a group"
#~ msgstr "modifier un groupe"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "<command>sss_groupmod</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
#~ "replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>GROUP</replaceable></"
#~ "arg>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<command>sss_groupmod</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
#~ "replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>GROUP</replaceable></"
#~ "arg>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "<command>sss_groupmod</command> modifies the group to reflect the changes "
#~ "that are specified on the command line."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<command>sss_groupmod</command> modifie le groupe pour refléter les "
#~ "changements spécifiés sur la ligne de commande."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "<option>-a</option>,<option>--append-group</option> <replaceable>GROUPS</"
#~ "replaceable>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<option>-a</option>,<option>--append-group</option> <replaceable>GROUPS</"
#~ "replaceable>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Append this group to groups specified by the <replaceable>GROUPS</"
#~ "replaceable> parameter.  The <replaceable>GROUPS</replaceable> parameter "
#~ "is a comma separated list of group names."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ajouter ce groupe aux groupes spécifiés par le paramètre "
#~ "<replaceable>GROUPS</replaceable>. Le paramètre <replaceable>GROUPS</"
#~ "replaceable> est une liste séparée par des virgules de noms de groupe."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "<option>-r</option>,<option>--remove-group</option> <replaceable>GROUPS</"
#~ "replaceable>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<option>-r</option>,<option>--remove-group</option> <replaceable>GROUPS</"
#~ "replaceable>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Remove this group from groups specified by the <replaceable>GROUPS</"
#~ "replaceable> parameter."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Supprime ce groupe des groupes spécifiés par le paramètre "
#~ "<replaceable>GROUPS</replaceable>."

#~ msgid "<quote>local</quote>: SSSD internal provider for local users"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<quote>local</quote> : Fournisseur interne SSSD pour les utilisateurs "
#~ "locaux"

#~ msgid "The local domain section"
#~ msgstr "La section du domaine local"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in "
#~ "SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses "
#~ "<replaceable>id_provider=local</replaceable>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette section contient les paramètres pour le domaine qui stocke les "
#~ "utilisateurs et les groupes dans la base de données native SSSD, c'est-à-"
#~ "dire un domaine qui utilise <replaceable>id_provider=local</replaceable>."

#~ msgid "default_shell (string)"
#~ msgstr "default_shell (chaîne)"

#~ msgid "The default shell for users created with SSSD userspace tools."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L'interpréteur de commandes par défaut pour les utilisateurs créés avec "
#~ "les outils en espace utilisateur SSSD."

#~ msgid "Default: <filename>/bin/bash</filename>"
#~ msgstr "Par défaut : <filename>/bin/bash</filename>"

#~ msgid "base_directory (string)"
#~ msgstr "base_directory (chaîne)"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The tools append the login name to <replaceable>base_directory</"
#~ "replaceable> and use that as the home directory."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les outils ajoutent le nom d'utilisateur à <replaceable>base_directory</"
#~ "replaceable> et l'utilisent comme dossier personnel."

#~ msgid "Default: <filename>/home</filename>"
#~ msgstr "Par défaut : <filename>/home</filename>"

#~ msgid "create_homedir (bool)"
#~ msgstr "create_homedir (booléen)"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users.  "
#~ "Can be overridden on command line."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indique si un dossier personnel doit être créé par défaut pour les "
#~ "nouveaux utilisateurs. Peut être outrepassé par la ligne de commande."

#~ msgid "remove_homedir (bool)"
#~ msgstr "remove_homedir (booléen)"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted "
#~ "users.  Can be overridden on command line."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indiquer si un dossier personnel doit par défaut être supprimé à la "
#~ "suppression des utilisateurs. Peut être outrepassé par la ligne de "
#~ "commande."

#~ msgid "homedir_umask (integer)"
#~ msgstr "homedir_umask (entier)"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Used by <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_useradd</refentrytitle> "
#~ "<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> to specify the default "
#~ "permissions on a newly created home directory."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Utilisé par <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_useradd</refentrytitle> "
#~ "<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> pour spécifier les permissions "
#~ "par défaut sur un répertoire personnel nouvellement créé."

#~ msgid "Default: 077"
#~ msgstr "Par défaut : 077"

#~ msgid "skel_dir (string)"
#~ msgstr "skel_dir (chaîne)"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied "
#~ "in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by "
#~ "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_useradd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</"
#~ "manvolnum> </citerefentry>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le répertoire squelette contenant les fichiers et répertoires à copier "
#~ "dans le répertoire personnel de l'utilisateur une fois ce répertoire créé "
#~ "par <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_useradd</refentrytitle> "
#~ "<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry>"

#~ msgid "Default: <filename>/etc/skel</filename>"
#~ msgstr "Par défaut : <filename>/etc/skel</filename>"

#~ msgid "mail_dir (string)"
#~ msgstr "mail_dir (chaîne)"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The mail spool directory. This is needed to manipulate the mailbox when "
#~ "its corresponding user account is modified or deleted.  If not specified, "
#~ "a default value is used."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le répertoire de gestion des e-mails. Nécessaire pour manipuler les "
#~ "boîtes e-mail quand les comptes utilisateurs sont modifiés ou supprimés. "
#~ "Si non précisé, la valeur par défaut est utilisée."

#~ msgid "Default: <filename>/var/mail</filename>"
#~ msgstr "Par défaut : <filename>/var/mail</filename>"

#~ msgid "userdel_cmd (string)"
#~ msgstr "userdel_cmd (chaîne)"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The command that is run after a user is removed.  The command us passed "
#~ "the username of the user being removed as the first and only parameter. "
#~ "The return code of the command is not taken into account."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La commande qui est exécutée quand un utilisateur est supprimé. La "
#~ "commande a comme seul argument le nom de l'utilisateur qui doit être "
#~ "supprimé. Le code en retour de la commande n'est pas pris en compte."

#~ msgid "Default: None, no command is run"
#~ msgstr "Par défaut : None, aucune commande lancée"

#~ msgid "sss_useradd"
#~ msgstr "sss_useradd"

#~ msgid "create a new user"
#~ msgstr "créer un utilisateur"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "<command>sss_useradd</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
#~ "replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>LOGIN</replaceable></"
#~ "arg>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<command>sss_useradd</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
#~ "replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>UTILISATEUR</"
#~ "replaceable></arg>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "<command>sss_useradd</command> creates a new user account using the "
#~ "values specified on the command line plus the default values from the "
#~ "system."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<command>sss_useradd</command> crée un nouveau compte utilisateur en "
#~ "utilisant les valeurs spécifiées en ligne de commande auquelles sont "
#~ "ajoutées les valeurs par défaut du système."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set the UID of the user to the value of <replaceable>UID</replaceable>.  "
#~ "If not given, it is chosen automatically."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définit l'UID de l'utilisateur à la valeur <replaceable>UID</"
#~ "replaceable>. Si non précisé, il est choisit automatiquement."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The home directory of the user account.  The default is to append the "
#~ "<replaceable>LOGIN</replaceable> name to <filename>/home</filename> and "
#~ "use that as the home directory.  The base that is prepended before "
#~ "<replaceable>LOGIN</replaceable> is tunable with <quote>user_defaults/"
#~ "baseDirectory</quote> setting in sssd.conf."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le répertoire personnel du compte utilisateur. Par défaut, on ajoute "
#~ "<replaceable>LOGIN</replaceable> à <filename>/home</filename> et on "
#~ "utilise cela comme dossier personnel. La base précédent "
#~ "<replaceable>LOGIN</replaceable> est modifiable avec le paramètre "
#~ "<quote>user_defaults/baseDirectory</quote> de sssd.conf."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The user's login shell. The default is currently <filename>/bin/bash</"
#~ "filename>.  The default can be changed with <quote>user_defaults/"
#~ "defaultShell</quote> setting in sssd.conf."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L'interpréteur de commande de l'utilisateur. La valeur par défaut "
#~ "actuelle, <filename>/bin/bash</filename>, peut être modifiée avec le "
#~ "paramètre <quote>user_defaults/defaultShell</quote> dans sssd.conf."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "<option>-G</option>,<option>--groups</option> <replaceable>GROUPS</"
#~ "replaceable>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<option>-G</option>,<option>--groups</option> <replaceable>GROUPES</"
#~ "replaceable>"

#~ msgid "A list of existing groups this user is also a member of."
#~ msgstr "Une liste de groupes existants dont l'utilisateur est aussi membre."

#~ msgid "<option>-m</option>,<option>--create-home</option>"
#~ msgstr "<option>-m</option>,<option>--create-home</option>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Create the user's home directory if it does not exist. The files and "
#~ "directories contained in the skeleton directory (which can be defined "
#~ "with the -k option or in the config file) will be copied to the home "
#~ "directory."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Crée le répertoire personnel de l'utilisateur s'il n'existe pas. Les "
#~ "fichiers et répertoires inclus dans le répertoire squelette (pouvant être "
#~ "définis avec l'option -k ou dans le fichier de configuration) sont copiés "
#~ "dans le dossier personnel."

#~ msgid "<option>-M</option>,<option>--no-create-home</option>"
#~ msgstr "<option>-M</option>,<option>--no-create-home</option>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Do not create the user's home directory. Overrides configuration settings."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ne pas créer de dossier personnel pour l'utilisateur. Écrase les "
#~ "paramètres de configuration."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "<option>-k</option>,<option>--skel</option> <replaceable>SKELDIR</"
#~ "replaceable>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<option>-k</option>,<option>--skel</option> <replaceable>SKELDIR</"
#~ "replaceable>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied "
#~ "in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by "
#~ "<command>sss_useradd</command>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le répertoire squelette, contenant les fichiers et répertoires à copier "
#~ "dans le répertoire personnel de l'utilisateur, quand le répertoire "
#~ "personnel est créé par <command>sss_useradd</command>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Special files (block devices, character devices, named pipes and unix "
#~ "sockets) will not be copied."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les fichiers spéciaux (périphériques blocs, caractères, tubes nommés et "
#~ "sockets unix) ne seront pas copiés."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This option is only valid if the <option>-m</option> (or <option>--create-"
#~ "home</option>) option is specified, or creation of home directories is "
#~ "set to TRUE in the configuration."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L'option n'est valide que si l'option <option>-m</option> (ou <option>--"
#~ "create-home</option>) est utilisée ou si la création de répertoires "
#~ "personnels est à TRUE dans la configuration."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "<option>-Z</option>,<option>--selinux-user</option> "
#~ "<replaceable>SELINUX_USER</replaceable>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<option>-Z</option>,<option>--selinux-user</option> "
#~ "<replaceable>UTILISATEUR_SELINUX</replaceable>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The SELinux user for the user's login. If not specified, the system "
#~ "default will be used."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L'utilisateur SELinux pour la connexion utilisateur. Si non spécifié, la "
#~ "valeur par défaut du système est utilisée."

#~ msgid "sss_groupadd"
#~ msgstr "sss_groupadd"

#~ msgid "create a new group"
#~ msgstr "Créer un nouveau groupe"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "<command>sss_groupadd</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
#~ "replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>GROUP</replaceable></"
#~ "arg>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<command>sss_groupadd</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
#~ "replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>GROUPE</"
#~ "replaceable></arg>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "<command>sss_groupadd</command> creates a new group. These groups are "
#~ "compatible with POSIX groups, with the additional feature that they can "
#~ "contain other groups as members."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<command>sss_groupadd</command> crée un nouveau groupe. Ces groupes sont "
#~ "compatibles avec les groupes POSIX, avec la caractéristique "
#~ "supplémentaire qu'ils peuvent contenir d'autres groupes comme membres."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set the GID of the group to the value of <replaceable>GID</replaceable>.  "
#~ "If not given, it is chosen automatically."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Positionne le GID du groupe à la valeur <replaceable>GID</replaceable>. "
#~ "Si non spécifié, il est choisi automatiquement."

#~ msgid "sss_userdel"
#~ msgstr "sss_userdel"

#~ msgid "delete a user account"
#~ msgstr "Supprimer un compte utilisateur"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "<command>sss_userdel</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
#~ "replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>LOGIN</replaceable></"
#~ "arg>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<command>sss_userdel</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
#~ "replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>LOGIN</replaceable></"
#~ "arg>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "<command>sss_userdel</command> deletes a user identified by login name "
#~ "<replaceable>LOGIN</replaceable> from the system."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<command>sss_userdel</command> supprime du système un utilisateur "
#~ "identifié par son identifiant de connexion <replaceable>LOGIN</"
#~ "replaceable>."

#~ msgid "<option>-r</option>,<option>--remove</option>"
#~ msgstr "<option>-r</option>,<option>--remove</option>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Files in the user's home directory will be removed along with the home "
#~ "directory itself and the user's mail spool. Overrides the configuration."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les fichiers dans le répertoire ainsi que le répertoire lui-même de "
#~ "l'utilisateur et sa messagerie seront supprimés. Outrepasse la "
#~ "configuration."

#~ msgid "<option>-R</option>,<option>--no-remove</option>"
#~ msgstr "<option>-R</option>,<option>--no-remove</option>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Files in the user's home directory will NOT be removed along with the "
#~ "home directory itself and the user's mail spool. Overrides the "
#~ "configuration."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les fichiers dans le répertoire ainsi que le répertoire lui-même de "
#~ "l'utilisateur et sa messagerie ne seront PAS supprimés. Outrepasse la "
#~ "configuration."

#~ msgid "<option>-f</option>,<option>--force</option>"
#~ msgstr "<option>-f</option>,<option>--force</option>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This option forces <command>sss_userdel</command> to remove the user's "
#~ "home directory and mail spool, even if they are not owned by the "
#~ "specified user."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cette option oblige <command>sss_userdel</command> à supprimer le "
#~ "répertoire home de l'utilisateur et sa messagerie, même si ils ne sont "
#~ "pas détenus par l'utilisateur spécifié."

#~ msgid "<option>-k</option>,<option>--kick</option>"
#~ msgstr "<option>-k</option>,<option>--kick</option>"

#~ msgid "Before actually deleting the user, terminate all his processes."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Avant de réellement supprimer l'utilisateur, mettre fin à tous ses "
#~ "processus."

#~ msgid "sss_groupdel"
#~ msgstr "sss_groupdel"

#~ msgid "delete a group"
#~ msgstr "supprimer un groupe"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "<command>sss_groupdel</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
#~ "replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>GROUP</replaceable></"
#~ "arg>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<command>sss_groupdel</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
#~ "replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>GROUPE</"
#~ "replaceable></arg>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "<command>sss_groupdel</command> deletes a group identified by its name "
#~ "<replaceable>GROUP</replaceable> from the system."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<command>sss_groupdel</command> supprime du système un groupe identifié "
#~ "par son nom de groupe <replaceable>GROUPE</replaceable>."

#~ msgid "sss_groupshow"
#~ msgstr "sss_groupshow"

#~ msgid "print properties of a group"
#~ msgstr "affiche les propriétés d'un groupe"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "<command>sss_groupshow</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
#~ "replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>GROUP</replaceable></"
#~ "arg>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<command>sss_groupshow</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
#~ "replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>GROUPE</"
#~ "replaceable></arg>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "<command>sss_groupshow</command> displays information about a group "
#~ "identified by its name <replaceable>GROUP</replaceable>. The information "
#~ "includes the group ID number, members of the group and the parent group."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<command>sss_groupshow</command> affiche des informations sur un groupe "
#~ "identifié par son nom <replaceable>GROUPE</replaceable>. Les informations "
#~ "incluent l'ID de groupe, les membres du groupe ainsi que le groupe parent."

#~ msgid "<option>-R</option>,<option>--recursive</option>"
#~ msgstr "<option>-R</option>,<option>--recursive</option>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Also print indirect group members in a tree-like hierarchy.  Note that "
#~ "this also affects printing parent groups - without <option>R</option>, "
#~ "only the direct parent will be printed."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Affiche aussi les membres indirects de groupe dans une hiérarchie "
#~ "arborescente.  Noter que cela affecte également les affichages de groupes "
#~ "parents -  sans l'option <option>R</option>, seul le parent direct sera "
#~ "affiché."

#~ msgid "sss_usermod"
#~ msgstr "sss_usermod"

#~ msgid "modify a user account"
#~ msgstr "modifier un compte utilisateur"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "<command>sss_usermod</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
#~ "replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>LOGIN</replaceable></"
#~ "arg>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<command>sss_usermod</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
#~ "replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>LOGIN</replaceable></"
#~ "arg>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "<command>sss_usermod</command> modifies the account specified by "
#~ "<replaceable>LOGIN</replaceable> to reflect the changes that are "
#~ "specified on the command line."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<command>sss_usermod</command> modifie le compte défini par "
#~ "<replaceable>LOGIN</replaceable> pour refléter les modifications fournies "
#~ "en ligne de commande."

#~ msgid "The home directory of the user account."
#~ msgstr "Le répertoire personnel du compte utilisateur."

#~ msgid "The user's login shell."
#~ msgstr "L'interpréteur de commandes de l'utilisateur."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Append this user to groups specified by the <replaceable>GROUPS</"
#~ "replaceable> parameter.  The <replaceable>GROUPS</replaceable> parameter "
#~ "is a comma separated list of group names."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ajouter cet utilisateur aux groupes spécifiés par le paramètre "
#~ "<replaceable>GROUPS</replaceable>.  Le paramètre <replaceable>GROUPS</"
#~ "replaceable> est une liste séparée par des virgules de noms de groupes."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Remove this user from groups specified by the <replaceable>GROUPS</"
#~ "replaceable> parameter."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Retirer cet utilisateur de groupes spécifiés par le paramètre "
#~ "<replaceable>GROUPS</replaceable>."

#~ msgid "<option>-l</option>,<option>--lock</option>"
#~ msgstr "<option>-l</option>,<option>--lock</option>"

#~ msgid "Lock the user account. The user won't be able to log in."
#~ msgstr "Verrouiller le compte utilisateur. Il ne pourra plus se connecter."

#~ msgid "<option>-u</option>,<option>--unlock</option>"
#~ msgstr "<option>-u</option>,<option>--unlock</option>"

#~ msgid "Unlock the user account."
#~ msgstr "Déverrouiller le compte utilisateur."

#~ msgid "The SELinux user for the user's login."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L'utilisateur SELinux pour l'identifiant de connexion de l'utilisateur."

#~ msgid "<option>--addattr</option> <replaceable>ATTR_NAME_VAL</replaceable>"
#~ msgstr "<option>--addattr</option> <replaceable>ATTR_NAME_VAL</replaceable>"

#~ msgid "Add an attribute/value pair. The format is attrname=value."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ajouter une paire attribut/valeur. Le format est nom_attribut=valeur."

#~ msgid "<option>--setattr</option> <replaceable>ATTR_NAME_VAL</replaceable>"
#~ msgstr "<option>--setattr</option> <replaceable>ATTR_NAME_VAL</replaceable>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Set an attribute to a name/value pair. The format is attrname=value. For "
#~ "multi-valued attributes, the command replaces the values already present"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Définir une paire attribut/valeur. Le format est nom_attribut=valeur. "
#~ "Pour les attributs multi-valués, la commande remplace les valeurs déjà "
#~ "présentes."

#~ msgid "<option>--delattr</option> <replaceable>ATTR_NAME_VAL</replaceable>"
#~ msgstr "<option>--delattr</option> <replaceable>ATTR_NAME_VAL</replaceable>"

#~ msgid "Delete an attribute/value pair. The format is attrname=value."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Supprimer une paire attribut/valeur. Le format est nom_attribut=valeur."

#~ msgid "Default: /etc/krb5.keytab"
#~ msgstr "Par défaut : /etc/krb5.keytab"

#~ msgid "new_interval = old_interval*2 + random_offset"
#~ msgstr "new_interval = old_interval*2 + random_offset"

#~ msgid "memcache_timeout (int)"
#~ msgstr "memcache_timeout (int)"

#~ msgid "<option>-f</option>,<option>--debug-to-files</option>"
#~ msgstr "<option>-f</option>,<option>--debug-to-files</option>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Send the debug output to files instead of stderr. By default, the log "
#~ "files are stored in <filename>/var/log/sssd</filename> and there are "
#~ "separate log files for every SSSD service and domain."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Envoie la sortie de débogage vers des fichiers plutôt que vers la sortie "
#~ "d'erreur standard. Par défaut, les fichiers de sortie sont stockés dans "
#~ "<filename>/var/log/sssd</filename> et des fichiers différents sont créés "
#~ "pour chaque service et domaine SSSD."

#~ msgid "<emphasis>Default</emphasis>: 0"
#~ msgstr "<emphasis>Par défaut</emphasis> : 0"